Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Philips BV-25 - Service Manual
Philips BV-25 - Service Manual
BV25 FAMILY-N/HR
にコ
=
NS
=
1
. MANUFACTURING DOCUMENTS BV25 FAM-N/HR 0 =
<
u
10
Specification &-Packing list BV25 Fam-N/HR ] a
>
Status Report with test and performance. data BV25 FAM-N/HR m
1
A.P. Certificate z
u
List of Service manuals... "©
に
ad
о
©
a
2. SERVICE DOCUMENTATION BV25 FAM-N/HR G
E
ee
- Volume. 1: ΒΝ25 Fam-N/HR information m
ce
= Volume 2: Video information’ о
<
U
>
=
<
=
REPLACEMENT KIT
Stand / Trolley connection for
BV25 FAM N/HR XTV5
4522 300 04701
PMSN Best
REPLACEMENT KIT
STAND / TROLLEY CONNECTION FOR BV25 FAM N/HR XTV5
TYPE NO. : 4522 300 04701
SERIAL NO.
(95.0)
D 一
(95.0)
(95.0)
(95.0)
(95.0)
DOOU
(95.0)
(95.0)
(95.0)
(95.0)
(95.0)
(95.0)
-©
ei
Contents
1. INTRODUCTION
This manual explains you step by step how to replace the old version stand trolley connection (aluminium 37pin
connector) by the new improved version (brass 37pin connector).
You will replace the 37pin connector on the stand, on the trolley and the stand trolley cable.
The 37pin connector for the stand (SAX1) is wired ta assure good pin location and contact in the connector.
The 37pin connector at the trolley side (WTX3), for stand alone use, is not wired, the few wires in this connector
have to be moved from old to new connector. Take care that all pins are fitted properly.
Order number for the BV25 FAM N/HR XTV5 stand trolley kit: 4522 300 04701.
1x 4522 104 10652 Earth point identification sticker for stand cover left.
10x 2512 700 08203 Spring ring to lock socket screws M4.
2.1. STAND
sos mu 1
SE10:X4 KA
ss
一
X4 ey 本
στ ον
em 4 sy
pol
leo œi7
αι O SE sms SEP
| | aml sms 8839
8, BEN BET GEN AE33 BEST LN EARTH
xto po SU
č
z SE10 UN sE30 i Г a —
X2 Mm x x 422
ピロ テアテ デー EEF
ーー コ MOTOR
SE - DOOR |
2
品 SAMI
m spa] 5
FRONT VIEW INSIDE VIEW
10) Mount new bracket with cables (use new screws M4x12).
15) Move Footswitch holder from old side cover to new side cover.
2.2. TROLLEY
Procedure to replace the BV25 FAM N/HR stand-trolley cable and trolley connector WTX3:
МУНАЗ
[po
XI
WHA3 —
WATI ==>
X2 xm
WEEA2| мы 0
A
XL WA [a X4
—— wHA2
WT do
4 X5
6981
_WTX3
1
xl |
WATI FUSES Curas 1 WA2
1
|
* 9
도 р n 口!
* = Fixing screws connection box (2xM4) leo) <
Cable relief bracket (2xM4)
5) Mount aluminium block of new stand-trolley cable to the connection box, use the existing holes (M4) of the
cable bracket.
7) Push Connection box unit back in the trolley and secure (watch cables at rear side).
9) Assemble new connector on new mounting plate, use the four screws (M4x12) with washer.
10) Move the two video connectors (WTX4 and WTX5) and switch (WTS1) to the new mounting plate.
11) Move wiring with delivered extraction tool from old connector to new connector (WTX3).
Red dot.
3. PARTS LIST
ADD THIS PAGE TO YOUR PARTS LIST BV25 FAM N/HR XTV5.
BV25
APPLIES TO :
TITLE :
07 383003 1 (95.0)
2 (95.0)
ANR (95.0)
INTRODUCTION
Symptom : The connection of the Stand to the Trolley is causing problems in the field.
Cause : Fast ageing of 37 pin connector (SAX1).
Remedy : Replacement of 37 pin connector on Stand and Trolley and Stand / Trolley cable by an improved
version.
Standard toolkit.
PROCEDURE
The installation / modification instruction manual is delivered with the modification kit.
This manual can also be ordered separately using 12NC:
— For BV25 N/HR : 4522 983 62071
— For BV25 FAM N/HR XTV5 : 4522 983 63051
— For BV25 FAM XTV8 : 4522 983 62081
PARTS DISPOSAL
None.
DOCUMENTATION
An update for Parts-list is included in the installation / modification instruction manual (last page).
APPLIES TO: AH BV25 N/HR with serial nrs. CMxxxx, AN BV25 FAM N/HR XTV5 with serial nrs. CFxxxx /
CPxxxx, All BV25 FAM XTV8 with serial nrs. CAxxxx / CE0001 up to CE0474.
HOSPITAL / ADDRESS:
PRODUCT NUMBER:
JOB NUMBER/
ACTION ON THIS UNIT WAS: (select one) INCIDENT NUMBER
SIGNATURE DATE
Branch . ,
Region/ Service unit/
Dealer. Service area number:
Business Group
Special Procedures
X-Ray Diagnostics
Certificat de Protection
Contre les Anesthesiques
Nom du produit:
BV25 INSTALLATION
Certificat no.:
CF 1459
L.H.J. POST.
[ES System
E Systems PHILIPS
Philips Medical Systems Nederland B.V.
The Netherlands
Business Group
Special Procedures
X-Ray Diagnostics
This is to certify, that this Xray equipment has been tested for compliance
with the Anaesthetic Proof requirements of the Standard for
Medical Electrical Equipment of the Intemational Electrotechnical
Commission; Standard IEC-601-1 section 6.
It has been found, to meet these A.P. requirements.
Certificate no.:
で
CF 1459
LeH.J. POST.
Fey Medical
PHILIPS
中= 一
E Systems
BV25 Family-N/HR
The set of service documentation for BV25 system is filed in two volumes containing the
service manuals for PEL’s listed below.
9. 9807 601 90001 | Set Sterilizable covers for I1/TV-tank* yes Eği x
10. 9807 602 10001 | Spring bow for C-arm* lyes [ne x
11. 9807 606 3.001 | Mounting set for 2 TV monitors* [уве aa | κ
12. 9807 733 41001 | TV chain XTV5-FB (625/525 lines) ες Τατά] κ
13. 9807 732 81001 | TV chain XTVS-HFB (1249/1049 lines) προ Γπαι κ
14. 9807 751 5..01 | 51 cm TV monitor yes Ter κ
15, 9807 721 20001 | Digital Scopofix MSP [уве nal x
16. 9807 721 00001 | Digital Scopofix MDP les T na] κ
17. 9807 721 00101 | Digital Scopofix MDPM [уе [па| х
= not applicable
* = filed under tab ACCESSORIES
1
9807 620 gel (88.0) 0.3
Т. по. я
Smo
Рея
сит
autem
Foot
Stand
Fage 2.2
15. Target control voltage camera __ 1132. volts (measured оп ИМ: МЕ)
tube TAVORG.
THIS EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN INSFECTED AND TESTED EY THE LATEST AND MOST EXACTING
METHODS AND WAS FOUND TO CONFORM TO SPECIFICATION.
SHOULD ANY COMPLAINT ARISE PLEASE QUOTE SYSTEM SERIAL wo, ce 14.59
PHILIPS abla de exposiciones
BV 25
Mandibula obl. 60
* 1984 - 02
Tronco
Costillas 75
wulalalaiajalalajaln
Clavicula inf.-sup. 60
Escápula a-p 60
зом
Data subject to alteration without notice. Printed in the Netherlands 4522 983 86868/718
Escápula lat. 60
Vértebras cervicales a 60
Vértebras cervicales lat. 60
Vértebras dorsales a-p 65
яз
Hombro lat. R 55
Hümero a-p y lat. R 50
Codo lat. R 50
jm
Muñeca lat. R 50
mn
aa
85
Da)
Tabillo a-p 55
Tobillo lat. 55
Maw)
Calcäneo lat. 55
고고
Calcáneo axil 55
A
Pie a-p 55
OA
Pie lat. 55
Abdomen
Vesicula biliar a-p o pra $ 65 32
Riñión detalle/úreter 5 65 24
Todos los datos se basan en el empleo de pantallas ultrarrápidas, Factores de conversión para la rejilla y las pantallas
una distancia foco-película de 90 cm (portachasis acoplado a la
pantalla de entrada del intensificador de imágenes), material De rejilla presente a
estándar de las películas y las condiciones habituales de revelado. rejilla ausente: mAs
x 0,5
Son válidos para los adultos de proporciones normales. 9 kV -10.
Donde se pone el símbolo S (estándar), se emplea una
rejilla r = 8 de 44 líneas/cm. De Azuray Sa:
BV 25
Objet ecran grille kV so mAs ecran grille kV mAs ecran grille kV mAs
Crane
| Crane p.a. R 5 75 24
Crane lat. R 5 65 24
Máchoire obl. R 5 60 16
Thorax
Cétes R S 75 20
Clavicule inf:-sup. R 5 60 12
Omopiate a.p. R 5 60 16
Omoplate lat. R 5 60 24
Vertěbres cervicales a.p. R 5 60 24
Vertébres cervicales lat. R 5 60 12
Vertébres dorsales a.p. R 5 66 40
Vertèbres dorsales lat. R S 70 50
Vertěbres lombaires a.p. R 5 75 40
Vertébres lombaires lat. R 5 90 70
Extrémités supérieures
Epaule a.p. R 5 58 8
Epaule lat. R 5 55 10
Humérus a.p. et lat. R S 50 10
Coude a.p. et lat. R 5 50 6
Avant bras a.p. et lat. R 5 50 6
Poignet a.p. R S 50 4
Poignet lat. R 5 50 6
Main inf.-sup. et obl. R $ 45 6
Extrémités inférieures
Hanche a.p. R $ 70 32
Col du fémur lat. R $ 85 40
Fémur a.p. et lat. R S 65 16
Genou a.p. et lat. R 5 58 16
Rotule inf.-sup. R 9 55 12
Jambe a.p. et lat. Я 5 55 6
Articulation tibio-tarsienne а.р. R 5 55 6
Articulation tibio-tarsienne lat. R $ 55 4
Calcanéum lat. R S 55 6
Calcanéum axial R 5 55 8
Pied a.p. R 5 55 4
Pied lat. R 5 55 5
Abdomen
Vésicule biliaire a.p. ou p.a. R $ 65 32
Rein détail/uretère R S 65 24
Toutes les données précisées sont basées sur l’emploi d'écrans Facteurs de conversion pour grille et écrans.
ultrarapides, d'une distance foyer-film de 90 em (porte-cassette
fixé à l'écran d'entrée de l'amplificateur de luminance}, d'un A partir de “avec griile”’ jusqu'à
film de qualité normalisée et des conditions de développement “sans grille’: mAs x 0,5
usuelles. Les données sont par ailleurs applicables à des aduites de oukV —10.
taille normale.
La présence du symbole S (standard) signale l'emploi d'une A partir de “Azuray S” jusqu’ a:
grille r = 8, à 44 lignes/cm. Ultra S Universal
R = écran ultra-rapide (Azuray S) mAs x 2 mAs x4
oukV+0 ou kV+20
panes} Medical
EN Systems
NY
WIV DELE DELER AMP
9807 : 620 1
o 1
ce
E
X
=
|
>
=
=
<
La
FILING INSTRUCTIONS
10
ο
>
This manual should be filed) in the m
set of Service documentation for the =
LU
F
Mobile Surgical X-ray System: BV25 Family-N/HR
ba
-A
>
"<
ας
!
x
må
<
Q
o
qe
2
の
tu
“mB=
о
=
SERVICE MANUAL-SYSTEM
IPC: Eindhoven
AV25 family-N/HR
INSTALLATION
SETTING TO WORK
ACCEPTANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
EXPLANATIONS
SERVICE INFORMATION
PARTS LIST
DRAWINGS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
By25 Family-N/HR
SERIAL NR.:
0.1 (86.0)
0.2 (86.0)
0.3 (88.0)
me
q
(sa. QE (86.0)E
ヤマ
2 (86.0) ー
PE lo da
(88. (88.0)E
LT FI
2.1 (88.0) — ME
ano
LP
2.2 (88.0) — (88. OE (87.0)E
2.3 (88.0) — (88. OE (87.0)E
(88. OE (87.1)E
onnmnononannoo00a
4 EN
i
a O OO O
(88. E (87.0)E
А-1 (87.0)E (88. OE (88.0)E
A-2 (87.0)E (88. OE (87.0)Е
VL
(88. oc (87.0)E
ER
А-3 (88.0)E
(88. (87.0)E
NEO
Ark (86.0)E WE
LA
(88. 0)G (87.0)E
e
А-5 (88.0)E
1
А-9 (88.0)E
LEA
(88. OF (88.0)G
POON
А-& (87.0)G
A-5 (88.0)G (88. 0)F (87.0)6
A-6 (87.0)G -5 (87.0)G
Nro
(88. 0)F
ee
우우 a 29939999999?
DA PN
(87.0)E (87.0)s 21-7 (88.0)
(87.0)Е (87.0)s 21-8 (87,1)
(87.0)E (87.0)s 21-9 (87.1)
NRO
tit
e DD GO
(87.0)s 21-13 (87.1)
NEPQAVAYNRUBR
(88.0)E
(87.0)E (87.0)s 21-14 (87.1)
e o
(87.0)E (87.0)s 21-15 (87.1)
(87.0)E 12 (87.0)5
22-1 (87.1)
ЕТ
(87.0)E (87.0)5
22-2 (87.0)
ee
pu
(87.0)E (87.0)5
(87.0)E G-15 (88.0)5 22-3 (87.1)
(87.0)E G-16 (87.0)s 22-4 (87.1)
(88.0)G G-17 (87.0)8 22-5 (87.1)
(88.0)6 G-18 (87.0)s 22-6 (86.0)
(87.0)G G-19 (87.0)s
(87.0)G 6-20 (87.0)s - 23-1 (87.0)
(87.0)G 6-21 (87.0)s 23-2 (88.1)
(88.0)G 6-22 (87.0)8 23-3 (88.0)
(87.026 23-4 (87.0)
(87.0)G 67-1 (88.0)E 23-5 (87.2)
(87.0)G 62-2 (88.0)E 235 (87.1)
(87.0)G 67-3 (88.0)E 23-7 (88,0)
(87.0)G 67-4 (88.0)E z3-8 (87,0)
(87.0)G 23-9 (88.0)
(87.0)G 23-10 (88.0)
(87.0)G 23-11 (87.1)
(88.0)G 23-12 (87.0)
(87.0)G 23-13 (88.0)
(87.0)G 23-14 (88.0)
(87.0)G 23-15 (87.0)
(87.0)c 23-16 (87.1)
(87.0)G 23-17 (87.0)
(87.0)G 23-18 (87.0)
(87.0)G 23-19 (87.0)
(88.0)F 23-20 (87.1)
(88.0)F 23-21 (87.0)
Pune
(87.0)F
2999999992379?
(87.0)F
(87.0)F 15cm S2 I.I. tube HDF card
(87.0)F
(87.0)F Accessories for BV25 FAM-N/HR card
fi
(87.0)F
DUPWHEO
(88.0)F
(87.0)F
1
9807 620 quel (88.0) 2.3
BV25 Family-N/HR Section A
2. VERSTONS
2. VERSIONS
9807 620 00001 BV25 FAM-N IEC 50/60 Hz with normal
line rate TV system (625/525 Lines)
3. ITEMS SUPPLIED for single or multi-image recording.
3.1. ITEMS DELIVERED IN CASE 9807 620 00101 BV25 FAM-N H.H.S. 50/60 Hz with
normal line rate system (625/525
3.2.
. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION lines) for single- or multi-image
3.2.1. BV25 FAM-N/BR PEI-structure recording.
3.2.2. Preferred systems
9807 620 10001 BV25 FAM-HR L.E.C. 50/60 Hz with high
3.3. CABLES line rate system (1249/1049 lines)
for single- or multi-image recording.
4. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 9807 620 10101 BV25 FAM/HR H.H.S. 50/60 Hz with high
lines rate system (1249/1049 lines)
for single- or multi-image recording.
5. TECHNICAL DATA
. PERFORMANCE DATA
1 . X-ray source
2. Fluoroscopy
-3, Radiography
4
5
. SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS
1. Mains Supply
«2. Maximum current
3. Power consumption
| |
FIGURES
System outline
Photo“s 1, 2, 3 „4
Photo“s 1, 2, 3
Photo's 1, 2, 3
The preferred systems Medical Mobile Surgery MMS 5.1. PERFORMANCE DATA
3000...7000 are Listed in table 2 below,
5.1.1. X-ray source
Maximum load
TABLE 2 X-ray tube : 30 sec. on - 120 sec. off during
90 minutes fluoroscopy at max.
O = OPTION 100 kV - 3 mA.
Average continuous load: 60 Watt.
3.3. CABLES
Grid Fixed circular grid, 44 lines/cm -
The system cabling diagram is shown in drawing Z2-2. ratio 8 - SID = 90 cm.
For the stand and memory box the interface cables are
described in drawings 22-3 to 22-6. Collimator : Electronically controlled iris
diaphragm with field sizes
stepless adjustable between
4, EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION Ø 5 cm and Ø 15 cm, measured
at entrance plane of image
The location of PEL number plates and labels is given intensifier,
in the appropriate PEI documentation.
A central information place, marked "I", for labels is Two semitransparent shutters of
on the Mobile Stand, see AZ-4, 0.5 mm Cu, stepless adjustable for
a slit aperture of 1 to 16 cm
measured at entrance plane of
image intensifier,
The shutters can be rotated
+ 90°; in mid position, the
slit aperture is perpendicular to
length of tank-housing.
A IMRLCM-L SE1OX6:A&
B COFLCM-L SE10X3:B6
c DC+15 Y SE10X4:A1
D IDFIX-LC SE10X3:B1
E MCU+15VH WALX2:E
F LIVENBL-L SE10X3:A6
G SINGMEM-L WHA2X2:B3
Β DUBLMEM-1, WHA2X2:B4
J IDCOP-LC SE10X4:B6
E ROSS SELOX3:B2
L RADPR--L SE10X4:A6
M IDSYON-L WAIX2:J SELOX5:B4
N IDSUB-L SE10X3:B4 WHA2X1:B4
P SPARE
R CMKRST-L SELOX4: BL WHA2X2:B1
5 CMXRSC-L WHA2X2 : A4 SELOX4: A4
T MCUAL—H WALX2:D ΞΕΙΟΣ5:43
U pco V WA1X2:X SE1O X6:A6 X5:A6
У DCO V SELOX4:A2 WHA2X2:A2
Я ЗРАВЕ
X DC-15 V SELOXG:43 WHA2X2:A3
Y VIBS WN13X4:1 WHALX
Y shield WN13X4:2 WHA1X2:2
~
Table A-4: Interface cables for Digital Scopofix Table A-4.4: Interface cable between WHAS - Digital
memories Scopofix HR DP(M)
WBA3X3:A1 ER
:A2 K=1
:A3 K=1/4
AC220VF1 WHDMAINS:1 124 N=16
AC220VF2 :Аб SUBTRACT
NLEA :Bl LIH
:B2 K=1/2
:33 SPARE
:B4 MON 1 SEL 13
Table A-4.2: BNC video connections for memory :B6 MON 2 SEL 123
WHA3X4:A1 FRAME SEL MONI 114
:A2 GND 134
bee ee en nnn nn nnn ee ne + :А3 +5 V DS :20
CONNECTOR SIGNAL NAME DESTINATION :A4 SPARE 122
181 FRAME SEL MON2 124
WHAL :X3 OUT 2 MEMORY IN :B2 BUSY IND :16
ХА QUT 1 SPARE WHA3X5:A1 SPARE 127
K5 INMEM 2 MEMORY OUT 2 143 SPARE
X6 INMEM L MEMORY OUT I Ab SPARE WHDX11:23
bo ee 가 + :Аё NOISE RED. ON :36
:Bl MANUAL 128
:B3 SPARE
Table A-4.3: Interface cable between WHA3 - Digital :B4 SPARE :35
Scopofix MSP and MDP(M) :B6 SPARE 117
WHA3X6:A1 SHTELD il
:A2 X-RAY START 2 :9
143 SPARE 12
CONNECTOR SIGNAL NAME DESTINATION :B2 RECORD WHDX11:3
キーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー- +
WHA3X3: Al STORE-H WHDX*: 2
AA START-H 18
AS MEMI-H 710
:A7 ER-H 114
AIG NR2 120
:A11 NR4 :22
GAMMA- 1 124
+5V/500 E :30
IDENT--1 :38
IDENT--2 140
MEM2-H :11
LEH-H 113
NRI 19
NR3 121
GAMMA-2 :25
SUBI-R 127
: BUSY--H 137
1A6,49,A13, DCOV :1,3,5,
:A17,A18,BL, pcov :7,9,12,15,
:B2,B3,B4,B5,j DCOV :18,23,26,29,
:B8,B12,B15, DCOV :34,36,39,41,
:B20,B21,B22, DCOV 143
:B23 DCOV
de e uam +
* NOTE
1 (86.0)E
9807 620 -...1 A-7
0
Section A 8V25 Family-N/HR
Table A-5: Interface cables for TV monitor(s) Table A-6: Stand-Alone operation for mobile trolley
Table A-5.2: BNC video connections for TV monitor(s) (*) Only when connector WIXI is plugged in WTX3 for
stand-alone operation
SIGNAL NAME DESTINATION Table A-7: Interface cable for Patient Data Unit
Table A-5.3:
5.3.1. Mains supply The mobile surgical system BV25 FAM-N/HR complies with
the MSD classification Cl, M2, S2; see UXW 13600,
Connection : 7 m mains cable with plug for wall
socket, Classification Cl: indoor use, under conditions
Voltage : 100, 110, 120, 130, 200, 210, 220, normally found in theatre and
230, 240 V AC + 10%, single phase. emergency rooms.
Resistance 0.1, 0.1, 0.12, 0.15, 0.5, 0.55,
0.6, 0.65 resp 0.75 Ohms. M2: mobile conditions, repetitive
Frequency : 50/60 Hz + 14 transport and stationary conditions
Leakage current: <100 pus © during operation,
5.3.2. Maximum current (at switch-on) 82: mains supply conditions.
D.C. power supply for Stand Alone Operation Storage ambient temperature: -25°C to +70°C
Storage relative humidity : 10% to 95%
+ 18V D.C. for Scopofix 25 when the trolley is used Vibration test, transport 10-150 Hz, 0.35 mm
in Stand Alone Operation. amplitude, 5g acceleration
operation 10-150 Hz, 0.15 mm
amplitude, 2g acceleration
Shock test, transport : 6000 bumps, 25 g
acceleration, 6 msec
pulse duration
operation ; 25 g acceleration, 6 msec
pulse duration
5.5.3, Cleanability
- Class I
— Type B
- Anaesthetic proof (AP)
2. AUSFUEHRUNG 2. AUSFUEHRUNG
9807 620 20001 BV25 FAM-N IEC 50/60 Hz mit FS-System
3. GELIEFERTE TEILE mit normaler Zeilenzahl (625/525
Zeilen) fllr Einzel- oder
3.1. IN KISTEN GELIEFERTE TEILE Mehrbildaufzeichnuag
3,2. SYSTEMKONFIGURATION 9807 620 00101 BV25 FAM-N HHS 50/60 Hz mit FS-System
3.2.1. BV25 FAM-N/HR PEI-Zus. mit normaler Zeilenzahl (625/525
3.2.2. Vorzugssysteme Zeilen) für Einzel- oder
Mehrbildaufzeichnung
3.3. KABEL
9807 620 10001 BV25 FAM-HR IEC 50/60 Hz mit FS-
System mit hoher Zeilenzahl
4. GERAETEKENNZEICHNUNG (1249/1049 Zeilen) Flir Einzel- oder
Mehrbildaufzeichnung
5. TECHNISCHE DATEN 9807 620 10101 BV25 FAM/HR HHS 50/60 Hz mit FS-
System mit hoher Zeilenzahl
+ LEISTUNGSDATEN (1249/1049 Zeilen) flir Einzel- oder
1. RBntgenstrahler Mehrbildaufzeichnung
2. Durchleuchtung
«3, Aufnahme
4. Filterung
5. ManËvrierbarkeit
. ANPASSUNGSDATEN
1. Mechanisch
.2.2. Elektrisch
+ STROMVERSORGUNG
1. Netz
.2. Maximaler Strom
|
3 . Leistungsaufnahme
5.4. UHGEBUNGSBEDINGUNGEN
5.6. IEC-KLASSIFIKATION
ABBILDUNGEN
Systemllbersicht
Fotos 1, 2, 3, 4
Fotos 1, 2, 3
Fotos 1, 2, 3
- ооо
Sichtgerlit, VAS, TOKO) 10001 Bogenfeder f. C-Bogen
ooorooo
602
—
Satz aus 5 sterilisierbaren Abdeckungen** fllr 9807 600 90001 Kassetcenhalter HHS
ta
oo
- BV-Gehluse 721 00001 Dig.Scopofix MDP
Fussschalter 9807 721 00101 Dig.Scopofix MDPM
la
9807 620 1
gi
(87.0)G
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt A
Einzelbild-
Durchleuchtung : Eingelbilder bei jeder
BetHtigung des Fussschalters,
mit Bildspeicherung und -
darstellung vom Scopo fix
1
(87.0)G 9807 620 0 -...i
Bv25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt A
i
9807 624 -..-1 (88.0)G A-5
a
Abschnitt A BV25 Family-N/HR
VON NACH
SLSYON-L
SCBUSY-L WHA2X2:B2 BE10X4:B2
IMRRCM-L SELOX6: B4 WAIX2:C
ue
HA A A A e + キーー ニニーーーーーーーーーーーー
ニ ーー ニーーーーーーーーーーーーー ニーー ニー ニーー こーー ニー ニーニー ニー ニー 一
IGNAL-BEZEICHN, | VON NACH ANSCRLUSS |SIGNAL-BEZEICHN, | VON
FTSWCM-L $651:1 SE10X12:A2 1 HDSWCM-L SDX1: SELOX13:A2
De ov scsl:2 | SE10X12:A1 2 SSSWCM-L SDX1: SE10X13:A4
ππσω αι
Tabelle A-4: Schnittstellenkabel flir digitale Tabelle A-4.4: Schnittstellenkabel flir Verbindung
Scopo fix-Speicher WHA - Dig. Scopofix HR DP(M)
WHA3X3: AL ER WHDX10: 3
:A2 Kel : 8
WAX1 : 7 AC220VF1 WHDMAINS : 1 :АЗ К=1 /4 :10
:8 AG220VF2 :3 Ab N=16 :12
| :9 | NLEA | :2 :A6 SUBTRACT 17
Re + :B1 LER 74
:B2 K=1/2 : 3
:B3 SPARE
Tabelle A-4.2: BNC Video~Anschllisse fiir Speicher :B4 MON 1 SEL :13
:B6 MON 2 SEL :23
WHA3X4: Al FRAME SEL ΜΟΝΙ 114
Bom ee na :А2 GND 134
ANSCHLUSS SIGNAL-BEZEICHN. NACH 1A3 +5 V DS 120
TAA SPARE
WHA1:X3 our 2 MEMORY IN :Bl FRAME SEL MON2 :24
:X4 OUT 1 SPARE :B2 BUSY IND :16
1X5 INMEM 2 MEMORY OUT 2 WHA3X5:A1 SPARE 127
2X6 INMEM 1 MEMORY OUT 1 :A3 SPARE
+e + :A6 SPARE WHDXI1:23
:A4 NOISE RED.ON :36
:B1 MANUAL 128
Tabelle A-4.3: Schnittstellenkabel fr Verbindung :B3 SPARE
von WHA3 —Dig. Scopofix MDP(M) und MSP :B4 SPARE :35
:B6 SPARE 117
WHA3X6: AL SHIELD zl
ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー ニ ーーニー ニニ ーーー + ‘A2 X-RAY START 2 : 9
SIGNAL-BEZEICHN NACH :АЗ SPARE 12
:B2 RECORD WHDX11: 3
STORE-H WHDX : 2
START-H : 8 A nen +
МЕМ1-Н :10
ER-H :14
NR2 :20
NR4 122
GAMMA~L 124
MEM2-H ill
LIH-H :13
NRL :19
NR3 121
САММА-2 :25
SUBI-H 127
DCoV :1,3,5
DCOV :7,9,15
peov :18,23,26,29,
οσον :34,36,39,43,
DCOV 347
DCOV
00000” +
HINWELS:
1
9807 620 р--.1 (87.0)6 A-7
Abschnitt & 8025 Family-M/HR
Tabelle 4-5: Schnittstellenkabel flr Fs- Tabelle А-6: Stand-alone-Betrieb des Fahrwagens
Sichtgerit(e)
Burndy-Stecker WXT3, 37polig
Tabelle A-5.1: Wechselspannungsversorgung für
FS-SichtgerUk(e) 0” +
JANSCHLUSS |SIGNAL-BEZEICHN. | VON NACH (*)
SPARE
ANSCHLUSS |SIGNAL~BEZEICHN.| NACH DC+1BV WALKS :4 WHA2X2:A1
SLTRON —I WALK2:0
WAXL: 1 AC220VF1 WMI MAINS:1 —-I- ver“
32 AC220VF2 :3 --Т bunden
:3 NLEA 12 DCOV WALX5:5 WHA2X2:A2
τά AC220VF1 WM2 MAINS:1 SPARE WHA2X1:A3
:5 AC220VF2 :3 DC-18V WHA2X2:A3
6 NLEA 22 KANIN nn +
Bem nnn ene ee ee eee ne +
{#) Nur wenn Stecker WIX! flr Stand-alone-Betrieb
mit WTX3 verbunden ist,
TABELLE 4-5.2: BNC Video-Anschliisse flr FS-
Sichtgerät(e)
Tabelle A-7: Schnittstellenkabel für Patientendaten-
Einheit
ANSCHLUSS [SIGNAL-BEZEICHN,| NACH
SHIELD
EXT-R IN 2
SHIELD
十 一 二一 二 全 二 二一 一 一 一 一 一一 ~ 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 ~ 二 一 ~ 一 ~ 一 ~ 一 ~ ~一 caem —+
ANSCHLUSS |SrGNAL-BE NACH
Wa: 101 NLEA NLEA
:102 MAINS V2 MAINS V2
| :103 | MAINS V1 | MAINS VI
or
5.5.3. Reinigung
1
9807 620 ou 1 (88.0)G
Abschnitt A BV25 Family-N/HR
5.6. IEC-KLASSIFIKATION
= Klasse I
- Typ B
~ An¥sthYsiemittel-geprilft (Anaesthetic proof AP)
WM1 WM2
WHO
Г
VHCU
WTX4
oo O WTXS
Cy WA/WHA
AN УИ“
WT
1) 8V25 Family N/HR mobile stand. 3) Set sterilizable covers for I.I., tank and C-arm
(for HHS optional).
2) Bv25 Family N/HR mobile trolley with double TV 4) Suspension bracket for double Footsuitch and
monitor, Digital Scopofix MDPM video memory and connector SAX] for stand-trolley cable connection.
Video hard copy unit instalied.
1
9807 0
620... (86.0) AZ-2
BV25 Family-N/HR
Section A
1) 1EC spacer
3) Cassette holder HHS mounted to 1.1. container
(optional)
2) HHS spacer
23
9807 620 bed (86.0)
Bv25 Family-N/HR Section A
Z LaDeLa Jeka
+ EMBUENTES КО permise
1
9807 620 q...1 (86.0) AZ-4
BV25 Family-N/HR Section 8
1, INTRODUCTION B-1
2. TOOLS
3. UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS
3. UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS
4.1.2. Installation of two TV-monitors code number 4522 983 17001 from:
4.2. INSTALLATION OF IMAGE VIDEO MEMORY Philips Medical Systems Nederland B.V.
Technical Service
4.3. INSTALLATION OF BV25 CABLES Documentation Department
Building QM
4.4. ADAPTATION MAINS VOLTAGE, FUSES AND Best. The Netherlands
FREQUENCY
5. PROGRAMMING FACILITIES
PROGRAMMING AS DELIVERED
in
ha ho ha ha ha ho fa dato ho
5. 51 em TV Monitor
. 6. Digital Scopofix MSP
UT
FIGURES
(1) Unpack TV monitor, (2) Loosen side covers (above grips) and pull off
covers at the front and at the rear of Mobile
(2) Loosen side covers (above grip) a bit and pull trolley.
off covers at the front and at the rear of Mobile
trolley. (3) Mount carrier plate with 4x screws M6 (From
inside) in holes (at corner) at top of Mobile
(3) Fit TV-monitor at the top of Mobile trolley. trolley. Use 4x spring washer M6 and 4x earth
washer.
(4) Mount TV-monitor with 4x screw M5x25 and spring
washers M5. (4) Fit TV monitors in holes in carrier plate.
(5) Remove cover at the rear of TV monitor. (5) Mount TV monitors with 8x screw M5x25, washers
and spring washers to carrier.
(6) Attach mains cable plug, remote control plug and
video coax plug to the appropriate sockets (Xl, (6) Remove covers at the rear of TV monitor.
X4, X3). Check switch for 75 Ohms termination.
(7) Attach mains cable plug, remote control plug and
(7) Replace covers at the front and at the rear of video coax plug to the appropriate sockets
Mobile trolley and tighten side covers, (X1, X4, X3) of TV monitor WMl (at the left seen
Guide monitor cables through cut-out in cover at from the front),
the rear,
(8) Loosen side covers (below grip) and pull off
(8) Replace cover at the rear of TV monitor. covers at the front and the rear of Mobile
trolley.
(9) Guide mains cable and video coax cable for second
monitor along the existing cables and attach
mains cable to connector WAX] of mains control
unit and video coax cable to BNC connector
WHA1:X7 (Monitor-R on board WHAl).
4.2. INSTALLATION OF IMAGE VIDEO MEMORY (See BZ-2) (9) Detach blank socket at WAX] at the rear of mains
control unit (see BZ-1) and fit bush-ended wires
To install the video memory, in mobile trolley, of mains cable in socket positions 4-5:
proceed as follows: 220 V a.c. and socket position 6: ground
(green/ yellow).
(1) Unpack video memory. Ie is packed in a separate
carton to prevent damage during transportation. (10) Install the appropriate memory-adaptation board
Save carton for return shipment, if any. WHA3 and set jumpers for Scopofix Control
programming, according to section B 5.2.3.
(2) Loosen side covers (above and below grips) and
pull off covers at the front and at the rear of (11) Replace covers at the side rear and lower front.
mobile trolley. Mount top front-cover supplied with BV25 FAM-N/HR
Remove left cover too. system, except for Digital Scopofix MDPM,
For MDPM memory remove blank plate from top cover,
(3) Remove base plate in top position from support and replace MDPM front in top cover (4x screw).
brackets inside mobile trolley. Connect flat cable to socket WADX40:X1 at front
(2x screws M4 at the front). panel.
Tighten side covers.
(4) Mount memory to baseplate with mounting material
supplied with BV25 FAM-N/HR, in plastic box.
+-
BV25 SCOPOFIX
NOTE:
o 一 一 ~ 一 一 一 一 一 一一 ~ 一 二一 一 一一 ~ 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一一 ~ 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 ~ 一 ~ 一 ~ 一 一 一 一 一~ 一 ~ 一 ~ +
MAINS FREQUENCY MSP MDP, MDPM HR DP, HR DPM
4.3. INSTALLATION OF BV25 CABLES (See BZ-1) The BV25 FAM-N/HR can be set-up to operate on 100,
110, 120, 130, 200, 210, 220, 230 and 240 V a.c. by
(1) Connect the Burndy plug of the stand-trolley setting wires 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 at the terminal block
connection cable to socket SAXI at the mobile WA100 in the mobile trolley as follows:
stand,
ネーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー ニ ーー ニー
(2) Connect the Burndy plug of the dual footswitch
cable to socket SAX2 at the mobile stand. MAINS FUSES | ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー
VOLTAGE| Fl,F2 1
(3) If required, connect also the yellow/green
equipotential conductor from the grounding pin at v [30 A | 104 | 107 | 110 | 109 | 122 | 125
the mobile stand to the operating table. ino vV | 30 A | 104 | 107 | 108 | 105 | 122 | 125
120 v | 30 4 | 104 | 107 | 10B | 109 | 122 | 125
(4) Before connecting the mains voltage plug to the 130 v | 30 A | 104 | 107 | 108 | 110 | 122 | 125
mains supply wall socket, set the mains input 200 V | 30 A | 105 | 106 | 110 | 108 | 123 | 124
voltage in the BV25 in accordance with 210 | 15 A | 105 | 106 | 110 | 109 | 123 | 124
paragraph 4.4. 220 v | 15 A | 105 | 106 | 108 | 107 | 123 | 124
230 v | 15 A | 105 | 106 | 108 | 109 | 123 | 124
4.4. ADAPTATION MAINS VOLTAGE, FUSES AND FREQUENCY 240 v | 15 4 | 105 | 106 | 108 | 110 | 123 | 124
(See BZ-1) A mmm m A ve m vb +
At delivery the 50 Hz BV25 FAM-N/HR-IEC systems have At all mains input voltages listed, the internal a.c.
been set up to operate on a mains input voltage of 220 supply voltage in the BV25 FAM-N/HR is 220 V, except
Va.c. with 15 Amps fuses Fl and F2, and the 60 Hz the mains voltage to the H.V, converter input, being
BV25 FAM-N/HR-HHS systems on a mains input voltage of 594 V a.c.
120 Volts a.c, with 30 Amps fuses Fl and P2,
To adapt the BV25 FAM N/HR to the mains freguency, set
NOTE: jumpers on boards in PEL’s as follows:
HR DP(M)| Rear of | 50 50 Hz
unit 60 60 Hz
NOTE:
0.1-3.0 mA at fluoro
RAD: measuring 20 mA
σι
R
4
at radiography
STD: 40-100 kV rad.
Free
Lay
mA calibration
$24cm
ㅣ 1 1 |
a
TO LS O
640cm
él5em
630cm
me
NORMAL
19 LI MS
Enable invertoralarm
Removed Disable inv. alarm
de +
1 8-5
9807 620 -...1 (88.0)E
0
Section 8 BV25 Fami1y-N/HR
“ja fis
3 WALOB
FIXED AGC at manual 4 WALOS
fluoroscopy 5
W2 1-2 Measuring field 6
depends on KVC
FLUO
STD: 40-100 kV rad. PC BOARD JUMPER
CONTR: kV-mA coupled POSITION
1
B-6 (8B.0)E 9807 620
0
;...1
BV25 Family-N/HR Sectian B
2
2
3
2
1-3 x xÍx|x|x
W5 Al-BI xjxlx|x{x {x
W6 Al-BI x lx lx | x | xiX
W7 1-2 Mains frequency 50 Hz
1-3 Mains freguency 60 Hz
625/525 Lines
1249/1049 lines
JUMPER/ POSITION | OPERATION
625/525 lines SWITCH
1249/1049 lines
ul 02 Contour corr, 2
WN13 Wi 1-2 White compression on 1-2 50 Hz
1-3 60 Hz
WN17 WI 1-3 AGC made, average ACTHI Remote signals are
W2 1-3 AGC mode, average active-high
w3 1-2 Circular blanking OFF ) Control by remote
Wa 1-2 Auto dark current OFF ) signals
compensation ON Contour corr, ON
W5 1-3 Fast AGC
W6 1-3 Soft rise to stab, AU Auto selection of
level high line/ low line
mode
WN19 wi 1-2 Sync. select
625/ w2 1-2 50 Hz
525 1-3 60 Hz
lines wa 1-2 Oscillator: mains
W5 1-2 Odd TV lines
JUMPER/ POSITION | OPERATION
WN19 Wi 1-2 Oscillator: mains SWITCH
1249/ W2 1-2 50 Hz
1049 1-3 60 Hz OFF No test pattern
lines
2 Mult.fact.2 for SUBI
WN21 Wi 1-2 625/525 lines 1 Mult.fact.l for SUB2
1-3 1249/1049 lines 3 ) Grey level added
CLOSED ) as backgrouad
WN22 wi 1-3 KVC mode, average CLOSED
w2 1-2 kV/mA control
w3 1-3 Video signal 1-3 Normal disk current
1-2 VCO selected
WN23 Wi 1-2 H-scan reverse
W2 1-3 V-scan reverse
W3 1-2 Internal measuring 1-2 50 Hz
field 1-3 60 Hz
1
B-8 (88.0)E 9807 620 gel
8V25 Family-N/HR Section 8
A +
PCB JUMPER/ POSITION OPERATION
SWITCH
CRTI wi INSTALLED! 60 Hz
W2 INSTALLED] 50 Hz
1. EINLELTUNG BI
2. WERKZEUG
5, PROGRAMMLERMUGLICHKELTEN B-5
ABBILDUNGEN
4,1. MONTAGE VON FS-MONITOR(EN) AUF DEM FAHRWAGEN Flr die Montage von zwei FS-SichtgerHten auf dem
Fahrwagen ist ein Montagesatz für zwei FS-Monitor,
Auf dem Fahrwagen kUnnen ein oder zwei 9807 606 3001, erforderlich.
51"-FS-Monitor montiert werden, Dieser wird mit dem System geliefert und enthHtt:
Flir die Montage von zwei Sichtgerilten ist
ein entsprechender Montagesatz erforderlich Montageplatte, Satz Montagematerial, Kabelsatz flr
(9807 606 30001). Video- und Netz-Anschluss, Abdeckung “Digital
Scopofix" und zwei grosse Griffe.
4.1.1. Montage von einem FS-Monitor (Siehe BZ-1) Es ist folgendermassen vorzugehen;
Flir die Montage eines einzelnen Monitors auf dem (1) FS-Monitor und Teile des Montagesatzes auspacken.
Fahrwagen ist es folgendermassen vorzugehen:
(2) Seitenabdeckungen (Uber den Griffen) lockern
(1) FS-Monitor auspacken, und vordere sowie hintere Abdeckung des
Fahrwagens abziehen.
(2) Seitenabdeckungen (Uber dem Griff) etwas
lockern und Abdeckungen vorne und hinten vom (3) Montageplatte mit 4 Schrauben M6 (von innen) oben
Fahrwagen abziehen, auf den Fahrwagen montieren. Dazu 4 Federringe M6
und 4 Erdungs-Unterlegscheiben verwenden.
(3) Das FS-Monitor oben auf dem Fahrwagen anbringen.
(4) FS-Monitor in den LBchern auf der Montageplatte
(4) Monitor mit Muttern M5 und Federringen M5 auf —anbringen.
Schraubenbolzen M5 befestigen.
(5) FS-Monitor mit 8 Schrauben M5x25 und
(5) Hintere Sichtgerit-Abdeckung abnehmen. ー Unterlegscheiben auf der Montageplatte befestigen.
(6) Netastecker, Stecker flr die Fernbedienung und (6) Hintere Abdeckungen der FS-SichtgerYte abnehmen.
Videa-Koax-Stecker in die entsprechenden Buchsen
(XI, Х4, ХЗ) stecken. Prlüfen, ob Schalter auf (7) Netzstecker, Stecker flir Fernbedienung und
75-Ohm-Abschluss steht. Video-Koax-Stecker mit den entsprechenden Buchsen
(XL, X4, X3) des FS-Sichtgerlits WMI (von vorne
(7) Hintere und vordere Abdeckung des Fahrwagens aus gesehen links) verbinden.
wieder anbringen und Seitenabdeckungen befestigen.
Die Kabel vom SichtgerHt durch den Ausschnitt (8) Seitenabdeckungen (unterhalb des Griffe) lockern
in der hinteren Abdeckung flihren. und vordere sowie hintere Abdeckung des
Fahrwagens abziehen.
(8) Hintere Abdeckung des FS-Monitors wieder
anbringen. (9) Netzkabel und Video-Koax-Kabel für das zweite
SichtgerYt parallel zu den bereits vorhandenen
Kabeln flihren und Netzkabel mit dem
Steckverbinder WAX1 der Netz-Steuereinheit
verbinden sowie das Video-Koax-Kabel an den
BNC-Steckverbinder WHAl:X7 (MONITOR-R auf
Leiterplatte WHAl) anschliessen.
B-2 i
(a8.0)G 9807 620 -...1
0
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt 8
4.2, MONTAGE DES VIDEOBILDSPÉICHERS (Siehe BZ-2) (9) Blindbuchse am Stecker WAX] an der Rlickseite
der Netzregelungseinheit entfernen und wit
Für den Einbau der Videospeicher in den Fahrwagen Quetschhllisen versehene Drihte des Netzkabels
folgendermassen vargehen: an die Buchsenpositionen 4-5: 220 V“ und
Buchsenposition 6: Erde (gelb/grlin)
(1) Videospeicher auspacken. Er ist getrennt anschliessen.
verpackt, um Transportschiiden zu vermeiden,
LT Verpackungskarton flr evtl. (10) Programmierstecker fr Scopofix-Steuerung
RUcksendung aufbewahren. gemdss Abschn. B-5.2.3. einstecken.
(2) Seitliche Abdeckungen (oberhalb und unterhalb der (11) Platte in der oberen Vorderabdeckung entfernen
Griffe) 18sen und Abdeckungen an der Vorder- und Abdeckungen an der Seite sowie die hintere
} und RUckseite des Fahrwagens abziehen, Abdeckung wieder einsetzen und Seitenabdeckungen
Auch die linke Abdeckung entfernen, befestigen,
(3) Grundplatte im oberen Teil von den Tragbligeln (12) (Nur fr MDPM): MDPM-Vorderseite in die vordere
im Fahrwagen abschrauben. Abdeckung einsetzen, das Flachkabel an die MDPM-
© (2 Schrauben Má an der Vorderseite). Einheit anschliessen und die Abdeckung mit
Frontplatte wieder in den Fahrwagen einsetzen,
(4) Videospeicher auf die Grundplatte schrauben.
2? Das Montagematerial ist in plastik Beutel bei dem
BV25 geliefert.
| BV25 SCOPOFIX
エーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー +
NETZFREQUENZ MSP MDP, MDPM HR DP, HR DPM
4.3. ANSCHLUSS DER KABEL DES BV25 (Siehe BZ-1) Die Rintgenanlage BV25 FAM-N/HR kann fir einen
Betrieb mit 100, 110, 120, 130, 200, 210, 220, 230 und
(1) Burndy-Stecker des Stativ-Fahrwagen-Anschluss- 240 V~ eingestellt werden, indem die Leitungen 1, 2,
kabels mit Buchse SAX! am Fahrwagen verbinden. 3, 4, 5 und 6 am Anschlussblock WAI00 des Fahrwagens
folgendermassen verbunden werden:
(2) Burndy-Stecker des Doppel fussschalter-Kabels mit
Buchse SAX2 am fahrbaren Stativ verbinden.
LEITUNG VERBUNDEN MIT
(3) Falls erforderlich, auch gelb/grlnen NETZ-
Hauipotentialleiter vom Erdanschlussstift am SPANNUNG| FI ,F2 【 2 3 4 5 6
fahrbaren Stativ mit dem OP-Tisch verbinden.
100 Y 30 A 104 | 107 110 109 122 125
(4) Bevor der Netzstecker in die Netzsteckdose 110 V 30 A 104 | 107 108 | 105 | 122 | 125
gesteckt wird, den BV25 der Netzspannung σον 30 A 104 107 108 | 109 122 } 125
entsprechend einstellen (Abs. 4.4.). 130 v 30 A 104 | 107 | 108 110 122 | 125
200 V 15 A 105 106 | 110 108 | 123 | 124
4.4. ANPASSUNG AN NETZSPANNUNG, SICHERUNGEN UND 210 Y 15 A 105 106 110 | 109 123 | 124
FREQUENZ (Siehe BZ-1) 220 V 15 A 105 106 108 | 107 123 | 124
230 Y 15 A 105 106 108 109 123 124
Die RUntgenanlage BV25 FAM-N/HR-IEC fllr 50 Hz ist 240 V 15 A 105 106 108 110 | 123 | 124
bei Lieferung fllr Betrieb bei einer Netzspannung von
220 V° mit 15-A-Sicherungen Fl und F2 eingestellt; die
Rüntgenanlage BV25 FAM-N/HR-HHS Fllr 60 Hz ist auf Bei allen aufgeflihrten Netzspannungen betrligt die
eine Netzspannung von 120 VT mit 30-A-Sicherungen Fl interne Versorgungsspannung der RUntgenanlage
und F2 eingestellt. 220 V, mit Ausnahme der Netzspannung am Eingang des
Hochspannungswandlers, die 594 VT betriigt.
HINWEIS:
Zur Anpassung des BV25 FAM N/HR an die Netzfreguenz
Die RUntgenanlage BV25 FAM-N/HR kann mit dem sind die Programmierstecker auf den Karten in den PEIS
normalen Netzstrom im Krankenhaus betriehen werden. folgendermassen einzustellen:
Wegen der hohen maximalen Stromaufnahme ist es jedoch
ratsam, die RUntgenanlage BV25 FAM-N/HR an eine A +
eigene Phasengruppe anzuschliessen. PEI KARTE: STELLUNG BETRIEB
PROGR .~
Die Netzeingangsspannung des Fahrwagens lHsst sich STECKER
folgendermassen anpassen:
BV25 SE33:W1 1-2 50 Hz
(1) Seitenabdeckungen (unterhalb der Griffe) lockern 1-3 60 Hz
und hintere Abdeckung abziehen. WHA3 :W7 1-2 50 Hz Siehe HINWEIS
1-3 60 Hz Siehe HINWEIS
(2) Netzspannung am Anschlussblock WAL00 WN19:W2 1-2 50 Hz
programmieren. 1-3 60 Hz
HR DP(M)| Rlck- 50 50 Hz
seite d.j 60 60 Hz
EIN 50 Hz
Daten AUS 60 Hz
eingabe- INSTALL. 60 Hz
Einheit INSTALL. 50 Hz
HINWELS:
1
B-4 (88.0)G 9807 620 a
8V25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt 8
50 Hz
60 Hz
Wechselrichteralarm
aktiviert
Wechselrichteralarm
ausgeschaltet
9807 1
620 m 1 (a8.0)G B-5
Abschnitt B 8V25 Family-N/HR
KONST.VERST. bei
man. Durchleuchtung
Messfeld abhinglich
von KVC
FLUO PROGR,-STECKER-
STD: 40-100 kV Aufn. STELLUNG
CONTR: kV-mA-Kopplg.
Netz-
flr HHS-Systeme regelung
fir TEC-Systeme WAL
flir HHS-Systeme
fr IEC-Systeme
NORMAL
NORMAL
Wechselrichteralarm
aktiviert
1
8-6 (B8.0)G 9807 620 yel
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt B
3. Scopofix-Steuerung
WHA3 wi 1-2 x x | x x x | x
file wa 1-2 x|]x|x{x|x|x
MSP, wa 1-3 x x x x κ x
MDP(M) | W4 1-2 x
1-3
A
WHD25 wl 1-2 50 Hz
1-3 60 Hz
本~ ccc cnt en ts rn net ee tence +
+ +
PLATINE PROGR.- STELLUNG BETRIEB
STECKER/
SCHALTER
RUCK- TV SYST | 50 50 Hz
SEITE D. 60 60 Hz
ΕΙΝΗΕΣΤ
キーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー +
ee nn nme tt err +
PLATINE | PROGR.- | STELLUNG | BETRIEB
STECKER/
SCHALTER
CPU Dip-
Schalter
$2.3 OFF 50 Hz
82.3 ON 60 Hz
CRTL πι INSTALL. | 60 Hz
W2 INSTALL. | 50 Hz
ネーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー
ニーーー ニー ニー ニー ニー ニーーーーーーーーーーーー ニーー ニーーー +
+
PLATINE | PROGR STELLUNG | BETRIEB
STECKER/
SCHALTER
Video- Xl Cal. B
Verst X2 Cal. A
キーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー +
2) Connection of mains, video and remate 3) Wire settings of mains cable far TV-monitors and
cable plugs at rear of TV-monitor. video memories in socket WAX1, and wires for 220V
and 594 VAC to the stand in socket WAX2.
WHA
THERE
UAT
HE
HAE
Τ ΜΗΝ
IE
9807 1
620 0 .1 (88.0) 87-3
BV25 Family-N/HR Section B
1) Programming the mains input voltage at terminal 3) Fuses F1-F6 can be replaced when the lid is removed.
block WA100.
82-4
9807 620 f...1 (88.0)
Bv25 Family-N/HR Section ©
2. TEST EOUIPMENT REQUIRED 6" BV25 test phantom - code number 4522 126 25150.
3.1. SETTING TO WORK The BV25 FAM-N/HR is factory adjusted and tested,
It is programmed for 220V/50Hz IEC.
- FUNCTIONAL TEST After installation and mains voltage and frequency
. Checking the vertical movement of C-arm programming according to section B, the BV25 FAM-N/HR
Checking the horizontal movement of C-arm can be prepared for the functional test.
pun
« Checking fluoroscopy
. Checking radiography wall socket.
Checking Scopofix For mains resistance, see A~5.3.
+ Checking stand alone operation The mains control unit WA is now energized.
Mobile trolley This is indicated by LED Hl on the switch-on
circuit WAl, in the mains control unit.
(2) Switch system on by the power-on button on the
4. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS control panel.
(3) switch TV monitor(s) on.
4.1. SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL (4) Perform the X-ray tube warm up procedure, see
section F 4,2
4.2. ALARM 8 NOT READY INDICATION
3.2. FUNCTIONAL TEST
4.3. SERVICE INDICATION CHECK
After system switch-on the starting situation is as
follows:
5.15. 51 CM TV MONITOR
9807 620 1
beet 1 (87. 1)Ε.
„Section C 8025 Famiiy-N/HR
3.2 «1. Checking the vertical movement of C-arm 3.2. 6. Checking fluoroscopy
(1) Operate the C-arm up and down buttons on the (1) Press the reset button of the fluoroscopy timer
control panel. (00.0 minutes).
(2) Check the up and downward movement for smooth
running and for limits of travel by the (2) Start fluoroscopy with handswitch or lefthand
end-microswitches. footswitch and check that the radiation-on Lamp
lights, and that after 4.8 minutes of fluoroscopy
3.2 .2. Checking the horizontal movement of C-arm the bell lamp lights up and the buzzer sounds.
(see CZ-2)
(3) Press shortly fluoroscopy timer reset button and
a) Release the brake handle for the longitudinal check that Lamp and buzzer switch off and that the
movement. fluoroscopy timer still shows 4.8 minutes,
(2) Check the horizontal C-arm movement for smooth
running for and backwards. (4) Fic 1.5 mm Cu plate on the collimator and start
(3) Lock the brake handle and check the brake. fluoroscopy in automatic mode.
.3,. Checking the rotating movement of C-arm (5) Check that the kV/mA LED display shows about
(see GZ-2) 60 kV-1.5 mA.
(1) Release the brake handle for the rotating (6) Switch over to manual fluoroscopy mode and check
movement, that the manual mode lamp lights up, and check the
(2) Check the ratating movement in both directions range of kV-value 40-100 kV, selected by +/- kv
up to mechanical stop, buttons,
(3) Operate the metal knob at the C-arm to rotate the
C-arm beyond the mechanical stop. (7) Switch over to intermittent fluoroscopy mode and
(4) Pur the G-arm again in the normal position and check intermittent fluoroscopy.
lock the brake handle and check the brake. (only when Scopofix memory is connected).
.4. Checking the orbital movement of C-arm (8) Fit a piece of metal on the 11 at the C-arm side.
(see GZ-2) Start automatic Fluoroscopy and check that the
piece of metal is displayed at the lower side of
(1) Release the brake handle for the orbital movement, the picture,
(2) Check the C-arm for smooth running for- and Operate the scan-reverse horizontal button and
backwards, check that left and right in the picture are
(3) Check also the orbital movement with C-arm in reversed.
horizontal position (C-arm 90° rotated).
(4) Check the balance of the C-arm. (9) Operate the image-rotate-left button and check
(5) Lock the brake handle and check the brake. that the picture starts rotating to the left.
Operate the image-rotate-right button and check
«5. Checking the scanning movement of C-arm that the picture starts rotating to the right.
(see CZ-2) Operate both buttons at the same time and check
picture for going to zero position,
(1) Release the brake handle for the scanning Also check the image-rotate buttons on the TV
movement. monitor.
(2) Check the scanning movement in both directions up The complete picture should remain just visible
to mechanical stop. during image rotation.
(3) Lock the brake handle and check the brake,
(10) start fluoroscopy and operate the iris +/-
NOTE: buttons and check the diaphragm adjustment on the
monitor. Operate the slit width and slit rotation
In all C-arm positions the C-arm cable should have buttons and check the slit width adjustment and
enough play to follow the C-arm movement. its left-right rotation.
1
C-2 (86.0)E 9807 620 gl
BV25 Family-N/HR Section C
(1) Check that the cassette holder fits at the The BV25 FAM-N/HR can be equipped with the following
1.1. shield (see AZ-3), versions of Digital Scopofix video memories;
(2) Operate the radiography mode button and check that - Digital Scopofix MSP for 625/525 lines
the radiography mode lamp and "<15 format" lamp (single memory)
are Lighting and that the diaphragm changes to the - Digital Scopofix MDP for 625/525 Lines
large focus position. (double memory}
— Digital Scopofix MDPM for 625/525 lines
(3) Operate the +/- kV buttons and +/- time buttons to (double memory + disc)
check the kV range (40-100 kV) and the time range - Digital Scopofix HR DP for 1249/1049 lines
(0.2 ~ 80.0 mAs), (double memory)
— Digital Scopofix HR DPM for 1249/1049 lines
(4) Make an exposure with the handswitch at 40 kV and (double memory + disc)
20 mAs and check that the radiation on lamp lights
up and that the picture in the monitor circle Digital Scopofix MDPM and HR DPM are equipped with a
stays clean. Winchester harddisc to store and retrieve video images
on disc. (MDPM:34, HR DPM:28)
(5) Make another exposure and check that the exposure
terminates when the handswitch is released, AEter system switch-on, the video memory is blanked
and lefthand TV monitor shows a black picture with 2
(6) Operate the 30- and 40 cm format buttons and check memory indication bars in top of the screen,
that the <15 cm format lamp switches off and the
30 resp. 40 cm format lamp switches on.HHS formats To check the functions of various memories, use table
are 15 cm and 24 cm in stead of 30 cm resp. 40 cm. below.
MEMORY USED
STEP] CHECK FUNCTION |v------------
MSPİMDPİMDPMİHR DP|HR DPM
G) | LIN at
continuous fluoro ххх x x
(2) | Lin at
intermittent fluoro x x x x x
(3) | SNAPSHOT function ххх x x
(4) | FIX function х|х]х x x
(5) | SUB function X)X x x
(6) COPY function x x
(7) | ERASE function x X
(8) | TRACKCOUNTER x x
(9) | PLAYBACK K x
(1) Last-image hold function at continuous fluoroscopy (3) Snap Shot function.
The image processing facility enables last-image Snap shot recording will be done with noise
hold recording with noise reduction. The TV reduction, A selected number of video Frames (n= )
monitor shows processed images during fluoroscopy. are integrated and after this integration a noise-
reduced image is recorded and shown.
ー Operate automatic or manual mode button at control Snap shot can be switched off either by release of
panel. snap shot handswitch/righthand footswitch or by
video-correct control back up timer of 2.0 seconds
- Start fluoroscopy with handswitch or lefthand (automatic Fluoroscopy or by timer of 300 msec.
footswitch and check Live/stare command cycle for (manual fluoroscopy).
Last image hold at TV monitor.
- Operate snap shot handswitch or righthand
footswitch in manual mode or automatic mode
Switch Fluoroscopy and check store command for snap shot
command at TV monitor.
FT oo Keep footswitch depressed until the new stored
' image is shown on TV monitor.
X-rays
Г] Switch
Record command
command
Monitor
right
s DR * X-rays
(if used) : (auto mode) <2 set,
X-rays ーー Г] ] 1 Г]
righe
(if used)
Record T ῃ ῃ |
command
Monitor
right #
{if used)
(4) FIX-function For single memory (Dig. Scopofix MSP), FIX disables
the last-image hold function.
When activating the FIX function, the picture on The righthand TV monitor, if used, shows “old” images,
lefthand TV monitor is shown on righthand TV
monitor and picture on righthand TV monitor is ー Operate FixX-button at control panel; FIX Lamp on.
shown on lefthand TV monitor,
— Start fluoroscopy with handswitch or lefthand
The lefthand TV monitor is always used for footswitch and check live-store command cycle for
LIVE/LIH, snap shot or “disc” images, the FIX-function at TV monitor(s).
vighthand TV monitor is used for "FIX"ed images.
only.
Switch
Operate FIX-button at control panel; FIX lamp on. command
(pulse)
X-rays
APT.
1 Double OLD STORED | OLO STORED | OLD STOREN
Record Monitor right
command
(for left
monitor) - Release FIX-button and check that righthand
monitor is blanked and lefthand monitor shows
again the stored image at double monitor version.
Monitor OLD STORED | uve? E STORED
Left (right) AVERAGED EM
(5) SUB function
Monitor OLD STORED | OLA STORED ー Subtract function (with 2 TV monitors)
right e
— Start fluoroscopy in automatic or manual mode
(live/LIR or snapshot) for a mask-image on
lefthand TV monitor.
Release FIX-button and check TV monitors again for
exchange of images. - Press FIX button, the mask~image is shown on
righthand TV monitor,
NOTE
- Check that the trackcounter displays the next - Check that trackcounter displays the next lower
higher tracknumber. step.
Transfer
ERASE for Dig. Scopofix HR DPM from disk
- Press any other key to release FRASE mode, 3.2.9. Checking stand alone operation Mobile trolley
NOTE:
(4) © Fluoroscopy automatic button/ indicator (17) Rotate image CW button (SWIMRRL) to
©
<
(19) copy command button for Scopofix
control to transfer/store the current
(7) = Fluoroscopy kV down button (FLDOCM-L) image in memory shown on monitor as
to set kV to lower value in maual longterm image.
fluoroscopy mode.
l (87.0)E C-7
9807 620 a seed
Section C Bv25 Family-N/HR
(25) kV Radiography kV up button (RGUPCM-L) to 4.2. ALARM 6 NOT-READY INDICATION (see also CZ-1)
+ set kV to a higher value for
radiography. The alarm and not-ready signals can be shown on LCD
display as a code. If more alarm/not-ready signals are
active, several code numbers may be displayed,
(26) más Exposure time down button (MSDOCM-L) In case of an alarm both the indication ERROR and the
to set mAs to a lower value for code number flash. In case of a not-ready situation,
radiography. the indications ERROR and code number are given, when
the button "display error” is pressed.
(28) © Format § < 15 indicator ERROR 1 HVGAL-HC High voltage alarm from
(IDFÓLSL)
to indicate format size H.V. cascade generator
when switching over from fluoroscpy to ERROR 2 FILAL-HC Filament alarm from
radiography. filament supply
ERROR 3 INVAL-HC Invertor alarm from DC
power convertor
©
(29) Format TEC 930/HHS 615 ERROR 4 MCUAL-HC Thyristor alarm from
button/indicator (SWFH30L). mains control unit
ERROR 5 TKTPAL-HC Tank temperature alarm
from Practix-C tank
©
(30) Format IEC 940/HHS (24 ERROR 6 TIMAL-HC Timer alarm from
button/indicator (SWF#40L). radiography timer
ERROR 7 CLAL-HC 600 Hz clock frequency
alarm
(31) kv/Time To display the preset technique
display factors kV(40-100) and más (0.2-80.0) NOT READY SITUATION
for radiography,
INDICATION MNEMONIC MEANING
1
(88.0)E 9807 620 yel
BV25 Family-N/HR Sectian C
ALL voltages are measured with respect to @ V. Factory set to a gain of 2x,
R19 : Brightness adjustment of the memory indication
5.1. GENERAL & ERROR PROCESSING ROARD SEL3 bars for memory 2 (factory set).
R2Q ; Brightness of the memory indication bars for
MPSl: Practix-C tank temperature. memory | (factory set).
Ve= 4.0 V : 48<T<50 °c R48 : Gain adjustment of the video input amplifier for
Ves 2.4 V : 68<7<70 °C memory 1, Factory set to a gain 2x.
vez 2.2 V 175 °c R58 : Gain adjustment of the video input amplifier for
memory 2. Factory set to a gain 2x.
5.2. RADIOGRAPHY AND FLUOROSCOPY PROCESSING BOARN SE17 R78 : Gain adjustment of the video output amplifier
for the left monitor.
MPS1: Co test the signal RQSTFL, request for Factory set to a gain af 3x.
fluoroscopy.
R118: Gain adjustment of the video output amplifier
MPS2: Co test the signal RADON, radiography on. for the right monitor.
Factory set to a gain of 2x.
Potentiometer RL: R144: Positioning the left memory indication bar at 1
To adjust the interval time between two K-ray pulses em distance of monitor circle (factory set).
during intermittent fluoroscopy. Rl46: Positioning the right memoty indication bar at 1
cm distance of monitor circle (factory set).
5.3. X-RAY CONTROL BOARD SE19
5.5. DIAPHRAGM CONTROL i BOARD SE21
MPS1: Value KVC, 4-10 V, corresponding to 40-100 kv.
Potentiometer RI:
MPS2: With jumper W3 in position 1-2: To adjust the iris reference field size of Y 13 cm
Set value of the tube current. on the T.T. entrance plane when jumper W3 is in
With jumper W3 in position 1-3: position 1-3.
Tube curreat can be adjusted independent of
ky value. 5.6. DIAPHRAGM POTENTIOMETERS
Potentiometer Ri:
Ta adjust maximum DAC output for KVC to 10 V. To adjust manually the actual feedback voltage for a
slit width of 16 cm on the 1.1, entrance plane,
Potentiometer R2:
To adjust KVC to 10,5 V (French Homologatian). Slit rotation potentiometer LAR3:
1
9807 620 vel (87.D)E
Section C Bv25 Family-N/HR
Potentiometer RI: SE30: 16-17 ACHVTI-2. These are the high voltage
To adjust the tube current for preheating in terminals (140-380 volts, 300 Hz) for the primary side
radiography mode (2 mA}. Ri can vary Vref from of the H.V. transformer in the tank.
-6.5 to -4.9 Volts.
The 2 mA measurement is done on testpoints MPS3-MPSOV 3Е30: 22-23 AC594VFI-F2. These are the input
on X-ray control board SEIS. а.с. voltage terminals (594 Volts, 50 Hz) for the
H.V. converter,
Potentiometer R2:
To adjust the tube current in radiography mode for 100 SE30: 24 PWRSM, This is the d.c. voltage terminal
kv/20 mA; RZ can vary Vref from -6.0 to -4.2 Volts. (140 - 380 Volts d.c.) at the smoothing capacitor SECI.
The 20 mA measurement is done on testpoints MPS3-MPSOV
on X-ray control board SEl9, 5.11. SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY UNIT SU
The control backpanel has test points to bridge the 5.13. 15 CM H.T. IL CASCADE GENERATOR (see also CZ-2)
p.c.b, keys of XTV5 unit, Scopofix control unit WHAI
motor unit SM, power backpanel SE30 and System Control MP2-MP3:
Panel SB. Cathode Voltage; Vcath = 5000 * V mp2-3
MP4-MPL:
Focusing voltage; Vfoc. = 33 * V mpá-l
Potentiometer BGRI:
Control voltage to adjust cathode voltage.
Potentiometer BGR2:
Control voltage to adjust focusing voltage,
Potentiometer R12:
Adjust voltage far target (va),
Potentiometer R3:
Adjust the overvoltage protection.
Patentiometer R5:
Adjust the vertical shift.
Potenriometer Rll:
Ad just the horizontal dynamice focus.
Patentiometer RIA:
Adjust the preset brightness.
Coil L4:
Adjust the Linearity (625/525 lines).
Coil L5:
Adjust the linearity (1249/1049 Lines).
Coil Lá:
Adjusr the horizontal anplitude (625/525 Lines),
WM20:
Potentiumeter В]:
Adjust Che high voltage,
1. EINLEITUNG
2. ВЕМОЕТЕСТЕ MESSGERAETE
4.2. ALARM- UND "NICHT BEREIT'-ANZEIGE Nach dem Einschalten der Anlage liegt folgende
Ausgangssituation vor:
4.3. PRUEFUNG DER ANZEIGEN
- Einschalt-Kontrollanzeige leuchtet;
ー Anzeige fr automatische Durchleuchtung leuchtet;
5. EINSTELL- UND PRUEFMOEGLECHKELTEN - die kV-mA-Anzeige fr Durchieuchtung zeigt 40 kV-
0,1 má;
5.1. ALLGEMEINE- UND FEHLER-KARTE - Anzeige flir Durchleuchtungsdauer zeigt 00.00
Minuten;
5.2. AUFNAHME- UND DURCHLEUCHTUNGS-KARTE - bei angeschlossenem Scopofix ist auch der Video-
Bildspeicher eingeschaltet;
5.3, ROENTGENAUFNAHME-STEUERKARTE - die Yffnung der Irisblende hat einen @ von
15 cm, die Schieber sind mit einer Spaltweite von
5.4. SCOPOFIX-KARTE 16 cm gebffnet (gemessen am Eintrittsfeld des BV),
und der Spalt liegt senkrecht zur L4ngsrichtung
5.5. BLENDEN-STEUERUNGSKARTE 1 der Blende;
— das Monitor/die Sichtger4te ist/sind eingeschaltet,
BLENDEN-POTENTIOMETER
+ HEIZSPANNUNGSKARTE
LEISTUNGSREGELUNGSKARTE
STEUERPLATINE
5.10. STROMVERSORGUNGSPLATINE
5.11. SYSTEM-STROMVERSORGUNG SU
15"-MONITOR
SCOPOFIX VIDEOBILDSPEICHER
3.2.1. Prllfung der vertikalen Bewegung des C-Bogens 3.2 «6. Prlfung der Durchleuchtung
(siehe CZ-1)
(1) Rlickstelltaste des Durchleuchtungs-Timers
Tasten flr Aufwirts- und Abwirtsbewegung des drlicken (00.00 Minuten),
C-Bogens auf dem Redienpult betitigen.
Prlifen, ob die Auf- und Abwirtsbeyegung (2) Durchleuchtung mit Handschalter oder Linkem
ruckfrei und teichtgingig verlYduft und der Fussschalter starten und prilfen, ob die
Verfahrweg durch End-Mikroschalter begreuzt wird, Strahlungs-Kontrollanzeige aufleuchtet und ob nach
4,8 min Durchleuchtungsdauer die BELL-Lampe
.2. Prilfung der horizontalen Rewegung des C- aufleuchtet und der Summton ertUnt.
Bogens (siehe CZ-2)
(3) Kurz die Durchleuchtungs-Rlickstelitaste
(1) Arretierhebel flir Lungsbewegung 18960. drlicken und prilfen, ob die Lampe und der
(2) Prlfen, ob die horizontale Bewegung des C-Bogens Summton abschalten und der Durchleuchtungs-Timer
vorwirts und rlckwdrts ruckfrei und immer noch 4,8 min anzeigt.
Leichtgêngig verlUuft.
(3) Arretierhebel feststellen und Arretierung prUfen. (4) Eine 1,5 mm starke Kupferplatte an der
Tiefenblende befestigen und Durchleuchtung im
Automatik-Betrieb starten.
3.2 .3. Prllfung der Drehbewegung des C-Bogens
(srehe CZ-2)
(5) Prlifen, ob auf der kV/mA-Anzeige ca. 60 kV-1,5
mA angezeigt wird.
(1) Arretierhebel flir Drehbewegung 1Bsen.
(6) Auf manuelie Durchleuchtung umschalten und
(2) Drehbewegung in beide Richtungen bis zum
priifen, ob die Kontrollanzeige flr manuellen
mechanischen Anschlag prilfen. Betrieb aufleuchtet und ob der mit den +/- kV-
(3) Metallknop£ am C-Bogen nach hinten drilcken, um Tasten gewihlte Bereich der kV-Werte zwischen 40
den C-Bogen liber den mechanischen Anschlag bis 100 kV stimmi.
hinaus zu drehen,
(4) C-Bogen wieder in die normale Stellung bringen,
Arretierhebel feststellen und Arretierung prlifen. (7) Auf intermittierende Durchleuchtung umschalten und
diese Betriebsart prlifen (nur wenn Scapofix-
Speicher angeschlossen ist).
5. Prilfung der Verschiebung des C-Bogens
(siehe (2-2)
(8) Ein Metalistlick am BV an der C-Bogenseite
anbringen. Automatische Durchleuchtung starten und
(1) Arretierhebel flir Verschiebung LUsen.
prlifen, ob das Metalistllck auf dem unteren
(2) C-Bogen auf ruckfreie Vorwärts- und Rück-
Bildteil dargestellt wird.
wirtsbewegung prlfea,
Die Taste SCAN REVERSE HORIZONTAL betdtigen und
Auch die Verschiebung bei C-Bogen in horizontaler
prlfen, ob links und rechts im Bild vertauscht
Stellung (C-Bogen 90" gedreht) prlifen, werden.
(4) Prlfen, ob der C-Bogen ausbalanciert ist,
(5) Arretierhebel feststellen und Arretierung prilfen. Taste flir Linksdrehung des Bildes betltigen
(9)
und prilfen, ob das Bild beginnt, sich nach links
+5, Prifung der Schwenkbewegung des C-Bogens zu drehen,
(siehe CZ-2) Taste flr Rechtsdrehung des Bildes betltigen
und prlifen, ob das Bild beginnt, sich nach
(1) Arretierhebel flir Schwenkbewegung IHsen, rechts zu drehen.
(2) Schwenkbewegung in beide Richtungen bis zum Beide Tasten gleichzeitig betYtigen und
mechanischen Anschlag prlifen. prlifen, ob sich das Bild zurllek in Null-
(3) ârretierhebel Feststellen und Arretierung prlfen. Stellung dreht.
Auch die Tasten zur Bilddrehung am FS-Monitor
Η{ΝΜΕ ΓΑ: prlifen.
Das gesamte Bild sollte wihrend der Bilddrehung
In allen Stellungen des C-Bogens muss das C-Bogenkabel gerade noch sichtbar sein.
genlgend Spiel haben, um der Rewegung des C-Bogens
zu folgen.
(10) Durchleuchtung sEarten und +/- Tasten der
Irisblende betHtigen; Biendeneinstellung auf
dem Sichtgerät prlfen. Tasten für
Spaltweite und Spaltdrehung betHtigen und die
Spaltweite-Einstellung und ihre Links-/Rechts-
drehung prllfen.
3.2.7. Prlifung der Aufnahme 3.2.8. Prlifung von Scopofix (wenn angeschlossen)
(1) Prlifen, ob Kaasettenhalter am BV-GehHuse Das RUntgensystem BV25 FAM-N/HR kann mit den
befestigt ist; siehe AZ-3. folgenden Ausfilhrungen des Scopofix-Video-
Speichersystems ausgerlistet werden:
(2) Taste fllr Aufnahmebetrieb betHtigen und
prilfen, ob die Kontrollanzeige flir Aufnahme — Digital Scopofix MSP flir 626/525 Zeilen
sowie "<15 Format"-Anzeige leuchten und sich die - Digital Scopofix MDP fllr 625/525 Zeilen
Blende auf grossen Fokus einstelit. - Digital Scopofix MDPM filr 625/525 Zeilen
- Digital Scopofix HR-DP fllr 1249/1049 Zeilen
(3) Mit den +/- kV-Tasten und +/- TIME-Tasten den kV- - Digital Scopofix HR-DPM Elir 1249/1049 Zeilen
Bereich (40-100 kV) und den Zeitbereich (0,2-80,0
más) prlifen, Filr die Speicher sind die nachfolgenden Funktionen
zu prijfen,
(4) Mit dem Handschalter eine Aufnahme bei 40 kV und
20 más durchflihren und prilfen, ob die
Strahlungs-Kontrollanzeige leuchtet und der T SPEICHER
Monitorkreis sauber bleibt. SCHRITT PUNKTION [= ee
MSP | MDP|MDPMIHR DP] HR DPM
(5) Eine weitere Aufnahme machen und prilfen, ob der
Aufnahmevorgang beim Loslassen des Handschalters
beendet wird. {1) | LIH bei kontinuier-
licher Durchleucht. x x x x x
(6) Die 30- und 40-cm-Formattasten betdtigen und (2) LIH bei intermittie-
prlifen, ob die <15-cm-Format-Anzeige erlischt render Durchleucht. ххх x x
und die 30- bzw. 40-cm-Format-Anzeige aufleuchtet. (3) SCHNAPPSCHUSS Funkt.] X | X | X x x
Die HHS-Formate sind 15 cm und 24 cm statt 30 cm (4) | FIX Funktion RX] xX] Xx x x
bzw. 40 cm. (5) SUB Funktion xX |X x x
(6) | KOPIER Funktion x x
(7) | LUSCH Funktion x x
(8) BILDSPURZAEHLER x x
(9) | WIEDERGABE/ANZELGE x x
Schalt- ||
baťehl Schalt-
befehl
Strahlung
— ' il mm
Strahlung 300 msec.
nungsbefehl
Strahlung
Monitor
o LIVE? (Auto, Betrieb) <2 sec
links OLD STORED | AVERAGED NEW STORED
Aufzeich-
Monitor MANUAL AUTOMATIC
nungsbefehl
rechts
Monitor man.
OLA STORED NEW STOREO
Halten des letztgespeicherten Rildes bei (Links) Betrieb
intermittierender Durchleuchtung.
auto,
Taste flir intermittierende Durchleuchtung am OLO STORED NEW STORED
Betrieb
Bedienpult betlcigen.
Intermittierende Durchleuchtung mit Handschalter
oder linkem Fussschalter starten und Speicher- Monitor BLANK
Befehlszyklus fllr Live-Bild auf Festhalten des (rechts)
letztgaspeicherten Bildes auf dem linken Monitor
prilfen.
Schalt-
befehl
С * mit FIX-Funktion
Strahlung
SO LILILIL
Aufzeich- Л п
nungsbefehl
Monitor 비
Links OLE STORED | LIVE [stereo 1 [stone 2 [store
Monitor
rechts
* mit FIX-Funktion
1
C-4 (B7.0)G 9807 620 yel
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt C
(4) FIX-Funktion Fur Einzelspeicher (z.B. Dig. scopofix MSP) ist die
LIH-Funktion blockiert.
Wenn die FIX-Funktion aktiviert ist, werden die
Bilder von dem rechten Monitor und dem linken ー FIX-Taste am Bedienpult betltigen: FIX-
Monitor vertauscht, Kontrollanzeige leuchtet.
Der linker Monitor zeigt immer LIVE/LIH Bilder, - Taste zur automatischen Durchleuchtung am
Schnappschuss Bilder oder “DISK” Bilder. Der Bedienpult betYtigen (intermittierende
rechter Monitor zeigt nur’ PiXed" Bilder. Durchleuchtung ist während der FIX-Funktion
blockiert).
FIX-Taste auf dem Bedienpult betYtigen; FEX-
Kontrollanzeige leuchtet, (Puls) — Durchleuchtung mit Handschaiter oder linkem
Fussschalter starten und Live-Store-Befehiszyklus
Prilfen, ob die Bilder der Monitor vertauscht auf FIX-Funktion am Monitor (kein LIH) prlifen.
sind:
linkes Bild
gezeigt und
wird jetzt auf dem rechten Monitor
rechtes Bild auf dem linken Monitor. Schalt- 0
befehi
Automatische Durchleuchtung
linkem Fussschalter starten
mit
und
Handschalter
Speicher-
oder
Strahlung J
Befehlszyklus flir Live-Bild auf Halten des
letztgespeicherten Bildes auf dem linken Monitor Aufzeich-
priifen; auf dem rechten Monitor dlirfen nur nungsbefehl
Bilder gezeigt werden, die mit der FIX-Funktion
gespeichert worden sind.
Finzel- LO STORED
Monitor
Schalt- TÜ.
befehl Doppel-
Monitor CLEAN CIRCLE
UO links
エキ
Strahlung
Doppel-
Monitor
rechts QLD STORED | OLD STORES + OLO STORED
Aufzeich=
nungsbefehl
(fir linkes ||
Monitor) - FIX-Taste loslassen und prlfen. ob der Bild-
schirm des rechten Monitoren leer ist und das
Linke SichtgerHit bei der Doppel-Monitor-
Monitor OLD STORED VEZ Ausflihrung wieder das gespeicherte Bild zeigt.
tright} | AVERAGED | NEW STORED
links
(5) Subtraktions-Funktion (mit 2 Monitoren)
TIX-Taste loslassen und prlifen, ob die Bilder ー FIX-Taste drlcken: das Masken-Bild erscheint auf
der Monitoren wieder vertauscht werden, dem rechten Monitor.
HINWEIS
- Kopier-Taste auf dem Bedienpult bet4tigen, um Mit der Rlcklauf-Taste auf der Frontabdeckung
dieses Bild von Speicher 1 auf den Plattenspeicher die Anzeige auf dem BildspurzHhler um einen
zu lbertragen. Schritt zurllcksetzen.
- Prilfen, ob der Bildspurzihler die nichst- Prlifen, ob der Bildspurzihler die nãchst
hBhere Spurzahl (01) anzeigt. niedrigere Bildspur (01) anzeigt.
HINWEIS
Rllckl auf/
Voriauf-
—, ——
Taste
Bei der LUSCH-Funktion des Digital Scopofix MDPM (ein Schritte)
gibt es keine Sicherung gegen Bedienungsfehler.
Wenn die LBsch-Taste nur einmal gedrllckt wird,
wird das Bild auf der Platte zerstUrt. Schritt-
Befehl
LOESCH-FUNKTION (Dig. Scopofix HR DPM)
Mit den Tasten ERASE 1.2 den LOESCH-Betrieb Ubertragung
einschalten; die Kontroll-Lampen ERASE 1.2 von Platte
leuchten.
Die Tasten ERASE 1,2 nochmals drllcken, um das Monitor STORED IMAGE | CLEAN CIACLE TRARSFERRED
dargestellte Rild von der Platte zu 1Bschen. links
Während des LBschens leuchten die
Anzeichelampen nicht,
3.2.9. Prilfung Stand-alone-Betrieb Fahrwagen
Der BildspurzHhler wird um 1 erhBht und das
nåchste Bild von der Platte erscheint auf dem Wenn die RUntgenanlage BV25 FAM-N/HR mit einem Scopo-
FS-Sichtgerlt. fix in M-Ausfllhrung (Digital Scopofix MDPM-HR DP/M)
Die ERASfi-Anzeigelampen leuchten, und das betrieben wird, kann die Verbindung des Fahrwagens zum
ndchste Bild kann gelBscht werden. fahrbaren Stativ getrennt werden und der Fahrwagen im
Stand-alone-Betrieb zur Wiedergabe/Anzeige von in den
Der LOESCH-Betrieb (ERASE-Modus) kann durch Mehrbild-Speichern gespeicherten Videobildern arbeiten.
bricken einer anderen Taste ausgeschaltet
werden, RUntgensystem am Bedienpult ausschalten.
Stativ-Fahrwagen-Aaschlusskabel am fahrbaren
(8) Bildspurzdhler stativ (SAX1) lUsen,
Taste FUr Vorwdrtslauf auf der Front abdeckung Stecker des Stativ-Fahrwagen-Anschlusskabels mit
drllcken und prllfen, ob der Bildspurzlhler Steckverbinder WAXS (hinter der kleinen Klappe) an
bis zur Spurzahl 034 (obere Grenze) zdhlt. Beim der Rlickseite des Fahrwagens verbinden.
Loslassen der Taste fr VorwHrtslauf erscheint
das Bild der angezeigten Spurzahl nach kurzer Zeit Prlfen, ob Scopofix und FS-Monitor eingeschaltet
auf dem FS-Monitor. sind.
Taste fllr RÚcklauf auf der Frontabdeckung Tasten flår Vorlauf/Rllcklauf auť der Front-
drlicken und prilfen, ob die Bildspurzahl bis abdeckung betHrigen und damit gespeicherte
000 heruntergezihlt wird. Bilder auf dem FS-Monitor wiedergeben,
Bei 000 befindet sich der Plattenlaufwerk-Kopf
ausserhalb des Arbeitsspurbereichs und der HINWEIS:
Bildschirm des linken Monitors ist leer.
Auf der Rilckseite des Fahrwagens (hinter der kleinen
Prlifen ob die BildsputzHhler 000 anzeigt wenn Klappe) befinden sich zwei Video-Aus-BNC-Buchsen Für
die Taste "ZERO" wird pedrlickt, den Anschluss von Hard Copy-Einheiten.
1
C-6 (87.0)G 9807 620 yl
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt E
の
Erneuerung des letzten im Speicher
Taste/Anzeige flir intermittierende festgehaltenen Bildes,
Durchleuchtung (SLFLIT-L) zum Wahlen Bei Verwendung von nur einem
AL des intermittierenden Durchleuchtungs- Monitorwird dieses Bild nach der
betriebs. Anzeigen IDFLIT und IDFLAT
Durchleuchtung gezeigt.
leuchten,
Rei der Verwendung ven zwel Monitoren
wird dieses Bild auch wHhrend der
Durchleuchtung auf dem rechten Monitor
(5) Taste/Anzeige fllr manuelle Durch-
gezeigt.
Wu leuchtung (SLFLMN-L) zum Wihlen des
Ny manuellen Durchleuchtungsbetriebs.
Anzeigen IDFLAT und IDFLMN leuchten. (19) COPY-Befehlstaste flir Scopofix-
Steuerung zum Ubertragen/Speichern
des gegenwHrtig gespeicherten und
(7) men kV-Minustaste (FLDOCM-L) zum auf dem Monitor dargestellten Bildes
Verringern des kV-Werts bei manueller als Langzeit-Bild
Durchleuchtung
K
(22) Anzeige fllr Durchleuchtungsdauer von
(10) Taste (IRDECM-L) zur Verkleinerung der
4,8 min und RUckstelltaste fr 4,8
IrisblendenBEfnung
min Durchleuchtungs-Timer (TMRSCM-H).
Durch kurzes Drlicken wird nur der
4 ,8-min-Durchleuchtungs-Timer zurlick—
(11) Blendenschieber-Bffnen-Taste gestellt; durch langes Drlicken
(SEOPDIL) zum Vergrüssern der sowohl der Durchleuchtungs-Timer als
Blendenspaltbreite
auch die Anzeige,
(25) kV kW-Plustaste (RGUPCM-L) zum ErhUhen 4.2. ALARM- UND “NICHT BERELT'-ANZEIGE (siehe auch
+ des kV-Werts bei Aufnahme 62-1)
9 CSWFØ40L)
ERROR 5 TKTPAL-HC
regelungseinheit
Tanktemperatur-Alarm von
Practix-C-Tank
(31) KV/Time Zum Anzeigen der vargew#hlten Werte ERROR 6 TIMAL-HC Timer-Alarm vom Aufnahme-Timer
dis play Elr kV (40 bis 100) und más (0,1 bis ERROR 7 CLAL-HC 600-Hz-Takt frequenz-alarm
80,0) fir Anfnahme.
NICHT-BEREITSCHAFT
(32) Strahlungs-Kontrollanzeige (IDRADPR)
ANZEIGE MNEMONISCH BEDEUTUNG
Leuchtet konstant bei 50<T<70 °c, ERROR 2 CUTVRD-LC steuereinheit von XTV5-FS-
blinkt bei T>70 °c. Kette nicht bereit
ERROR 3 DERD-EC Blendeneinheit nicht bereit
ERROR 4 SCBS-LC Scopofix-Steuereinheit nicht
(4) C-Bogen-Aufwdrtstaste (CAUPCM-L) zur bereit
vertikalen Aufwlirtsbewegung des C- ERROR 5 SUPRD-LC Versorgungsspannung nicht
Bogens vorhanden
ERROR 6 GENRESHC Allgemeine RUckstellung bei
Einschalten
(35) C-Bogen-Abwlirtstaste (CADOCM-L) zur ERROR 7 FLTMNR Nicht bereit von
vertikalen Abwärtsbewegung des C- Durchleuchtungs-Timer
Rogens
Potentiometer Ril:
Einstellung der Spanaung fr Target-Abgleich
Potentiometer RL2:
Einstellung der Spannung flr Target (V,)
1
9807 620 a 1 (87.0)G
Abschnitt C BU25 Family-N/HR
5.14. 51 CM TV MONITOR
WMLO:
Potentiometer R3:
Ueberspannung sschutz einstellea,
Potentiometer Rf:
Vertikale Amplitude einstellen (625/525 Zeilen).
Polentiometer RÍA:
Programnierte Helligkeit einstellen,
Potentiometer R53:
Vertikale Amplitude einstellen (1249/1049 Zeilen).
Spule LA:
Linearitit einstellen (625/525 Zeilen).
Spule L5-
Linearitdt einstellen (1249/1049 Zeilen),
Spule Lf:
Horizontale amplitude einstellen (625/525 Zeilen)
9807 620 l
yel
£-12 (87.D)G
BV25 Fami1y-N/HR Section C
BG:R1 BG:R2
park position
2) Switches behind cover of Digital Scopofix MDPM video .
memory for local control of memory functions. 4) For the various types of video memories, different
memory adaptation boards must be used.
The unused WHA3 boards are placed in a park position
of mobile trolley.
SAS2
SECL MN
3. FUNCTIONAL TEST
2. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
4. IMAGE OUALITY
5. STATUS REPORT FLUOROSCOPY BV25 Item 15 states the target control voltage for the
Vidicon tube.
This status report is delivered with the service
documentation of each BV25 Fam system, Item 16 states the maximum video-in signal, limited
It mentions factory-adjusted and -tested measuring by Vg, and the corresponding voltage VG.
data for items listed.
The status report can be used in the field as Item 17 states the set-up voltage for the clean
reference. circle and the sync voltage of video-out signal.
An explanation of the items listed in the status
report is given below, Item 18 states tje value of video-out signal at
automatic Fluoroscopy after stabilization.
— Item 1 status the project name: BV25 E/N/HR.
Item 19 states the diameter of measuring field for
- Item 2 status the code number of PEI BV25 E/N/HR, AGC in relation to the diameter of clean circle.
the number of the preferred system, and the serial
number of BV25 E/N/HR. Item 20 states the resolution on TV monitor with or
without memory.
Use these numbers as reference in your
correspondence. Item 21 states the impression of the image on TV
monitor,
- Item 3: not applicable.
Item 22 states the configuration of the BV25 E/N/HR
- Item 4 states name of inspector and date of test. system.
STATUSREPORT BV25-Family
3. Factary no.:
kV on display: kV
mA on display: mA
Video insplay: mV (Measured on WN13:VICA)
i
9807 620 0 p...1 (88.0)E
Section D BV25 Family-N/HR
Picture performance:
THIS EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND TESTED BY THE LATEST AND MOST EXACTING
METHODS AND WAS FOUND TO CONFORM TO SPECIFICATION.
SHOULD ANY COMPLAINT ARISE PLEASE QUOTE SYSTEM SEREAL NO. CF....
D-4 1
(88.0)E 9807 620 0 --..1
BV25 Famiiy-N/HR Abschnitt D
3. FUNKTIONSTEST
2. BENOETIGTE GERAETE
4. BILDQUALITAET BV25-Testphantom
4. BILDQUALITAET
— Punkt 4 ist der Name des Inspektors und das Datum Punkt 22 ist die Konfiguration des BV 25 E/N/HR-
des Testes. Systems,
STATUSREPORT BV25-Family
2. PEL/UMS no./serialno.: CF
3, Factory no.:
kV on display: kV
mA on display: mA
Video insplay: mV (Measured on WNIL3:VICA)
THES EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND TESTED BY THE LATEST AND MOST EXACTING
METHODS AND WAS FOUND TO CONFORM TO SPECIFICATION,
SHOULD ANY COMPLAINT ARISE PLEASE QUOTE SYSTEM SERIAL NO. CF....
1
D-4 (88.0)G 9807 620
0
,...1
BV25 Family-N/HR Section F
4.8. ADJUSTMENT BRAKE C-ARM ROTATION F-17 Photo’s 1 Dark current / Scopofix FZ-1
to to
4.9, ADJUSTMENT BRAKE C~ARM SLIDING F-17 Photos I Ball bearings FZ-3
nN
1, INTRODUCTION
B
SEI9: MPSl: 10.5 Y 105 kV at
radiography French Norm
SEI9: MPS2: 9.0 V = 3 mA
SE19: MPS3: 0.3-9.0 V =
0.1-3.0 mA during fluoro.
WARNING
- Before making any exposure, ensure that all radiation safety precautions
have been observed,
~ Maintain maximum distance from X-ray beam as far as practical.
- Hang protective aprons around 1.1. housing to shield X-ray beam area and
rotate C-arm over 30 degrees out of vertical position.
Standard toolset
Multimeter
Oscilloscope
X-ray photometer
Extender boards
Test phantom
3. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES
To be issued later
4. ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES
- Practix-C tank
- p.c.b. SE19 X-ray control
= p.c.b. SE31 filament supply
- p.c.b. 5E33 power control
1 Select manual
Fluoroscopy
set 100 kV at
to
LCD display
7 Set 40 kV at
LCD display
8 Operate hand/
footswitch 10%
MPS! BÁRT =
MPS2
χι
MPS4 I r2 —
LEGEND
(O ARBITRARY SET
WI E
I ser By THE FACTORY
X2 ÇÖ) SET TO MIDPOSITION
A) SET CLOCKWISE
1
F-4 (B6.0)E 9807 620 gi
BY25 Family-N/HR Section F
WARNING
Switch on system.
uw
NOTE
9807 620 0
1..1 (86.0)
ㆍ Е F-5
Section F BU25 Fami1y-N/HR
4.2. X-RAY TUBE WARM-UP PROGEDURE (4) Perform fluoroscopy as per table below, and check
multimeter readings.
Perform this procedure when:
a tube is replaced
the system was out of use for a long time
X-ray tube arcs too much (more then 3 times 40 kV 30 seconds 0.3 Volts
per day) 50 kV 30 seconds 0.9 Volts
60 kV 30 seconds 4.5 Volts
NOTE 70 kv 30 seconds 8.1 Volts
PAUSE 60 seconds
If X-ray tube does not function properly during 80 kV 30 seconda 8.4 volts
warm-up procedure, switch off system, PAUSE 120 seconds
Start again at 10 kV lower. If X-ray tube, after 90 kV 30 seconds 8.7 Volts
3 times, fails to complete the procedure, a new PAUSE 120 seconds
tube is recommended. 100 ky 30 seconds 9,0 Volts
PAUSE 120 seconds
(1) Put a lead plate over X-ray tank to prevent damage 100 kV 90 seconds 9.0 Volts
of camera tube, PAUSE 120 seconds
OR = m
MPS3 w2 Ú
wi n
x
MPS1
MPS2 w3—-8
MPS4
Wh B
H2 o
X2
DIAPHRAGM CONTROL 1
SE21
X-RAY CONTROL
5619
LEGEND
O ARBITRARY SET
Ò SET TO MIDPOSITION
A) SET CLOCKWISE
Ca SET COUNTER CLOCKWISE
NOTE: ALL POTENTIOMETERS ARE 20- TURNS
EXCEPT ALOIRG AND ALOZRG
1
9807 620 -...1 (86.0)E
a
Section F ΒΝ25 Family-N/HR
VESH2 © Γ . | MP2
VESH O МСА)
HOSHI
HOSH2 ©O x MP1=VG
= X
VEAM Cu VGC я 本 一 |
ΤΑΝΡΝΟ Q vi
VORRG Wi-fi |
HOAM G vet Aa
STFC O MP2=VA SET-UP(70my) É x2
ALORG © X2 > 103
AL02RG O ο =
TAVORG Čs r I
WN
MFAG Vref
wt | fa
MELE “o 그 X1 W2 | X1
MFSM O HA W2 wa |e
VIBS ADJ. MFSM (400mV) JE W3
VIBS ADJ. MFLA 00000 FPE MFKV
CLBK 0]
pe Ls
i vco
DA MANOTİE ws
DA ADJ ης X2 X2
гг 3 o
WN17 УМ.
F-8 1
(87.0)E 9807 620 a
BV25 Family-N/HR Section F
4.3.2. Video Adjustments (with camera cap installed) (6) Field size on I.I. entrance plane,
(1) Switch on the system and wait 30 seconds. Operate iris diaphragm and shutter buttons for a
Set Vg potentiometer WN11: VORRG1 maximum field size.
counter clockwise.
Check that the iris diaphragm is outside the
(2) Circle size on monitor. monitor circle to irradiate the whole I.I.
entrance plane.
- Connect an oscilloscope set at 5 jus/div to
testpoint WN13: MP3 (VIBS). ТЕ not, adjust potentiometer SE21:R1 for larger
field size; but not larger than 160 mm else
ー Adjust the monitor circle diameter to 37,us diaphragm not ready active (ERROR 3 is displayed
with potentiometer WN17:CLBK (about 29 cm G) when button “Display Error" next to ON switch
is depressed).
ー Connect a multimeter to testpoint WN1l: MP2 Operate the horizontal image reversal button on
the control panel and adjust the H-reversed
~ Adjust the target control voltage to 1.5 Volts shift 1 potentiometer WNIl: HOSHI.
with potentiometer WN11: TAVORG
During fluoroscopy, roughly set the v-amplitude
(4) Focusing, potentiometer WNll: VEAM and then the V-normal
shift 2 potentiometer WNLi: VESH2.
- Remove grid. Repeat adjustment until the vertical scanning is
absolutely correct,
~ Install a BV25 test phantom on the shield of the
image intensifier (S-mark to C-arm side) and start Check the N-S-E-W orientation on the monitor with
fluoroscopy in automatic mode. the R-mark on C-arm side, i.e. the position of
the camera coils is correct.
- If required, make an acceptable fluoroscopic
image by adjusting the kV’s manually at the
control panel.
- Set control voltage for Va to 1.5 Y Set manually the kV"s such that the video in
by WNI1: TAVORG (WN11: MP2). signal VICA reads about 1000 mV.
Then gradually increase again the kV's and check
(9) Repeat scanning with test phantom and repeat thar the video in signal VICA starts to be
Focusing with potentiometer WNIL: STFC. limited at 1600 mV. Readjust VORRG! if necessary.
Readjust potentiometer SE21:R1 to set the edge of
iris diaphragm just outside monitor circle,
(10) Check that the image on the monitor does not jump
more than | cm at image reversal.
Loosen the Eixing screws at the flange of the
TV camera and turn the TV camera unit for
adjustment of the camera coils, if needed.
1 (88.0)€ F-11
9807 620 -...1
0
Section F BV25 Family-N/HR
(15) Dose rate adjustment (with camera cap (16) Fixed gain adjustment.
installed).
Set jumper SE13:W1 in position 1-3 (fixed gain).
Connect an oscilloscope set at AC and 10,us/div Put 1.5 mm Cu filter in X-ray beam (without
to testpoint WNI3:MP2 (VICA). grid).
Detach the grid and phantom, if any, and Fit a - Connect an oscilloscope to testpoint SE19:MPS4
Filter of 1.5 mm Cu at the X-ray diaphragm. (CALDRFL).
Fit the probe of the X-ray photometer in front - Start fluoroscopy in automatic mode and check
and in centre of the T.T. shield. testpoint SEL9:MPS4 (CALDRFL) for O Volt
+ 50 mv.
Set iris diaphragm and shutters fully open. If not O Volt, switch over to manual mode
fluoroscopy and adjust then near as possible to
Set jumper SE19:W) in pos. mA serv. for O Volt by setting +/- kV buttons, (Dead band)
manual mA control, Switch again over to automatic mode fluoroscopy
and check that the so adjusted level of CALDRFL
Start fluoroscopy manual mode and set manually remains.
the kV value for an H.V.L. of 0.5 mm Cu with the
added filter of 1,5 mm Cu by means of the X-ray - Connect oscilloscope to testpoint WN13:MP3 (VIBS).
photometer readings. The reading at 1.5 mm Cu
must be twice that of 1.5 mm Cu with 0.5 m Cu - Start fluoroscopy in automatic mode and measure
added, video part of VIBS signal (400 mv).
Adjust the input dose rate measured at the X-ray - Switch over to manual mode fluoroscopy and adjust
photometer to 25,uR/sec (without grid) with now VIBS signal by potentiometer WN23:FXGN to the
potentiometer 3Е(9: 14 (with filter of 1.5 mm Cu). same amplitude as in automatic mode,
Remove the probe of X-ray photometer, - Replace grid,
Start Fluoroscopy manual mode and adjust the
target voltage with potentiometer WN11:TAVORG to
read 200 mV at testpoint WN13:MP2 (VICA): stop
fluoroscopy (with filter of 1.5 mm Cu).
NOTE
1
(86.0)E 9807 620 yel
BV25 Family-N/HR Sectian F
Bru 一 トー デー
Xx R44——L 3
4.5. ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE DIAPHRAGM UNIT WITH RESPECT (1) Alignment of focus-near ring.
TO PRACTIX-C TANK AND IMAGE INTENSIFIER
— Switch off the system and remove diaphragm cover.
This procedure must be done at replacement of Practix-C
tank, diaphragm unit or motor/potentiometers of ~ Remove iris diaphragm and shutter units from
diaphragm unit. mounting bracket.
After the alignments, the centres of Practix-C tank,
diaphragm and image intensifier are matched, — Connect pin MPD1 co MPD2 on SE10 (control back
panel) to activate the signal Diaphragm Ready
The procedure deals with the following adjustments: (pIRD).
- (1) Alignment of "focus-near” ring with respect to ~ Unscrew the small brass pot from the park position
Practix-C tank. on iris diaphragm unit, and place this alignment
tool inside the focus-near ring.
- (2) Alignment of shutters with respect to Practix- Turn the four fixing screws in the ring finger
f tank tight, so it can be moved easily.
~ (3) Alignment of iris diaphragm with respect to - Position jumper SE2l: W4 in 1-3 to select large
Practix-C tank. focus.
- Move the spot of large focus on TV monitor to the
For the positions of iris diaphragm, shutters and centre of [I entrance plane (washer), by shifting
focus-near ring, see FZ-2. the focus-near ring. (figure F4,5.2)
Before starting the procedure, the monitor circle and — Tighten the four fixing screws and check if the
Т.Т. entrance plane must be centered, as follows: spot is still in the centre of I,I, entrance plane.
Readjust if necessary.
— Mark centre of 1.1. plane, e.g. by a washer on
the centre of grid. — Remove the alignment tool and replace it in the
park position on diaphragm unit.
- During fluoroscopy, adjust the 1.1. entrance plane
in TV monitor circle until both centres coincide. — Reposition jumper SE21:W4 in 1-2,
The difference in diameter between TV monitor circle
and £.1. entrance plane must be set to 1 cm.
Use potentiometers WNIL:VESH2, HOSH2, VEAM and HOAM
(figure F4.5.1)
F454
inmost segment
L
LS
F4.5.6
1
F-14 (86.0)E 9807 620 yel
av25 Family-N/HR Section F
~ Operate button to close shutters for smallest - During fluoroscopy, operate iris - button until iris
slitwidth, and operate button to rotate slit in B- is visible on TV monitor, Center the iris in Tv
direction. monitor circle, the corners of iris are just
Puring Fluoroscopy, a horizontal slit is visible inscribed in the circle.
on TV monitor. The diaphragm unit can be shifted by putting a
Position the slit in the horizontal centre line of screwdriver through the alignment hole, using it as
TV moniter circle by shifting the unit. (figure joystick (see FZ-2),
F4.5.3)
— Tighten the three nuts of diaphragm unit.
- Operate button to rotate slit in A-direction. Check for a centered picture of iris on TV monitor
During fluoroscopy, a vertical slit is visible on TV and readjust if necessary.
monitor,
Position the slit in the vertical centre line of TV To adjust the reference iris field size, proceed as
monitor circle by shifting the unit. (figure F4.5.4). follows:
~ Tighten the three fixing screws. - Operate iris - button to make iris visible.
Check if the slit remains in the centre lines of TV
monitor when rotating the slic unit. ー Adjust iris size slightly by potentiometer SE21:R.
Readjust if necessary.
ー Operate iris + button to set the iris just outside
monitor circle,
Repeat the 3 former steps until the iris is just
outside monitor circle when fully opened.
(1) Put the G-arm in the upright position with the (11) Switch over to fluorascopy mode and operate
Practix € tank/diaphragm down and lock the C-arm. shutter buttons for minimum opening
(2) Remove diaphragm cover with spacer. (12) The opening of shutters must be set perpendicular
at the longitudinal direction of the shutter
Iris field size potentiometer LARI carriage.
For adjustment, loosen screws for clamp plates of
(3) Connect a multimeter to terminals LAX1:4 and potentiometer LAR3 a bit and turn manually the
LAX1:2 (0 V) to measure the FSPO signal of potentiometer
LARI (field size).
(13) Tighten screws for clamp plates after adjustment
(4) Select fluoroscopy mode and operate iris buttons and check direction of shutters again.
for maximum field size, the multimeter should
read 3700 my + 50 mv. Focus position potentiometer LARA
Readjust with SE21:R1 if necessary.
(14) Connect multimeter to terminals LAXI:5 and
(5) The iris diaphragm opening must be set to LAX1:2 (0 V) to measure the FPPO signal of
421.9 mm measured at upper segments of iris, LAR4 (focus position).
giving a Field size of 9 150 mm at the Τ.Τ.
entrance plane, (15) Switch ta radiography mode, the carriage of itis
For adjustment, loosen screws for clamp plates of diaphragm ig moved close to the C-am side.
potentiometer LAR] a bit and turn manually the
potentiometer (16) Loosen screws for clamp plates of potentiometer
LAR4 a bit, and turn manually the potentiometer
(6) Tighten screws of clamp plates after adjustment to move the carriage as close as possible to the
and check opening of iris diaphragm again. C-arm side (large dead band).
NOTE
4.7. ADJUSTMENT C-ARM BALL BEARINGS IN SLIDE BLOCK 4.9. ADJUSTMENT BRAKE C~ARM SLIDING
(see FZ-3) (See FZ-3)
To adjust the C-arm ball bearings to the C-arm surface If the moment of braking force is smaller than 45 Nm
for a smooth sliding movement, proceed as follows: the brake can be adjusted as follows:
(1) Position C-arm with Т.Т. up and rotate C-arm over {1) Put C-arm upside down for easily working position,
90° to put C-arm horizontally. and release brake handle C-arm sliding.
(2) Remove lower cover plate of slide block (2) Remove coverplate of sliding block
(4x screw M3 and 2x screw M5). (2x M5 screw + 4x M4 screw),
(3) At each side of G-arm, two sets of ball bearings (3) Leosen the two fixing screws of brake unit.
have been mounted on a mounting plate, each as a
set of two. (4) Loosen the four set screws (socket screw M4) and
push brake with rubber buffer against C~arm
- loosen locking screw of eccentric surface.
When sliding the C-arm, some friction of brake can
- push one ball bearing against C-arm surface be felt.
— by adjusting the eccentric, adjust clearance (5) Turn the four set screws until the brake with
between the other ball bearing and C-arm surface rubber buffer is just lifted, and give one turn
to 0.5 mm extra.
- tighten locking screw, and repeat adjustment for (6) Tighten the two fixing screws, and check for a
the other set of ball bearings. proper functioning of brake.
(4) Rotate C~arm over 180°, so the other side of (7) Replace coverplate of slide block.
C-arm comes up.
4.10. ADJUSTMENT V-BELT MOTOR FOR VERTICAL MOVEMENT
(5) Repeat adjustment of ball bearings, and check for (See FZ-3)
a smooth running of C-arm.
After replacement of motor or V-belts, the tension of
(6) Replace cover plate of slide block. V-belts must be adjusted. To adjust the tension,
proceed as follows:
4.8. ADJUSTMENT BRAKE C-ARM ROTATION
(1) Loosen a bit the 3 screws of the mounting base
If the moment of braking force is smaller than 45 Nm, of motor (socket screws M6 + washers in elongated
the brake can be adjusted as follows: holes).
Now the tension of V-belts can be adjusted by
(1) Remove cover plate of sliding block (3x screw M3) tightening the nut M6,
and release brake handle C-arm rotation.
(2) Tighten nue until mechanical stop.
(2) Remove the two locking screws in inner brake ring
(socket screws M3, see FZ-3). (3) Tighten the 3 fixing screws.
(3) Unscrew the brake ring manually until it hits the (4) Glose SE-door and replace front cover.
eccentric,
1
9807 620 ai {86.0)Е
Section F BV25 Family-N/HR
4.11. ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY (3) Switch on Mobile Stand.
The system power supply unit may be adjusted when a (4) Turn overvoltage potentiometers RV1, RV2, ВУЗ,
new unit is fitted (see replacement procedure in RV4 fully counter clockwise (see figure | for
F-5.10) position of potentiometers).
Check output voltage settings, see table 1 below: (5) Adjust output voltage by set-voltage
potentiometers RVI, RV61, RV81, RV101, RV121,
全 二 一二 二 nt nnn er 一 ~ 一 一一 ~ such that output voltage equals the overvoltage
OUPUT| OUTPUT VOLTAGE | TERMINALS OVERVOLTAGE setring. (See table 1)
SETTING (Y) |(+) | (-) SETTING (V)
-----|-------~~------|----|----|---------------~- (6) Adjust overvoltage porentiometers until the
1 5.0 + 1% 2 6 6.2 * 104( fixed) output voltage falls to zero Volts. Now the
2 24.0 + 14 7 8 [26.0 + 5% settings for overvoltage have been done.
3 | 15,0F 1% 9 | 10 {16.54 5%
4 | 15.0% 1% 11 | 12 [16.57 5% (7) switch off Mobile stand.
5 6,4 + 1% 13 14 8.0 + 5%
(8) Turn set-voltage potentiometers fully counter
table 1 clockwise.
Output 1 must be loaded continuously for> 3 A by (10) Adjust output voltage by set-voltage
resistors RI and RZ (RI//R2 = 1.65 Ohms). potentiometers as listed in table 1,
When output voltage settings are not according to Now setting for output voltage and overvoltage
table 1, proceed as follows: have been done.
(1) Switch off Mobile Stand. (11) switch off Mobile Stand.
(2) Disconnect plug SU:X1 so outputs 1-5 are (12) Connect SU:X!, so the Power Supply Unit is loaded
unloaded. again.
Be sure that resistors RL and R2 are connected to (13) Remove wire WAl:MP1-MP2.
terminals 2-6, see NOTE.
(14) Switch on Mobile Stand.
F i
с 3) C D € つ C — ¢ 2
«md SET
o 117 OVERVOLTAGE .
二 一 (Z DEE -
——
ESSE
> == が SET VOLTAGE -
È ECB C5
+Se*|+S- | - -Sq- 26-
CAD A
|-15- | 15- | -64-f15]
16
は iBond
케티 렌턴!
e
F4,11 2
MPSO MPS3
co
xi 9 MP2
bez VICA)
MPS4
χι
vac δὲ =
wa
voc Edo s
x2 SET-UP (70mV) 싸여 x2
9 MP3
(=VIBS)
ο a
-| AT NTROL
CONTR toy
WN
BV25 Fam N/HR can be delivered as a preferred system, - Set jumper WN19:W4 of XTV5-FB in BV25 to crystal
with a Video Hard Copy Unit (VHCU) installed by the lock, pos. 1-3 (jumper WN19:W1 of XTV5-HFB).
factory. - Select positive image mode.
- Select program 1,
In this case, the VHCU has been tested and set to the - Press CNT button and set contrast to 250 by
following darkroom techniques: “+/-" buttons.
- Press BRT button and set brightness to 500 by
Film Kodak NMB, steepness 2.2 ... 2.7 "+/-" buttons.
Dev. system Agfa Curix 402 — Select negative image mode.
Developer Agfa Gevaert G 138 A/B/C ~ Press CNT button and set contrast te 200 by
T = 31% "+/-" buttons.
t = 2 min. ー Press BRT button and set brightness to 20 by
Fixer Agfa Gevaert G 334 A/B “+/-" buttons.
- Select positive image mode,
The VHCU can also be installed in BV25 Fam-N/HR in the - Remove R19 (in HR-model R12) on Horizontal
field, In this case, the darkroom techniques must be deflection board, if still present,
set by the service technician. — Press 2x BRT to unblank monitor screen of camera for
20 sec. The 20 sec. periode of unblanking can be
Please follow procedures F4.13.1 and F4.13.2 if a VHCU repeated by pressing CNT.
is installed in the field, - Turn horizontal hold potentiometer R15 on
Horizontal deflection board to the left and to the
Please Follow procedure F4.13.2 when a factory- right to determine the hold-range for picture on
delivered VHCU is installed, and the darkroom screen and set potentiometer in to mid-range.
techniques in the hospital differ from the techniques
mentioned above. Adjustment preset of vertical position of picture
4.13.1, Matrix Compact Camera VI 1010 - Connect an oscilloscope to TP3 on Mother board.
~ Adjust potentiometer RZ on Vertical deflection board
The procedure deals with the following: such that parabolic waveforms are symmetrical.
- Installation of High band width video amplifier Adjustment of vertical edge blanking
board; Matrix part no. 22-15-4047 (Philips part no.
4535 500 31661; only for high line rate - 60 Hz - Set height potentiometer R3 on Vertical deflection
video, Philipa part no, 4535 500 32041). board such that top and bottom edge of picture are
quite visible (approx. 5 mm from edge screen),
- Centring picture on monitorscreen in camera, - If one of the edges is not visible by R3, then first
adjust centring potentiometer R4 on Vertical
- Light sensor adjustment, deflection board,
- Connect oscilloscope channel A to TPS on Mother
- Black Level adjustment. board and channel B to TP5 on Video amplifier board
(Video signal).
~ Setting calibration/pedestal voltage. ー Trigger on Veync of Video signal,
- Set potentiometer R50 on Vertical deflection board
To adjust the Matrix compact camera for BV25 video such that blanking pulse on TP8 is near to the Vsync
images, proceed as follows: pulse (on maintime base).
- Look for falling edge of blanking pulse with delayed
(1) CENTRING PICTURE ON MONITOR SCREEN IN CAMERA time base.
Adjust potentiometer R50 on Vertical Deflection
— Remove top cover. board such that fallinge edge of blanking pulse
- Apply BV25 video signal to camera input and connect colncidences with 4% line pulse (LITE line
an 75 Ohms termination plug to video out at rear of pulse for HR model) before preequalising pulses.
camera.
- Set override switch at rear of camera to ON-position,
+ Check High Bandwidth Video amplifier board, part no.
TPB
22-15-4047 installed in camera.
If not installed, remove videa baard part na. BLANKING PULSE
22-12-1953 and install video amp baard 22-15-4047.
Plug wires AlW6 and AIW5 to connectors Jl resp. 12 LINE PULSES PRE-EG. PULSES V-SYNC
on new board,
Disconnect yellow wire P/A1W2 from J/AlW4 and
connect it to J/AlW2.
~ Disconnect "computer interface" plug at rear of
camera, 64 jis 32 jis
— Switch on camera and wait for countdown of warming- 32 ps 16 ps
up time WT4-WT1.
- Set potentiometer R38 on Vertical deflection board (3) BLACK LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
such that circle of picture is symmetrical with
respect to blanking (press CNT for unblanking). ~ Check high band width Video amplifier board
- Set height potentiometer R3 such that bottom and installed, Matrix part no. D22-15-4047.
blanking top edges just disappear under metal
monitor screen, — Connect oscilloscope to testpoint TP1 on Video
amplifier board (high band width).
Adjustment of horizontal blanking
- Adjust with potentiometer R57 on Video amplifier
~ Connect oscilloscope to TP7 on Mother board. board the clamp level to -13V + 22, see figure 1
- Adjust potentiometer R25 (in HR-model: R23) such below.
that falling edge of horizontal blanking pulse is
1.6 jus (in HR model: 0,5 yes) before line pulse.
- Adjust potentiometer R30 (in HR model: RI1) on va rv
Horizontal deflection such that circle of picture is DE DORE
centred in middle of monitor screen. 02V/div
- Check again that falling edge of Horizontal blanking 5 ps Zdiv
pulse is still 1.6 sus (in HR model: 0,5 jus)
before line pulse. 下
~ Adjust potentiometer R27 on Horizontal deflection
board such that total width is 12 jus (in HR model:
adjust potentiometer R25 such that picture is Figure 1
symmetrical with respect to circle). shiva dg
- Adjust width potentiometer R6 (in HR model: R9) on - Select positive image mode,
Horizontal deflection board such that circle is
round. - Select program 1.
(2) LIGHT SENSOR ADJUSTMENT ~ Press twice "BRT" button to start brightness control
run and wait for display "CL".
ー Select positive image mode. :
P 8 — Press "CNT" button to unblank monitor screen.
- Select program 1. Repeat this when unblanking times out after 20 sec.
- Cover photocell (in front of CRT screen) with some - Adjust potentiometer RS ("White adj") on CRT board
black tape. such that brightnesa level on CRT screen is just
visible,
- Connect a voltmeter to U20-pin 4 of micro
processor board and ground to read 0 Volt (+ 10 m).
1
9807 620 a
1...1 (88.0)E F-21
Section F BV25 Family-N/HR
(4) CALIBRATION- AND PEDESTAL VOLTAGE SETTING & .13.2. Adapted Calibration Procedure
- Connect oscilloscope to testpoint TP3 on High band The procedure deals with the following:
width Video amplifier board. TP3 carries a pulse-
shaped voltage for the calibration current, Calibration of positive image mode,
Calibration of negative image mode.
- Check jumper XI for "CAL. B" position and jumper X2
for "CAL. A" position on High band width Video (1) CALIBRATION OF POSITIVE IMAGE MODE
amplitude board.
Before carrying out the calibration procedure it is
- Adjust with potentiometer R63 on Video amplifier important to check film and film processor.
board the calibration voltage to 550 mV + 25 mv, Put film ta be used for this calibration in a
see figure 2 below. sensitometer and make an exposure,
Then develop this film and make a densitogram.
If maximum density does not exceed D = 2.5 (black),
550 mV the film processing unit must be checked.
vip OSCILLOSCOPE:
AC COUPLING Time of film processing is set to approx. 2 minutes,
10 mV ¿div When time much longer (e.g. 4 minutes) then exposure
LI S ps / div time
NOTE:
must be set 2 à 3 times lower.
- Set Video type switch Sl on Mother Control board to Switch on the Matrix compact camera unit and wait
INT. position (interlaced). for operational condition.
Make sure that BV25 Video signal is present at
ー Switch-off the compact camera and replace top cover, camera input and that “Computer interface" plug is
not connected,
~ Set jumper WN19:W4(W1) of XTV5-(H)FB to mains lock,
роз. 1-2. Select positive image mode.
— Put a filter of 1,5 mm Cu on X-ray diaphragm. ~ Load film cassette in camera unit and make exposure,
- Start manual mode fluoroscopy to apply a Video - Make exposures for contrast settings 200, 250 and
signal of 275 mV on Video input of camera by manual 300.
kV-setting.
- Determine with densitometer the contrast setting C4p
ー Stop fluoroscopy to store this video image of 275 mV giving a density of D = 1 + 5% for 425 mV video.
(LIH) in Scopofix memory.
ー Load the contrast setting C4p found for D = 1 in
- Press "CNT" button and set contrast to 250. program 4,
= Load film cassette in camera unit and make an ~ Calculate contrast settings C2p and C3p:
exposure.
czp = clp - Gtp -Ξ C4p
Cp = Cap +
clp |- Gir
Sir C4
ー Make also exposures for contrast setting 300, 350
and 400,
~ Load calculated contrast setting C2p in program 2
~ Determine with densitometer the contrast setting Clp and G3p in program 3.
giving a density of D = 1.0+ 5% for 275 mV video.
Table 1. Brightness/Contrast settings
NOTE positive image mode
- See film and film processor check under 2.5. Start manual mode fluoroscopy to apply a video
signal of 425 mV on video input of camera by manual
ー Select negative image mode. kV setting.
- Select program 1, press lower "EXP" button and set Stop fluoroscopy to store this video image of 425 mV
exposure to 25 by "+/-" buttons, (LIH) in Scopofix memory.
Repeat this for programs 2, 3 and 4,
Press "CNT" button and set contrast to 150.
- Select program 1, press “BRT” button and set
brightness to 15. Load film cassette in camera unit and make an
exposure.
- Press MONT" buttau and reset contrast to 0 by
“= button, ・ Make also exposures for contrast settings 200, 250,
and 300.
- Load film cassette in camera and press upper
"EXP" button to make an exposure. Determine with densitometer the contrast setting Cůn
giving a density of D = 1,0 + 5% for 425 mV video.
— Develop film in processing unit.
Load contrast setting C4n found for D= 1 in
~ Make also exposures for brightness settings 18, 21 program 4,
and 24,
Caleulate contrast settings C2n and Cia:
~ Determine with densitometer the brightness setting
Bn giving a density of AD = 0.05 + 0.02 cin ~ C4n Cln - Cän
(D colouring - D fog = AD). C2n = Cln - C3n = Cán + 3
> Load brightness Bn found for AD = 0.05 in all four Load calculated contrast setting C2n in program 2
programs 1, 2, 3 and 4. and C3n in program 3.
- Select program 1. Table 2, Brightness/Contrast settings
positive image mode
- Connect an oscilloscope to video input of camera
unit (T-plug). Check 75-Ohms termination plugged at
rear of camera.
~ Stop fluoroscopy to store thia video image of 275 mV Record these settings in the Status Report.
(LIH) in Scopofix memory.
For gamma correction, connect “computer interface"
- Press "CNT" button and set contrast to 300. plug at rear of camera and check jumper "VHCU gamma"
(ON position) on WHA3 board in mobile trolley.
- Load film cassette in camera and make an exposure,
1
(88.0)E 9807 620 yel
BV25 Family-N/HR Section F
- Demagnetize the screwdrivers because of the (7) Remove the grid (4x counter sunk screw M4) from
sensitivity to magnetic material of CsI input screen the I.I. shield.
of the image intensifier.
(8) Remove the metal ring from the 1.1. shield
(4x counter sunk screw M5).
NOTE
(9) Remove the black implosion plate
Only stainless steel screws have been used in I.I. (4x counter sunk screw M3).
input section.
(10) Loosen the lock nuts (4x M4) at the input
section one turn.
- in view of implosion hazard of the image intensifier
use a pair of safety glasses and protect your arms. (11) Loosen the adjusting screws (4x M4) alternately
and uniformly up to stop.
— Da not remove attachment plate BA for image
intensifier shield from the C-am in order not to (12) Remove the rubber pressure tubes (4x) between the
influence the alignment with respect to the C-arm, Т.Г. tube and shield.
the Practix C tank and the diaphragm unit,
(13) Remove the input section out of the i.I. shield
after unscreving 8 counter sunk screws Má at the
outside edge of the I.I. shield.
Installation image intensifier (1.1.) (16) Reposition the gauge pin near the X2 mark.
a) Set the C-arm in horizontal position and lock. (17) Remove the caps from the H.T. sockets of the new
1.1.
(2) Unscrew the gauge pin from its parking position
near the X2-mark on the 1,1, shield and keep it. (18) Grease, if necessary, the H.T. connections at the
cable side and at the plug side.
(3) Fit the type number plate of the new 1.1, to the
shield. Remove the old plate. (19) Connect the H.T. plugs Xl, X2, X4 and the
grounding wires to the I,I. tube.
(4) Do not yet remove the plastic protective cap Push She 及 plugs firmly home.
£rom the output screen.
(20) Tighten the locking flaps of the H.T. plugs so
(5) Slide carefully the I.I. tube into the shield that the plugs cannot be moved up and down,
and check that the I.C. tube properly seats on This is to prevent flash over of high tension.
the joint face inside the shield,
(21) Remove plastic protective cap from the I.1.
(6) Ensure that the reference pin in the shield Fits output screen for coupling the Vidicon camera
into the appropriate hole in the I.I. tube, tube.
(7) Unlock tha C-arm, set it upright with the Т.Е. (22) Mount the 3 spacers and special spring washers
down and lock again, (supplied with the I.I.) on the metal ring round
the output screen.
(8) Put the input section so in the shield, that the
red marks on the input section and on the edge of NOTE
the 1.1. shield coincide, and tighten the input
section on the shield with 8 countersunk screws Before fitting the TV camera, the new I.I. can
M4. be checked for Light output.
After system switch on, the I.I. output screen
(9) Position the rubber pressure tubes (4x) so will light up at fluoroscopy command. Do not look
between the I.I. screen and the input section, directly into the output screen (X-ray beam).
chat the cutrouts of the input section are left
free. (23) Fit the TV camera and the camera cap;
see replacement procedure TV camera.
(10) Use the adjusting screws to press alternately and
uniformly the rubber tubes against the I.I. (24) Check dose rate, see section F-4.12
screen and use the gauge pin for this adjustment.
The gauge pin should just fit between the I.I. (25) Update central information place "I" on Mobile
screen and the aluminium ring. stand with new type plates.
WARNING
5.2, REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE H.T. CASCADE GENERATOR 5.3. REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE T.V. CAMERA
(see F2-4, 5).
Ga) Switch off mobile stand. Slide the C-arm to put
I.I./tank in easily working position. Removal TV camera unit
(2) Remove camera cap and handgrip. (1) Set the C-arm upright with che image intensifier
up and lock,
(3) Loosen the locking flaps of H.T. plugs.
Disconnect the H.T. plugs Xl, X2, X4 from the (2) Remove the camera cap and handgrip.
I.I. tube.
(3) Disconnect the vídeo cable plug and camera cable
(4) Disconnect earth terminal from I.I. (2x nut M6) plug X4 at the bottom board of the TV camera.
camera plug WKl: X4, BNC video plug from C-arm
cable, plug BG: XI from cascade generator and (4) Remove the plugable p.c. board WK1 (with LED
earth connection from cascade generator, array) from the TV camera (4x screw M3).
(5) Support the I.I. container and carefully remove (5) Loosen the 3 non-detachabie Fixing screws at the
the 4 socket screws M6 from coupling plate BA, flange of the TV camera.
(6) Remove I.I. container and put it on a table (6) Disconnect the socket plug from the Vidicon tube
(weight is about 25 kg). pin.
Discharge WK6:G3 to ground with a screwdriver.
(7) Unscrew the cascade generator from the coupling
plate BA (4 screws M4). (7) Gently lift the TV camera upright away fron the
Vidicon tube.
(8) Screw the new cascade generator at the coupling
plate. Removal TV camera tube (Vidicon)
(9) Attach earth connection from cascade generator (8) Loosen the coupling plate by unscrewing
and connect plug BGI:X1. alternately and uniformly 3 screws.
(10) Mount Г.Г. container to base plate BA (9) Remove the coupling plate, but leave the 3
(4x screw M6). spacers.
(11) Attach earth connection (2x nut M6), BNC video (10) Tilt the Vidicon tube a quarter turn and lift
plug from C-arm cable, camera plug WKL:X4. the Vidicon cube upright away from the image
intensifier.
(12) Check the H.T. plugs far enough grease and attach
H.T. cable plugs BGL:X3 at che top, BGl:X4 at the Installation TV camera tube (Vidicon)
centre and BGl:X5 at the bottom connection.
(1) Use the lens paper supplied, 4522 980 16441 and
(13) Tighten the locking flaps of the H.T, plugs. alcohol to clean the fibre optícs of both the
image intensifier and the Vidicon.
(14) Switch on the BV25 system and check the test Use a sheet of lens paper only once.
voltages for the cathode voltage and the
focussing voltage from the I.I, tube: (2) Never use silicon-treated paper, as otherwise the
fiber optics may be damaged,
MP2-MP3: 5 V, giving a cathode voltage of -25 kV.
Adjust cathode voltage with BGl:R1. (3) Clean the Fibre optics by moving the lens paper
linearly in the fibre direction. Do not make
MPA-MPI: refer to Status Report Fluoroscopy rotating movements.
BV25 FAM-N/HR delivered with the system.
Adjust focussing voltage with BG1:R2, (4) Do not moisten the fibre optics and do not blow
on them.
(15) During fluoroscopy, check the picture and
focussing at the monitor screen. (5) Allow the alcohol to evaporate completely before
coupling.
(16) Update the central information place "I" on
mobile stand with new type plate and label. (6) Check carefully that the fibre optics are free
of dust articles and irregularities. Check with a
lamp or flash light.
(7) Apply one drop of optical oil (4522 980 18001, Installation TV-camera unit
supplied with the image intensifier shield) to
the center of the image intensifier fibre using (1) When installing a new TV camera unit, remove the
the wire in the top of the bottle of oil. plugable p.c. board WKi.
(8) Slide the coupling plate over the Vidicon tube (2) Check the position of the camera coils inside the
and turn the Vidicon tube 50: camera unit: the wire ends of the camera coils
should be at the right side of pre-amplifier WK2.
- that its short pin is apposite to the cut-out of The base plate for the camera coils has a second
the coupling plate at the other side, and hole to feed through the target wire.
So the camera coils can be rotated 90 degrees.
ー that the white mark on the Vidicon tube coincides
with the single mark on the coupling plate. (3) Carefully lover the TV camera over the Vidicon,
ensuring that the target wire passes through the
coupling plate; that the arrow on the I.I. shield
points at the centre of the mm-scale on the
short pin flange of the TV camera; and that the TV camera
Vidicon unit correctly fits on the 1.1. shield.
(7) Replace the video plug and the camera cable plug
to plug WKl:X4 of the TV camera.
NOTE
- Do nat remove the support bracket of the Practix-G (9) Attach the new tank to the support bracket by
tank and the diaphragm to keep its alignment with 4 socket bolts M6 x 16. If longer, the tank will
respect to the C-arm, be damaged inside. Support tank house.
ー Use package of new Practix-C tank and diaphragm (10) Plug the tank cable in connector GAKL of the
unit far return shipment of defect unit. tank.
Removal Practix C tank/diaphragm. (11) Fit the shutter unit on the support bracket and
screw it finger tight (3 screws M3 with brass
(1) Switch off mobile stand. washers)
Set the C-arm upright with Practix C tank down
and lock. (12) Fit the diaphragm unit on the support bracket
and screw it fingertight with 3 nuts M4 and the
(2) Remove the diaphragm cover (4 screws M3). special washers,
(3) Detach the cable plug from connectors LAX] and (13) Plug the diaphragm cable in the connectors LAXi
LAK2 of the diaphragm and the grounding wire. and LAX2 of the diaphragm unit and connect
grounding wires.
(4) Detach the tank cable plug from connector GAX1
(2 screws) of the tank. Not necessary for (14) Warm up the new X-ray tube, see X-ray tube warm
replacement of only the diaphragm. up procedure, paragraph F-4.2,
(5) Mark the position of the diaphragm unit on the (15) Check the tube current for fluoroscopy and adjust
support bracket for easy alignment. the tube current for radiography, see adjustment
pracedure X-ray tube current, paragraph 4.1.
(6) Unscrew the 3 nuts with washers M4 and remove
the diaphragm from the support bracket. (16) Align the diaphragm with respect to the Practix C
let it bear on a soft base to prevent damage to tank, see adjustment procedure diaphragm,
the diaphragm unit, paragraph F-4,5
(7) Remove the 3 socket screws M4 with brass washers (17) Attach the diaphragm cover with spacer
and remove the shutter unit from the support (4 screws M3 and special washers).
bracket. Let it bear on a soft base to prevent
damage to shutter unit. (18) Update the central information place "I" on
Mobile stand with new type plate and label.
(8) Unscrew the 4 socket bolts MG to remove the tank
from the support bracket. Support tank-house at
removal.
- Put C-arm in upright position with diaphragm unit (8) Mount iris diaphragm unit and screw 3x nuts M&
down and lock C-arm. with brass washers fingertight.
Iris unit still has to be aligned.
~ Operate C-arm up button to move up C-arm.
(9) Plug the diaphragm cable in connector LAX1 and
Diaphragm unit attach the earth wires ta grounding terminal,
To replace the diaphragm unit on the support bracket (10) Mount shutter unit and screw 3x nuts M with
attached to C-arm, proceed as follows: brass washers fingertight, Iris unit still has to
be aligned.
Removal
(11) Plug the shutter cable in connector LAX2.
(1) Switch off the Mobile stand.
(12) Switch on the Mobile stand and operate in
(2) Remove diaphragm cover with spacer (4 screws M3), fluoroscopy mode (no X-rays) the iris buttons and
shutter buttons to check the diaphragm unit for
(3) Detach the cable plugs from diaphragm connectors proper functioning.
LAXL and LAX2.
{13} Switch over to radiography mode (no X-rays) and
{4) Loosen earth wires from grounding terminal. check that the focus position motor slides the
diaphragm carriage to the large focus
(5) Remove 3 nuts M4 with brass washers from iris position.(close to the C-arm)
diaphragm unit. Lift iris diaphragm and let it
bear on a soft base (e.g. foam) or Let it bear (14) Operate in radiography mode the format size
only on its Frame so that precision components buttons and check the iris diaphragm for proper
are aot damaged or deformed. functioning,
(6) Remove 3 nuts M4 with brass washers from shutter (15) Check the diaphragm ready indication.
unit. Lift shutter unit and let it bear on a soft {Error 3 on LCD display.)
base (e.g. foam) or let it bear only on its frame
so that precision components are not damaged or It is off when next conditions are all fulfilled:
de formed,
- after change of focus position
ー field size of iris < 0 15 cm in fluoroscopic
mode
- after change of field size of iris in
radiographic mode
1
(88.0)E 9807 620 yel
8V25 Family-N/HR Section F
Iris field size motor LAMI Shutter field size motor LAM?
(20) Remove spring from springholder attached to motor (35) Unscrew mounting base with motor and
support. potentiometer attached from shutter carriage
(3x screw ML.5).
(21) Remove screw from elangated hole at motor support
(socket screw M3), (36) Remove motor with motor support attached from
mounting base,
(22) Remove 2x screw M3 from motor support attached at
iris diaphragm carriage (bottom side of carriage}. (37) Unsolder connection wires of motor. Mind the
polarity of wires.
(23) Unsolder connecting wires of iris position
motor, Mind the polarity of wires. (38) Remove gear wheel of motor shaft (socket screw M2)
(24) Remove motor with motor support from iris (39) Unscrew motor from motor support (2x screw M2).
diaphragm carriage.
(40) Attach new motor to motor support.
(25) Remove the gearwheel of motor shaft
(socket screw M2). (41) Attach gear wheel to motor shaft.
(26) Remove motor from motor support (2 x screw M2). (42) Solder connection wires to motor.
(27) Attach new motor to motor support. For adjustment of geared belt proceed as follows:
(28) Attach gear wheel to motor shaft. (43) Attach motor with motor support to mounting base,
and set screws finger tight.
(29) Attach motor with motor support to iris diaphragm
carriage and set screws finger tight (2x screws (44) Put geared belt aver gear wheels of motor and
motor support, lx screw in elongated hole). potentiometer LAR2 and position carrier in guide
bracket.
(30) Shift gear wheels of motor and iris diaphragm for
minimum play. (45) Tension geared belt and tighten screws in motor
support (elongated holes).
(31) Tighten screws of motar support.
(46) Check that the centres of gear wheels are aligned
(32) Tighten screw in elongated hole. and that the geared belt is tensioned.
(33) Position spring in spring holder attached to (47) Attach mounting base to shutter support
motor support, (3x screw M2). Check that the pin of carrier is
put in guide bush of shutter unit.
(34) Solder motor connection wires to motor.
(48) Perform adjustment procedure of diaphragm
potentiometers, section F4.6
(49) Unsolder connection wires of motor. Mind the To replace a potentiometer in the diaphragm unit,
polarity of wires. proceed as follows: (see also FZ-9 and Fz-10).
(50) Remove gear wheel of motor shaft (socket screw M2) (63) Remove the diaphragm unit as described above
under heading diaphragm unit.
(51) Remove motor from moter support (2x screw M2),
(64) Handle the diaphragm unit carefully and let it
(52) Attach new motor to motor support (2x screw M2). bear so on its frame that precision components
(some protruding) cannot be deformed or damaged.
(53) Attach gear wheel to motor shaft.
Iris field size potentiometer LARL
(54) Loosen screws in elongated holes of motor support
(2x) and adjust gear wheels of motor shaft and (65) Unsolder connecting wires of potentiometer LARI:
shutters for minimum play. LAR1:1 (1x), LARL:2 (1x), LARI:3 (2x).
(55) Tighten screws of motor support (66) Remove screws for clamp plates of potentiometer
(2x screw M3) and remove potentiometer with gear
(56) Solder connecting wires to motor, wheel attached.
Focus position motor LAM4 (67) Remove gear wheel of potentiometer shaft.
(57) Unsolder the connection wires of motor. Mind the (68) Attach new potentiometer with gear wheel attached
polarity of wires. to iris diaphragm carriage.
(58) Remove gear wheel of motor shaft (socket screw M2) (69) Adjust the gear wheels of iris diaphragm and
potentiometer for minimum play and set clamp
(59) Remove motor from iris diaphragm carriage. plates of potentiometer finger tight.
(60) Attach new motor to iris diaphragm carriage. (70) Solder connection wires to potentiometer.
(61) Attach gear wheel to motor shaft. (71) Perform diaphragm adjustment procedure,
see section F-4.6
(42) Solder connecting wires to motor, mind the
polarity.
(72) Unscrew mounting base with motor and potentiometer (98) Unsolder connecting wires of potentiometer
attached from shutter carriage (3x screw M1.5). LAR3: LAR3:1 (2x), LAR3:2 (1x), LAR3:3 (2x).
(73) Unscrew potentiometer with potentiometer support (89) Loosen gear wheel of potentiometer shaft
attached from mounting base (2x screw M2 at rear (socket screw M2).
side of mounting base),
(90) Remove screws of clamping plates of
(74) unsolder connecting wires of potentiometer LAR2: potentiometer.
LAR2:1 (1x), LAR2:2 (1x), LAR2:3 (2x).
(91) Remove potentiometer from shutter carriage.
(75) Remove gear wheel of potentiometer shaft (socket
screw M2). (92) Attach new potentiometer to shutter carriage
and set screws of clamping plates finger tight.
{76) Remove screws for clamping plates of
potentiometer LAR2. (93) Tighten screw of gear wheel.
(77) Remove potentiometer from potentiometer support. (94) Solder potentiometer wires to potentiometer
LARS.
(78) Attach new potentiometer to potentiometer support
and set screws for clamping plates finger tight. (95) Perform adjustment procedure of shutter
rotation potentiometer, section F4.6
{79) Attach gear wheel to potentiometer shaft,
Focus position potentiometer LAR4
(80) Solder connecting wires to potentiometer.
(96) Remove mounting bracket of connector LAX] From
(81) Attach potentiometer with potentiometer support iris diaphragm carriage (2x socket screw M4).
to shutter carriage (2x screw M2),
(97) Unsolder connecting wires of potentiometer
For adjustment of geared belt proceed as follows: LAR4: LAR4:1 (2x), LAR4:2 (lx) and LAR4:3 (2х).
(82) Loosen screws of motor support (screws M2 in (98) Loosen gear wheel of potentiometer shaft
elongated holes). (socket screw M2).
(83) put geared belt over gear wheels af motor and (99) Remove screws for clamp plates of potentiometer
potentiometer and position carrier in guide (Zx screw M3) and remove potentiometer.
bracket.
(100) Attach new potentiometer to iris diaphragm
(84) Tension geared belt and tighten screws in motor carriage and set screws for clamping plates
support (elongated holes). finger tight.
(85) Check that the centres of gear wheels are aligned (101) Attach gear wheel to potentiometer shaft, and
and that the geared belt is tensioned. adjust gear wheels of focus position and
potentiometer for minimum play.
(86) Attach mounting base with motor and potentiometer
to shutter carriage (3x screw M1.5). (102) Solder connecting wires to potentiometer.
(87) Perform diaphragm adjustment procedure, section (103) Perform adjustment procedure diaphragm
F4.6. potentiometers, see section F-4.6.
5.6. REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE C-ARM BALL BEARINGS (12) Remove lower cover plate of slide black and
suspension bracket for C-arm cable hose
The slide black has two kinds of ball bearings: (4x serew M3 + 2x screw M5).
4 x 4 running and 2 x 2 side ball bearings.
At the inner side of C-arm there are 4 x 2 running (13) Decouple brake handle from eccentric at
bearings (upper part) and 2 x 2 side bearings; at the eccentric.
outside there are 4 x 2 running bearings (lower part).
The ball bearings at outside are adjustable, by (14) Remove bearing block out of slide block
eccentric. (4x socket screws).
NOTE (15) Check surface and running of ball bearings
(running and side) to find out which bearings
After a long standstill position of C~arm the sliding should be replaced.
movement can be irregular (a bit jerky) by flattened
nylon ball bearings, caused by the weight of C-arm. (16) In case of running ball bearings detach retaining
After some sliding movements the Flattened nylon ball ring(s) and pull off the ball bearings(s).
bearings are round again and the sliding movement runs In case of side ball bearings push pin out of
smooth. ball bearing er screw eccentric pin out of ball
bearing.
To replace the nylon ball bearings, the C-arm must run
off the slide block; proceed as follows: (17) Fit new cunning and/or side ball bearings with
retaining ring resp. pin.
(1) Put C-arm manually in horizontal position and
lock NOTE
(2) Move C-arm up/down to let it bear on a table, Do not touch screw settings at bearing block to
avoid more mechanical adjustment.
(3) Switch off Mobile stand.
(18) Fit bearing block again in slide block with
(4) Remove TV camera cap (3 screws). 4 socket screws and washers.
(5) Detach cables: (19) Ride C-arm horizontally on slide block to check
- H.T. cable plugs at 1.1. that ball bearings touch the C-arm edge for
— Camera control cable plug smooth sliding; especially the side ball
- Grounding wires bearings.
- C-arm cable plug The side ball bearing touching can be adjusted
by screw pins; the cunning ball bearing touching
(6) Remove 1.1. shield containing I.I. tube and can be adjusted by screws (see also adjustment
TV camera by unscrewing 4 socket screws on procedure),
coupling plate BA. After adjustment, screw pin must be fixed with
screw.
(7) Loosen upper part of brass clamping block.
(20) When C-arm runs smoothly in bearing block, all
(8) Unscrew Lower part of brass clamping block parts detached to reach the ball bearings can be
(2 socket screws) and coupling plate BA attached again: stop block at end of C-arm,
(2 sacket screws) from end block in C-arm. coupling plate BA, brass clamping block to ground
Remove earthing connections (3 thin cables,l shield of cables, I.I. shield with I.I. tube and
thick cable), TV camera, cable plugs and grounding wires,
camera cap; couple brake handle to eccentric,and
(9) Slide coupling plate BA over cables. attach cover plate at slide block and suspension
bracket for C-arm cable hose.
(10) Unserew end block from C-arm (2 black socket
screws and 2 nuts).
5.7. REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE DISC C-ARM ROTATION 5.8. REPLACEMENT BRAKE C-ARM SLIDING (see FZ-2)
To replace brake disc for the rotational movement of To replace the rubber buffer in bush for brake of
C-arm, proceed as follows: sliding C-arm movement, proceed as follows:
(1) Remove upper cover plate of slide block (1) Remove suspension bracket for C-arm cable hose
(3x screw M3), (2x serew M5),
(2) Remove stop bracket completely (2) Remove lid at lower side of slide block.
(2% socket screw M4).
(3) Decouple handle-eccentric bar at eccentric.
(3) Remove both brake handles.
(4) Remove Fixing screws of brake assembly
(4) Remove brake handle shaft, and watch bearings (2x sacket screw M4).
and washers.
(5) Take assembly with rubber buffer and eccentric
(5) Remove block with guide pin for pressure piece out of slide block.
(2x screw M4).
(6) Detach eccentric by removing retaining ring.
(6) Remove pressure piece, Attention for spring pressure pushing up rubber
buffer.
(7) Remove metal strip from zigzag sheet attached
to bearing block for horizontal movement (7) Remove retaining ring and washer at buffer bush,
(2x screw M3).
(8) Remove buffer bush and put new one in.
(8) Unscrew lock nut M8 behind zigzag sheet, and
loosen special bolt M8 by hammering on nut side. (9) Attach washer and retaining ring at buffer bush.
(9) Turn two screws M4 in holes from brake disc as a (10) Push buffer bush in housing against spring
help to remove the disc, and pull off disc. pressure.
(10) After replacement of new brake disc, mount a new (11) Fit eccentric in position and place retaining
lock nut MB on bolt MB, ring.
(11) Replace pressure piece and block with guide pin (12) Fit assembly with rubber buffer and eccentric in
(2x screw M4). slide block.
(12) Replace handle shaft with bearings and washers, (13) Tighten assembly with 2 socket screws.
(13) Replace both brake handles and stop bracket, (14) Couple handle-eccentric bar again at eccentric.
(14) Adjust braking force of rotational movement: (15) Adjust braking force of sliding C-arm movement,
- release brake handle see adjustment section F-4,9.
- loosen two fixing screws in brake plate
(2x socket screws M4) (16) Replace lid and suspension bracket of C-arm cable
- turn brake plate counter clockwise against hose.
eccenter to adjust braking force
— tighten the two fixing screws.
Select best position of 6 holes,
9807 620 1
cel (88.0)E
9
Section F BV25 Family-N/HR
5.9. REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE C-ARM CABLE (16) Remove the H.T, plugs BBX1-X2-X4 and loosen the
grounding wires at the various grounding
To replace the C-arm cable it is necessary to remove terminals,
the top and side covers from the stand.
Therefore the C-arm must be moved up before detachment (17) Remove connector BG1:X1 from H.T. cascade
of C-am cable. generator.
Removal C-arm cable (18) Disconnect the camera control plug WK: X4 and
loosen the video cable connector and the control
(1) Remove the top and side covers from the stand. cable attachment at the brass mounting plate.
(2) Loosen connector SE30:X1 at SE power backpanel (19) Loosen 2x earth wires (marked BAl) at grounding
and connectors SEI0:X3 and SEl0:X11 at SE control terminal BAl and fix the other earth wires at
backpanel. BAL.
(3) Disconnect the ACHVI fastons from SE30-16 and 17 (20) Attach auxiliary Lines to cables and conductors
and the PWRGND fastons from SE30-13 and 14. to be pulled out for an easy leading in of new
cables.
(4) Loosen 2 yellow/green wire at grounding terminal
SEIO. (21) Check that the brake handle for the C-arm
sliding movement is locked and remove the I.1.
(5) Cut the tie wraps for attachment of cables to shield (with I.I. tube and camera) from the BA
the SE-door. mounting plate (4 socket screws).
(6) Open the SE door and loosen camera control (22) Unscrew H.T. cascade generator from BA plate
connector WNLO:X1 and video cable VICA (WN13:X3) (4 screws M4),
at the XTV5 control unit.
(23) Loosen upper part of brass block for cable
(7) Cut the tie wrap for attachment of cables to the clamping.
upright column of the stand.
(24) Unscrew the cable input support at the centre of
(8) Unscrew the guard for the C-arm cable input at the C-arm,
the stand,
(25) Pull the cables and conductors out of the C-arm
(9) Loosen the telief bracket and the smali plate and detach the auxiliary lines when cables are
attached to the stand. The small plate must be outside the C-arm hole.
used again at installation of new cable,
(26) Remove the suspension bracket of the C-arm cable
(10) Pull the cables out of the stand. hose at the C-arm underside.
Installation C-arm cable (10) Bring the cable input support onto the C-arm by
pulling the cables at the Τ.Τ. end and the tank
NOTE end until it fits at the C-arm hele.
Check the cable split up in the hole.
The cables in the C-arm hose have been twisted a
number of turns to allow a smooth bending of the C-arm (11) Screw the cable input support to the C-arm
hose when attached to the C~arm. (4x M3) and check the tracking of both halfs
(1) Position the C-arm such that the 1.1, end of the (12) Take the other end of the cable hose and pull
C-arm is close to the stand and the Practix © now the whole cable hose straight underneath the
tank far away. Lock the C-arm. C-arm such that the marks on the cable hose
are directed to the floor.
(5) Place one half of the cable input support on the (17) Mount HT cascade generator to BA plate
C-arm hose at the GAXI-LAX1-2 cable side such, (4x screw M6).
that the parting line coincides with the mark
stripe and that the spiral around the hose is as (18) install the I.I. shield (with I.I. tube and
far as possible in the support (about 6 spiral camera) on the BA mounting plate (4 socket
pitches), screws).
(6) Place the other half on the G-arm hose spiral and (19) Attach plug BA:X1.
check that both halfs fit closely and that the Attach the BBX2 H.T. plug into X2, BBX] in X1
mark on the hase is covered by the cable support. and BBX4 in X4 of the I.I. tube,
Attach the camera control cable onto WK: X4 and
(7) Fix both halfs with lx M3 screw at one side and the video coax cable to the BNC connector.
check that all cables are inside the support
without pinching off. (20) Gonnect grounding wires to ground terminal of
Fix also the other side with lx M3 screw. I.I. shield; also the red grounding wire of H.T.
plug BBXI.
(8) Attach auxiliary Lines to cables GAX1 and LAX1-2
and pull them through the hole in the C-arm to (21) Screw the shield of camera control cable with a
the tank/diaphragm, clamp bracket at the small brass plate and alsa
the red grounding wire of H.T. plug BBX4.
(9) Attach auxiliary lines to cables WK:K4
(TV camera), BGX1 and to 2 earth conductors and (22) Attach the loosened earth wire into connector pin
pull them through the hole in the C~arm to the GAX1:12 and attach cable GAX1 onto the tank
1.1. end, connector, Attach cable LAX1-2 onto the diaphragm
connectors.
(23) Too long cables at the 1.1. end and at the tank 5.10. REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY
end can be pushed back in the C-arm.
To replace the power supply unit SU, proceed as
(24) Tighten the C-arm cable with a tie wrap to the follows:
stand column, see 8FZ-5.
(1) Remove front cover and side covers from stand.
(25) Lead cables SEIO:X3 and SEIO:XI1 and SE30:X1,
and 2 earth wires to the front of SE-door; cable (2) Open SE door.
WNX1 to the rear, see CZ~2.
(3) Disconnect wires from terminals L, N, and 1-14
(26) Attach cable SEl0:X3 and SEIO:X11 to SEIO
backpanel connector and cable 5Е30:Х1 Ко 5Е30 (4) Remove plexiglass caverplate from SM unit
backpanel connector. (4x M4) to reach fixing screws of SU.
Attach the brown and blue wires to fastons
SE30:16-17 and 2 black shield wires to SE30:13. (5) Unscrew SU unit from mounting plate (4x socket
Tighten these cables with tie wraps to the side screw M4 at rear side of SU).
of hinged SE-door.
(6) Mount new SU unit to plate,
(27) Screw 2 yellow/green wires on ground terminal
SE10. (7) Mount cover plate to SM unit (Ax serew M4),
(28) Attach cable WK] to the backpanel connector of (8) Attach wires to terminals of SU unit.
XTVS unit and Video coax cable to VICA BNC
connector. (9) Disconnect plug SE10:X8 from SU:X1.
(29) Check the cable harness for pinching off and (10) Check output settings from SU unit,
damage at opening and closing SE-doar. see adjustment procedure paragraph F-4.11.
(30) Check that the C-arm cable hose has enough play (11) Connect plug SEIO:X8 to SU:X1.
to follow the C-arm movements in all its
positions. (12) check if system switches on correctly:
(31) Screw the guard for che C-arm cable input at the ~ power-on lamp is on
stand. ~ automatic fluoroscopy lamp is on
- fluoroscopy kV~mA display shows 40 kV - 0,1 mA
(32) Check the system for proper functioning after ~ fluoroscopy time display shows 00.0 minutes
replacement of C-arm cable,
If all power supplies are present, error 5 is
(33) Install camera cap, diaphragm cap and stand not indicated, when the button "DPERCM" (next to
covers. "ОК" button), is pressed.
5.11. REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR Remove motor from mounting base (4x screw MG),
(See FZ-9) remove pulley and replace motor by a new one.
Mount pulley again.
To replace the motor for vertical movement, the stand
must first be tilted sideways. (Weight of stand about (13) Remove pulley from spindle for vertical movement
240 kg). (3x socket screw M4).
Next, Che four V-belts must be removed, and then the
moter can be replaced. NOTE
To tilt the stand, proceed as follows: The pulley can be kept in position by putting a
screwdriver through holes in pulley and baseframe,
(1) Slide C-arm to put tank-II in horizontal
position, and lock brake handle. (14) Check the V-belts for excessive wear.
(5) Lift the stand to tilt it sideways. (19) Replace bottom plate (12x screw M4).
To reach a stable position of stand and C-arm,
let the tank and II rest on the floor, and let (20) Put the stand back to the floor,
the stand compartment rest on the chair,
(21) Switch on stand and check C-arm up/down
(6) Remove back cover from stand. movements, and listen to V-belts for smooth
operation.
(7) ATTENTION
Carefully open SE door, and support it with
e.g. a chair to protect the hinges.
(11) Lift motor, put off the V-belts and remove motor
from stand,
Proceed as follows:
1. FINLELTUNG
HARNUNG
- Bevor eine Aufnahme gemacht wird, ist sicherzustellen, dass alle Strahlungs-
sicherheitsvorkehrungen beachtet wurden.
- MUglichst maximalen Abstand zum RUntgenstrahl halten.
- Bleischlirzen um das GehHuse des BV hingen, um den RUntgenbereich
abzuschirmen, und C-Bogen 30° aus der vertikalen Stellung herausdrehen,
1
F-2 (87.0) 9807 620 a „i
Bv25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt F
Standard-Werkzeugsatz
Multimeter
Oszilloskop
RUntgen-Photometer
VerlUngerungskarten
Test phantom
3. DIAGNOSEVERFARREN
Folgt spter.
4. RINSTELLUNGEN
- Practix-C-Tank
- RUntgenaufnahme-Steuerungskarte SE19
- Heizspannungskarte SE31
- Leistungscegelungskarte SE33
キーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー一 +
SCHRITT MASSNAHME MULTIMETER AN MULTIMETER EINSTELLEN
ABLESEN MIT
1 Manuelle Durch-
leuchtung wihlen
не
X1
rm LEGEND
© ARBITRARY SET
w1 B
29 SET BY THE FACTORY
o CS SET To морозтом
4) SET CLOCKWISE
Ca SET COUNTER CLOCKWISE
X-RAY CONTROL POWER CONTROL NOTE: ALL POTENTIOMETERS ARE 20- TURNS
SE19 SE33 EXCEPT ALOIRG AND ALOZRG
1
F-4 (87.0)G 9807 620
G
-...1
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt F
WARNUNG
+ ーー ーーーー ー ーーー +
SCHRITT| MASSNAHME MULTIMETER MULTIMETER EINSTELLEN
(OSZILL.) AN ABLESEN MIT
1 System ausschalten
2 Programmierstecker
SEL9:W1 auf 4-5 stecken,
MARAD
3 Potentiometer SE3I:R1
(20 Umdrehungen in
Mittelsteilung einstellen
4 Potentiometer
SE31:R2, R3, R60
(20 Umdrehungen) an
linken Anschlag drehen
5 System einschalten;
Aufnahmebetrieb wihlen
80 КУ, 80 ms auf LCD-
Anzeigen einstellen
12 Programmierstecker
SE19:W2 in Stelig. CNR60
1-3 stecken, FRN
(franz. Norm) x1
16 Programmierstecker
zurlickstecken:
SEI9:W1 in Stellg. X2
1-2, mA FLUO
(Durchleuchtung)
SE19:W2 in Stellg.
1-2, STD (Standard) FILAMENT SUPPLY
아어 5631
HINWEIS
Wann man ein Oszilloskop verwendet, kann man die Bestrahlungszeit verringern.
(1) Eine Bleiplatte liher den REntgen-Tank legen, (5) 5E21:W4 auf 1-3 stecken; LED H2 leuchtet (grosser
damit die Kamerarfhre nicht beschdigt wird, Fokus gewdhit).
(2) Anlage einschalten und manuelle Durchleuchtung bei (6) 80 kV auf LCD~Anzeige einstellen.
40 kV auf der LCD-Anzeige wählen.
(7) Rand-/Fussschalter 90 s lang drlicken.
(3) Multimeter an SEL9:MPS3-MPS0 anschliessen, um das
RBhrenstromsignal (kV-mA-Kopplung) zu prlifen. (8) SE21:W4 wieder in Stellung 1-2 zurlickstecken.
one
MPS3 W2 8
WI E
χι
MPS!
MPS2 w3 a
Ht Ἔο
MPSA
上
wi 4
Hz o
x
DIAPHRAGM CONTROL 1
5E21
X-RAY CONTROL
SE19
1
F-6 (87.0)6 9807 620 |...1
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt F
5.3.1. Grundeinstellungen
LEGEND
(D ARBITRARY SET
я SET BY THE FACTORY
CÒ SET το MIDPOSITION
4) SET CLOCKWISE
VESH2 © С L
* MP2
(=VICA)
HOSH1 ©ba XI x1
HOSH2 O MP1=VG
УЕАМ Cx voc É =
TANPVO ©
VORRG CR wi wir
var -
HOAM Ca
STFC © SET-UP (70mv) EH 22
ALORG O っ MP2=VA
ALO2RG o o (=ViBS)
TAVORG ㆍ
Г
WN13
MFAG Vref
0
Ih
wt
μεις ο
Es OH S |b, wae
VIBS ADJ. MFSM (400mV ) = w3
VIBS ADJ. MFLA (400mV) FS MFKV
|
ctBk GWola
LS WS
ντο に
DA MAN OYLHİE»
ΒΑ ΑΠΟ ΓΞ x2 x2
o o
το -
WN17 WN19.
1
F-8 (87.0)G 9807 620 0
г...1
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt F
Abtastung
set up 70 mV 0.3 Volt sync
at 75 Ohms Damit sich der Rand des Testphantoms (8 150 mm)
mit dem Rand des Monitorkreises deckt, ist die
| 32us(HFB) | Abtastung folgendermassen einzustellen:
64 us (FB) F4.3.2
Wihrend der Durchleuchtung das Potentiometer
WN11:HOAM flir die H-Amplitude und anschliessend
Potentiometer WN11:HOSH2 (H-normal-shift-2) für
die normale Horizontalverschiebung grob einstellen.
(3) Target-Steuerspannung Beide Einstellungen wiederholen, bis die
Zeilenabtastung genau stimmt.
— Ein Multimeter an Messpunkt WN11:MP2 anschliessen.
Taste FU horizontale Bildumkehr auf dem
- Mit Potentiometer WNIL:TAVORG die Target- Bedienpult bet¥tigen und Potentiometer WNll:
Steuerspannung auf 1,5 V einstellen, HOSHI (H-reversed-shift-1) fllr umgekehrte
Horizontalverschiebung einstellen.
(4) Fokussierung
WHhrend der Durchleuchtung das V-Amplitude-
- Raster entfernen. Potentiometer WNLI:VEAM flir die vertikale
Amplitude und anschliessend Potentiometer WNIl:
- Bin BV25-Testphantom an dem GehYuse des BV VESH2 (V-normal shift-2) fUr die normale
anbringen (S-Markierung an C-Bogen-Seite) und Vertikalverschiebung grob einstellen.
automatische Durchleuchtung starten. Einstellung wiederholen, bis die Vertikalabtastung
genau stimmt.
- Falls erforderlich, die kV-Einstellung auf dem
Bedienpult von Hand korrigieren, um ein 一 Taste fir vertikale Bildumkehr auf dem
einwandfreies Durchleuchtungsbild zu erhalten. Bedienpult bet#tigen und das Potentiometer
WNI1:VESHI (v-reversed-shift-1) flir umpekehrte
— Katodenspannung (-25 kV) des HS-Kaskadengenerators Vertikalverschiebung einstellen.
prilfen: MP2-MP3 = 5 V; Einstellung mit
Potentiometer BG:Rl. - N-5-0-W-Ausrichtung auf dem Sichtgerlit anhand
der R-Markierung auf der Seite des C-Bogens
— Die Schirfe mit dem Fokus-Potentiometer BG:R2 Uberprlfen, um festzustellen, ob die Kamera-
(mit mitgeliefertem Spezialschraubendreher) des HS- spulen richtig liegen.
Kaskadengenerators (BV) und mit dem Fokus-
Potentiometer WNIL:STFC (XTV5) einstellen.
TV monitor
(5) Vorverstirker WK2 (nur bei Anderung von WK2)
EINSTELLEN
SCHRITT MASSNAHME WNI7:VIBS AN: ANZEIGEN MIT POTEN- ANMERKUNGEN
4 cm TIOMETER
HINWEIS:
he e +
(4) Den Kontrastregler des Monitors bis zum linken - Digital Scopofix HR DP(M):
Anschlag drehen. Helligkeitsregler des Monitors so Netzschalter des Speichers (RUckseite des
einstellen, dass der Bildschirm gerade zu leuchten Fahrwagens) auf "Power off" stellen.
beginnt.
Nun Kontrastregler nach Belieben einstellen. Den Abstand der Speicheranzeige-Balken zum sauberen
Monitorkreis wihrend intermittierender
Durchleuchtung auf 1 cm einstellen:
4.4. VERSTAFRKUNGSEINSTELLUNG DER VIDEO-ROUTING-KARTE
ー WRAL:R144 flr linken Balken
(1) Mit Oszilloskop die Amplituden des Videosignals am ー WHAL:RL46 flr rechten Balken
Eingang und Ausgang der Video-Routing~Karte WHAL
messen. WHhrend der intermittierenden Durchleuchtung
Helligkeit der Speicheranzeige-Balken mit WHAL:R20
(2) Die Verstlirkung der unterschiedlichen Video- einstellen.
Routings auf der Karte WHAL in nachstehender
Reihenfolge so einstellen, dass sie der Amplitude
des Video-Eingangs- und -Ausgangssignals
entsprechen,
le ユーーー
トーR46 IX
HINWEIS:
次 8i8 一 一回 Em s m
Der Video-Ausgang muss mit 75 Ohm abgeschlossen
werden, z.B. mit dem Sichtgerlit oder dem Digital
Scopofix. Fllr Messung mit dem Oszilloskop einen T- E———w
Zwischenstecker verwenden.
©1——--4—av O
區 一 一 Ri9
一 O
及 pa 一 加
W2A GE W2B
Ев Я
RIU TI
RAF)
4.5 AUSRICHTUNG DER BLENDENEENHEIT AUF DEN PRACTIX-C- (1 ) Ausrichtung der "fokus-nach-Ring"
TANK UND DEN BILDVERSTAERKER
Anlage ausschalten und Blendenabdeckung abnehmen,
Die Blendeneinheit muss ausgerichtet werden, wenn der
Practix-C-Tank, die Blendeneinheit selber oder Irisblendeneinheit und Blendenschieber-Einheit aus
Motor/Potentiometer der Blendeneinheit ausgewechselt dem Befestigungsbligel herausnehmen.
wurden,
Nach dem Ausrichten stimmt die Mittellinie des Practix- Den Stift MPDL zum Aktivieren des "Blende-bereit"-
C-Tanks, der Blende und des BV ilberein.
Signals (DIRD) mit MPD2 (Steuerplatine SE10)
verbinden.
Bei der Ausrichtung sind folgende Einstellungen
vorzunehmen: Den kleinen Messingtopf aus der Parkstellung auf
der Irisblendeneinheit herausschrauben und dieses
(1) Ausrichtung der "fokus-nach-Ring” auf den Practix- Hilfsger¥t zur Ausrichtung in der “fokus-nach-
C-Tank Ring" setzen.
Die vier Befestigungsschrauben im Ring von Hand so
(2) Ausrichtung der Blendenschieber auf den Practix-C- anziehen, dass dieser sich noch leicht bewegen
Tank l4sst.
(3) Ausrichtung der Irisblende auf den Practix-C-Tank Mit Programmierstecker 5E21:W4 in Stellung 1-3 den
grossen Fokus wihlen,
Die Steilungen der Irisblende, der Blendenschieber und
der "fokus-nach"-Ring sind FZ-2 zu entnehmen. Den grossen Fokus auf dem Monitor durch
Verschieben der "fokus-nach-Ring" zum Mittelpunkt
Vor dem Ausrichten sind der Monitorkreis und das des BV-Eintrittsfeldes (Unterlegscheibe) bewegen
Rintrittsfeld des BV folgendermassen zu zentrieren: (Abb. 4.5.2).
- Mittelpunkt des BV-Feldes 2.B. mit einer Die vier Befestigungsschrauben festziehen und
Unterlegscheibe in der Mitre des Rasters markieren. priifen, ob sich der Fleck noch immer in der
Mitte des BV-Eintrittsfeldes befindet.
- WHhrend der Durchlenchtung das BV-Rintrittsfeld im Falls erforderlich nachstellen.
Monitorkreis einstellen, bis sich beide Mittelpunkte
decken. Die Differenz der Durchmesser des Hilfsger¥t zum Ausrichten (Messingtopf)
Monitorkreises und des BV-Eintrittsfeldes mit den entfernen und wieder an seinen Platz auf der
Potentiometern WN11:VESH2, HOSH2, VEAM und HOAM Blendeneinheit setzen,
(Abb. 4.5.1) auf I cm einstellen.
Programmierstecker SE21:W4 wieder auf 1-2 stecken.
- C-Bogen aufwirts fahren, damit die Blendeneinheit
einfacher positioniert werden kann, VESH2
『4.5.4
inmost segment
PR /
F4.5.5 F4.5.6
1
(87.0)G 9807 620 a -1
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt F
4.7. EINSTELLUNG DER C-BOGEN-KUGELLAGER IN DER 4,9. EINSTÉLLUNG DES ARRETIERREBELS FUER C-BOGEN-
FUEHRUNGSSCHIENE (siehe FZ-3) VERSCHIEBUNG (siehe FZ-3)
Damit der C-Bogen ruckfrei bewegt werden kann, sind Wenn die Bremskraft weniger als 45 Nm betr¥gt, muss
die C-Bogen-Kugellager folgendermassen auf die C-Bogen- die Arretierung folgendermassen eingestellt werden:
Oberflliche einzustellen:
(1) C-Bogen 180º herumdrehen und Arretierhebel flir
(1) C-Bogen mit BV nach oben stellen und 90° in die C-Bogen-Verschiebung 18sen.
Waagerechte drehen.
(3) Abdeckplatte der Flhrungsschiene ent fernen
(2) Unteres Abdeckblech der FUhrungsschiene (2 Schrauben M5, 4 Schrauben M4).
entfernen (4 Schrauben M3, 2 Schrauben M5).
(3) Beide Befestigungsschrauben der Bremseneinheit
(3) An jeder Seite des C-Bogens sind jeweils zwei Ίδεεα.
Kugellagerpaare auf einer Montageplatte befestigt.
ー Sicherungsschraube am Exzenter 1Bsen, (4) Die vier Stellschrauben (Innensechskantschrauben
- Ein Kugellager gegen den C-Bogen drlicken. M4) l8sen und Bremse mit Gummipuffer gegen
— Mit dem Exzenter das Spiel zwischen dem anderen C-Hogen drileken.
Kugellager und dem C-Bogen auf 0,5 mm einstellen. Heim Verschieben des C-Bogens ist eine leichte
- Sicherungsschraube anziehen und Einstellung für Reibung der Bremse zu spliren.
das andere Kugellagerpaar wiederholen.
{5) Die vier Stellschrauben drehen, bis die Bremse mit
(4) C-Bogen 180° drehen, so dass die andere Seite Gummipuffer gerade abgehoben wird und noch eine
des C-Bogens nach oben kommt. Umdrehung weiterdrehen.
(5) Einstellung der Kugellager wiederholen und (6) Beide Befestigungsschrauben anziehen und
prlifen, ob der C-Bogen sich ruckfrei bewegen Arretierung auf einwandfreie Funktion prilfen.
Tusst.
(7) Abdeckplatte der Fllhrungsschiene wieder
(6) Abdeckplatte der Fllhrungsschiene wieder aufsetzen,
aufsetzen.
Wenn die Bremskraft weniger als 45 Nm betr¥gt, muss Wenn ein neuer Motor oder ein neuer Keilriemen
die Arretierung folgendermassen eingestellt werden: eingesetzt wurde, muss die Keilriemenspannung
folgendermassen eingestellt werden:
(1) Abdeckplatte der Fllhrungsschiene abnehmen (3
Schrauben M3) und Arretierhebel Fllr C-Bogen- (1) Die drei Schrauhen der Motorgrundplatte etwas
Drehung 18sen. lockern (Innensechskantschrauben M6 und
Unterlegscheiben in Lang1Bchern).
(2) Beide Sicherungsschrauben im inneren Bremsring Nun kann mit der Mutter M6 die Keilriemenspannung
entfernen (Innensechskantschrauben M3: siehe FZ-3). eingestellt werden,
(3) Bremsring von Hand losschrauben, bis er den (2) Mutter bis zum Anschlag anziehen.
Exzenter berlhrt.
(3) Die drei Befestigungsschrauben anziehen,
(4) Beide Sicherungsschrauben wieder einsetzen und
festziehen, (Rs gibt sechs Bohrungen, damit die (4) SE-TUr schliessen und vordere Abdeckung wieder
Schrauben leichter an děr richtigen Stelle aufsetzen.
eingesetzt werden.)
Wenn eine neue System-Stromversorgung eingebaut wurde, (4) Ueberspannungs-Potentiometer RVI, RV2, RV3 und
muss diese Einheit eingestellt werden; siehe ERSATZ RV4 bis zum linken Anschlag drehen; Stellung der
F-5.10). Potentiometer siehe Abb. 1).
Einstellung der Ausgangsspannung prilfen; siehe
Tabelle 1: (5) Ausgangsspannung mit Sollspanaungs-Potentia-
metern RVI, RV61, RV81, RVIOI und RV121 so
einstellen, dass sie den in Tabelle 1 genannten
AUS-| AUSGANGS- ANSCHLUESSE | UEBERSPANNUNGS- Ueberspannungswerten entsprechen,
GANG| SPANNUNG (9) (+) (-) | EINSTELLUNG (V)
----|-~------------|------|------~|------------------ (6) Ueberspannungs-Potentiometer so lange drehen,
1 5,0 + 1% 2 6 +10%(fest) bis die Ausgangsspannung auf O V abfillt. Nun
2 | 24,0 + 1% 7 8 + 5% ist die Ueberspannung eingestellt.
3 f 15,0 7 1% 9 10 + 5%
& 4 15,07 1% u 12 F 5% (7) Fahrbares Stativ ausschalten,
Is 6,4 + 1% 13 14 + 5%
(8) Solispannungs-Potentiometer bis zum linken
Anschlag drehen.
Tabelle 1
(9) Fahrbares Stativ einschalten.
HINWELS:
(10) Ausgangsspannung mit Sollspannungs-Potentio-
Ausgang | muss stHndig mit den WiderstHnden RI und metern gem¥ss Tabelle L einstellen,
R2 (R1//R2 = 1,65 Ohm) mit > 3 A belastet sein. Nun sind Ausgangsspannung und Ueberspannung
eingestelit.
Entsprechen die Einstellungen der Ausgangsspannungen
nicht den in Tabelle 1 angegebenen Werten, ist (11) Fahrbares Stativ ausschalten.
folgendermassen vorzugehen:
(12) SU:XL anschliessen, so dass die Stromversorgungs-
(1) Fahrbares Stativ ausschalten. einheit wieder belastet wird.
(2) Stecker SU:XL herausziehen, so dass die AusgHinge (13) Drahtverbindung zwischen WAL:MP1 und MP2 LBsen
1-5 nicht belastet sind. und ent fernen.
Prllfen, ob die WiderstHnde RI und R2 mit den
Anschlussklemmen 2-6 verbunden sind; siehe Hinweis. (14) Fahrbares Stativ einschalten.
SET
ー] OVERVOLTAGE.
ri VÍ
-©
- 一-- SET VOLTAGE CEC CT
15・ 15/16
x15,
x18
x19
xi?
1
(87.0)G 9807 620 -...1
0
Bv25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt F
MPS3
上 し
9 MP2
MPS1 {=VICA)
MPS2 χι
MPSL voc É
WI
VGC fo 7
m
SET-UP (70mV) A X2
. ΜΡ3
EVIBS)
0
Г
X-RAY CONTROL WN13
SE19
550 mv Die Zeit fllr die Entwicklung des Films ist auf etwa
vile OSCILLOSCOPE: 2 Minuten eingestellt.
AC COUPLING Dauert die Entwicklung wesentlich linger (2.5.
10 mV /div 4 min), muss die Belichtungszeit um ein Zwei- bis
HINWEIS:
Abb, 2 Kalibrierungs- und Schwarzabhebungsspannung
Wenn wihrend dieser Finstellung die Meldung "-cL"
~ Oszilloskop an Prlífpunkt TP2 der Videoverstärker- angezeigt wird, ist entweder die Voreinstellung nicht
Karte anschliessen. An TP2 liegt eine impulsgeformte korrekt oder die Einstellung von Helligkeit/Kontrast
Spannung flr den Schwarzabhebungsstrom an. zu gross.
1
(88.0)G 9807 620 pil
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt
2. Wenn D > 2,3, * Wenn C "-CL" - Clp > 50, stimmt der Kontrast-
ist die Belichtungszeit zu verringern, um einen bereich.
niedrigeren ert zu erhalten.
Eine Filmkassette in die Kamera einlegen und mit * Wenn C "-CL" - Clp <50 ist, liegt der Kontrast bei
den Belichtungszeiten 22, 19, 16, 13, 10 und 7 der obengenannten Helligkeit/Belichtungszeit
eine Aufnahme machen. ausserhalb des Bereichs. Taste “CNT" drlicken und
Mit einem Densitometer die Belichtungszeit Ep den Kontrast auf 0 zurlickstellen,
bestimmen, die eine Schwirzung von D = Helligkeit auf einen hBheren Wert einstellen und
2,2 + 0,1 (schwarz) ergibt. Belichtungszeit auf einen niedrigeren Wert
In allen vier Programmen 1, 2, 3 und 4 die einstellen, um die Kombination von Helligkeit und
Helligkeit auf 500 einstellen und die Belichtungszeit zu finden, bei der sich eine
Belichtungszeit auf Ep. Schwirzung von D = 2,2 + 0,1 ergibt.
Anschliessend den Kontrast Clp suchen, der eine
3. Wenn D< 2,1, Schwirzung von D = 1 + 5% bei einem Videosignal
ist die Helligkeit zu vergrUssern, um einen von 275 V ergibt.
hBheren D-Wert zu erhalten.
Eine Filmkassette in die Kamera einlegen und + Die Kontrasteinstellung Clp filr D = 1 in
Aufnahmen bei einer Helligkeitseinstellung von Programm 1 eingeben,
550, 600, 650 und 700 anfertigen.
Mit einem Densitometer die Helligkeitseinstellung ー Programm 4 wihlen.
Bp bestimmen, die eine Schwärzung von D =
2,2 + 0,1 (schwarz) ergibt. - Manuelle Durchleuchtung starten, um mit manueller
In allen vier Programmen 1, 2, 3 und 4 die kV-Einstellung ein Videosignal von 425 mV an den
Helligkeitseinstellung Bp und die Belichtungszeit Videoeingang der Kamera zu legen.
25 einstellen,
- Durchleuchtung stoppen, um dieses Bild bei 425 mV
— Programm 1 wihlen. (LIH) im Scopofix-Speicher festzulegen.
— Ein Oszilloskop an den Videoeingang der Kamera - Taste "CNT" drllcken und den Kontrast auf 150
anschliessen (T-Stecker). einstellen,
- Ein 1,5-mm-Cu-Filter auf der REntgenblende - Eine Filmkassette in die Kamera einlegen und eine
anbringen. Aufnahme machen,
— Manuelle Durchleuchtung starten, um mit manueller Ebenso Aufnahme bei den Kontrasteinstellungen 200,
kV-Einstellung ein Videosignal von 275 mV an den 250 und 300 anfertigen.
Videoeingang der Kamera zu legen.
- Mit einem Densitometer die Kontrasteinstellung C4p
- Die Durchleuchtung stoppen, um dieses Bild bei bestimmen, die zu einer Schwlrzung von D = 1 + 5%
275 mV (LIH) im Scopofix-Speicher festzulegen. bei einem Videosignal von 425 mV fllhre.
- Taste “CNT” drilcken und den Kontrast auf 250 - Die flir D = 1 gefundene Kontrasteinstellung C4p in
einstellen, Programm 4 eingeben.
- Eine Filmkassette in die Kamera einlegen und eine - Die Kontrasteinstellungen C2p und C3p berechnen:
Aufnahme anfertigen.
- Siehe Prlifung von Film und Filmentwickler, Manuelle Durchleuchtung starten, um mit manueller
Abschn. 2.5. kV-Einstellung ein Videosignal von 425 mV an den
Videoeingang der Kamera zu legen.
- Negativen Bildbetrieb wHhlen,
Durchleuchtung stoppen, um dieses Videobild bei
- Programm 1 wihlen, die untere "EXP"-Taste 425 mV (LIH) im Scopofix-Speicher festzulegen.
drlicken und die Belichtung mit den Tasten "+/-"
auf 25 einstellen. Taste "CNT" drilcken und den Kontrast auf 150
Diese Einstellung flir die Programme 2, 3 und 4 einstellen,
wiederholen.
Filmkassette in die Kamera einlegen und eine
ー Programm 1 whlen, Taste "BRT" drlicken und die Aufnahme machen,
Helligkeit auf 15 einstellen,
Ebenso Aufnahmen bei den Kontrasteinstellungen 200,
- Taste "CNT" drlicken und den Kontrast mit Taste 250 und 300 anfertigen.
"-" auf 0 zurlekstellen.
Mit einem Densitometer die Kontrasteinstellung C4n
~ Eine Filmkassette in die Kamera einlegen und die bestimmen, die zu einer SchwHrzung von D =
obere “EXP"-Taste driicken, um eine Aufnahme zu 1,0 + 5% bei einem Videosignal von 425 mV Fllhrt.
machen,
Die filr D = 1 gefundene Kontrasteinstellung C4n
- Den Film in der Enteicklungsstation entwickeln, in Programm 4 eingeben,
— Ebenso Aufnahmen bei einer Helligkeitseinstellung Die Kontrasteinstellungen C2n und C3n berechnen:
von 18, 21 und 24 anfertigen.
Cin - Gân Cin - Cân
- Mit einem Densitometer die Helligkeitseinstellung Gn = cin ş cIn = 04n + ーー てーー
Bn bestimmen, die eine Schw4rzung von A D =
0,05 + 0,02 ergibt Die berechnete Kontrasteinstellung C2a in Programm 2
(р Firbung - D Grundschleier = A D). eingeben und die berechnete Kontrasteinstellung C3n
in Programm 3.
- Die flr AD = 0,05 gefundene Helligkeit Bn in alle
vier Programme 1, 2, 3 und 4 eingeben. Tabelle 2 Einstellungen von Helligkeit/Kontrast
negativer Bildbetrieb
~ Programm 1 wihlen,
1 -...1
F-24 (88.0)G 9807 620
Ώ
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt F
- Sollte eine Hochspannungsbuchse am BV defekt sein (4) Abstandsstlicke mit Federscheiben (3) von dem
(z.b. Uberschi¥ge), muss nicht nur der BV, Flansch und dem BV-Austrittsfenster abnehmen und
sondern auch der betreffende HS-Stecker ersetzt aufbewahren,
werden,
Selbst wenn dieser Stecker nicht beschHdigt zu (5) Austrittsfenster des BV mit der mitgelieferten
sein scheint und nicht defekt ist, kann er die Plastikabdeckung abdecken.
Ursache dafllr sein, dass die Anschlussbuchse des
BV nach einiger Betriebszeit wieder zerstUrt wird, (6) Arretierung des C-Bogens lsen und C-Bogen
180° so drehen, dass sich der BV unten befindet,
- Die Schraubendreher sind zu entmagnetisieren, da der und anschliessend wieder arretieren.
CsI-Eingangsschirm des BV auf magnetisches Material
empfindlich reagiert. (7) Raster (4 Senkkopfschrauben M4) vom BV~GehYuse
entfernen.
HTNWETS:
(8) Metallring (4 Senkkopfschrauben M5) vom BV-
Im Eingangsteil des BV wurden nur Schrauben aus Gehliuse abnehmen.
rostbestândigem Stahl verwendet.
(9) Schwarze Implosionsschutzplatte (4 Senkkopf-
- Aufgrund der Implosionsgefahr des BV muss eine schrauben M3) entfernen.
Schutzbrille getragen und die Arme geschlltzt
werden, (10) Sicherungsmuttern (4x M4) am Eingangsteil |
Umdrehung 18sen.
— Die Befestigungsplatte BA flr das BV-GehYuse
darf nicht vom C-Bogen entfernt werden, damit die (11) stellschrauben (4x M4) abwechselnd und
Ausrichtung auf C~Bogen, Practix-C-Tank und gleichmissig bis zum Anschlag losdrehen.
Blendeneinheit nicht beeintrYchtigt wird.
(12) Cummidichtungen (4) zwischen BV-RUhre und
Gehliuse abnehmen.
Einb au des Bildverstirkers (BV) (16) Kalibrierstift wieder bei der X2-Markierung
einschrauben,
(1) C-Bogen in horizontale Stellung bringen und
arretieren. (17) Kappen von den Hochspannungsbuchsen des neuen BY
abnehmen.
(2) Kalibrierstift aus der Parkstellung in der NYhe
der X2-Markierung auf dem BV-GehYuse (18) Falls erforderlich, Hochspannungsanschillsse an
herausschrauben und aufbewahren, der Kabelseite und der Steckerseite einfetten.
(3) Typenschild des neuen BV am GehHuse anbringen, (19) Hochspannungssteckér X1, X2 und X4 sowie
altes Schild entfernen, Erdungsleitungen an die BV-RUhre anschliessen;
Hochspannungsstecker fest in die Buchsen
(4) Plastikabdeckung noch nicht vom Austrittsfenster drucken.
abnehmen,
(20) Klammern der Hochspannungsstecker so befestigen,
(5) Die BV-RUhre vorsichtig in das GehHuse dass die Stecker nicht mehr nach oben und unten
hineinschieben und priifen, ob sie einwandfrei im bewegt werden kUnnen, damit ein Ueberspringen
Geh4use anliegt, der Hochspannung vermieden wird,
(6) Darauf achten, dass der Referenzstift im Gehluse (21) Plastikabdeckung vom BV~Austrittsfenster
in die entsprechende Uffnung der BV-RUhre abnehmen, damit das Vidicon angekoppelt werden
kommt. kann,
(7) Arretierung des C-Bogens IBsen, C-Bogen mit dem (22) Die drei Abstandsstlicke sowie die speziellen
BV nach unten senkrecht stellen und wieder Federscheiben (mit BV mitgeliefert) auf dem
arretieren, Metallring um das Austrittsfenster montieren.
5.2. ERSATZ DES HS-KASKADENGENERATORS 5.3. ERSATZ DER FERNSEHKAMERA (siehe FZ-4, 5)
(3) Klammern der Hochspannungsstecker Ibsen, (2) Kameraabdeckung und Handgriff entfernen.
Hochspannungsstecker XL, X2 und X4 von der BV-
RUhre abziehen. (3) Stecker des Video-Kabels und Stecker des Kamera~
Kabels X4 an der unteren Karte der FS-Kamera
(4) Erdungsleitung vom BV (2 Muttern “M6) lBsen, abziehen.
Kamerastecker WK1:X4, BNC-Video-Stecker von C-
Rogen-Kabel, Stecker BG:X1 vom Kaskadengenerator (4) Steckkarte WKi (mit LED-Anzeige) von der FS-Kamera
und Erdungsleituag vom Kaskadengenerator Ibsen, abnehmen (4 Schrauben M3).
(5) Bv-GehHuse sclitzen und vorsichtig die 4 {5) Die drei nicht herausnehmbaren Befestigungs-
Innensechskantschrauben M& aus der Koppelplatte BA schrauben am Flansch der F8-Kamera 1Bsen.
herausschrauben.
(6) RBhrenfassung vom Vidicon abziehen. MK6:G3 mi 上
(6) BV-GehHuse entfernen und auf einen Tisch legen einem Schraubendreher gegen Erde entladen.
(Gewicht ca. 25 kg).
(7) FS-Kamera vorsichtig von dem Vidicon abziehen.
(7) Kaskadengenerator von Koppelplatte BA abschrauben
(4 schrauben M4). Ausbau der FS-KamerarBhre (Vidicon)
(9) Erdungsleitung vom Kaskadengenerator befestigen (9) Koppelplatte abnehmen, jedoch nicht die drei
und Stecker BGl:Xl anschliessen, Abstandsstlicke,
(10) BV-GehHuse auf Koppelplatte ΒΑ montieren (10) Vidicon eine viertel Umdrebung drehen und
(4 Schrauben M6). senkrecht aus dem BY herausheben.
(7) Einen Tropfen optisches Ul (4522 980 18001, mit Einbau der FS-Kamera-Einheit
dem BV-Gehluse mitgeliefert) mit dem Draht oben
an der Oelflasche in der Mitte der BV-Faseroptik (1) Beim Einbauen einer neuen FS-Kamera-Einheit ist
auftragen. die Steckkarte WKL herauszunehmen,
(8) Koppelplatte auf das Vidicon schieben und Vidicon (2) Lage der Kameraspulen in der Kameraeinheit
so drehen, dass: prlifen: die Drahtenden der Kameraspuie mlissen
sich an der rechten Seite des VorverstMrkers WK2
der kurze Stift sich gegenllber dem Ausschnitt in befinden.
der Koppelplatte befindet, und In der Grundplatte der Kameraspule ist ein zweites
die weisse Markierung auf dem Vidicon mit der Loch zum Durchflhren der Target-Leitung,
einzelnen Markierung auf der Koppelplatte So kann die Kameraspule 90º gedreht werden.
Ubereinstimmt.
(3) Die FS-Kamera vorsichtig Uber das Vidicon
absenken und dabei darauf achten, dass die Target-
Leitung durch das Loch in der Koppelplatte
short pin hindurchkommt, dasa der Pfeil auf dem BV-GehYuse
auf die Mitte der Millimeterskala auf dem Flansch
Vidicon der FS-Kamera zeigt und dass die F5-Kamera richtig
auf dem BV-GehHuse sitzt.
HINWEIS:
HINWEIS:
Nach Einsetzen der FS-Kamera-Einheit und des
Nach dem Einbau eines neuen Vidicons ist die Vidicons ist das XTV-System grlindlich zu
Codenummer und die Seriennummer in einer prlifen und ggf. neu einzustellen; siehe
Datenliste zu notieren. "Videoeinstellungen", Absehn. F-4.3.
(9) Die Kombination von Koppelplatte und Vidicon so ZusHtzliches Linsenputzpapier, Codenummer
anordnen, dass der Ausschnitt in der Koppelplatte 4522 980 1644) und optisches Ül, Codenummer
sich bei der Xl-Markierung des BV befindet. 4522 980 18001 kann bei folgender Adresse bestellt
werden:
(10) Die Kombination von Koppelplatte und Vidicon
senkrecht auf die BV-Faseroptik drlicken und die Philips Medical Systems
3 Schrauben der Koppelplatte abwechselnd Technical Service
gleichnHssig anziehen, Spare Parts Management
Prilfen, ob die Markierungen noch Building QM
Ubereinstimmen, Eindhoven
Falls erforderlich, Vidicon vorsichtig drehen, Niederlande
jedoch nicht abheben.
- Tragbligei fr Practix-C-Tank und Blende nicht (9) Neuen Tank mit 4 Innensechskantschrauben M6 x 16
abnehmen, damit die Ausrichtung gegenliber dem C- am Tragbligel befestigen. Die Schrauben dlirfen
Bogen nicht verHndert wird. nicht lYnger sein, weil sonst der Tank innen
beschidigt wird. Tank-GehYuse abstlitzen.
- Karton des neuen Practix-C-Tanks und der
Blendeneinheit für Rlicksendung des de fekten (19) Tank-Kabelstecker auf Steckverbinder GAX1 des
Teils verwenden. Tanks schieben.
(3) Kabelstecker von den Steckverbindern LAXI und LAX2 (13) Blenden-Kabelstecker auf die Steckverbinder LAXi
der Blende abziehen und die Erdungsleitung lBsen. und LAX2 der Blendeneinheit schieben und
Erdungsleitungen anschliessen,
(4) Tank-Kabelstecker von Steckverbinder GAXI vom Tank
abziehen (2 Schrauben); nicht notwendig, wenn our (14) Neue RUntgenrUhre, wie in Abschn. F-4.2
die Blende ausgetauscht wird. beschrieben, einbrennen.
(5) Lage der Blendeneinheit auf dem Tragbligel (15) RUhrenstrom fr Durchleuchtung prilfen und
markieren, RBhrenstrom flr Aufnahme ainstellen; siehe
Abschn. 4,1, “Einstellung des RBhrenstroms".
(6) 3 Muttern mit Unterlegscheiben M4 abschrauben und
Blende vom Tragbligel abnehmen. (16) Blende auf Practix-C-Tank ausrichten; siehe
Blendeneinheit auf einer weichen Unterlage Abschn, F-4,5, "Einstellung der Blende”.
aufsetzen, damit sie nicht beschidigt wird,
(17) Blendenabdeckung mit Abstandsstlick anbringen (4
(7) 3 Innensechskantschrauben M4 mit Messing- Schrauben M3 und spezielle Unterlegscheiben).
Unterlegscheiben entfernen und
Blendenschiebereinheit vom Tragbligel abnehmen. (18) Neues Typenschild und Etikett an der zentralen
Blendenschiebereinheit auf einer weichen Unterlage Kennschilderstation "I" am Fahrbaren Stativ
aufsatzen, damit sie nicht beschYdigt wird, anbringen, altes Schild entfernen.
Zuerst ist die Blendeneinheit in eine einfach (7) Neue Blende aus der Verpackung nehmen und
zuglngliche Stellung zu bringen: prilfen. Verpackung zum RUcksenden der defekten
Blende verwenden.
- C-Bogen senkrecht stellen, mit Blendeneinheit nach
unten, und arretieren. (8) Irisblendeneinheit montieren und die 3 Muttern Má
mit Messing-Unterlegscheiben von Hand festziehen,
~ C-Bogen aufwirts bewegen, Die Irisblendeneinheit muss noch ausgerichtet
werden,
Blendeneinheit
(9) Blenden-Kabelstecker auf Steckverbinder LAXI
Die auf dem Tragbligel am C-Bogen befestigte schieben und Erdungsleitungen an Erdungsanschluss
Blendeneinheit kann folgendermassen ersetzt werden: anschliessen.
Motor zur Einstellung der Feldgrbsse der Motor zur Einstellung der FeldgrUsse der
Irisblende LAMI Blendenschieber LAN2
(20) Feder aus der am Motortriger angebrachten (35) Motorgrundplatte mit Motor und Potentiometer von
Federhalterung herausnehmen. Blendenschieber-Schlitten abschrauben
(3 Schrauben NL,5).
(21) Schraube aus Langloch am Motorträger
herausschrauben (Innensechskantschraube M3), (36) Motor mit Motortriger von Motorgrundplatte
abnehmen.
(22) Hotortriger vom Irisblenden-Schlitten abnehmen
(2 Schrauben M3 am Boden des Schlittens). (37) Anschlussdrlhte vom Motor ablBten; dabei auf
die PolaritHt der Drihte achten.
(23) Anschlussdr¥hte vom Irishlenden~Stellmotor
abl¥ten; dabei auf die PolaritHt der Drhte (38) Zahnrad von Motorwelle abnehmen
achten, 7 (Innensechskantschraube M2).
(24) Motor mit Motortrliger von Irisblenden-Schlitten (39) Motor von MotortrHger abnehmen (2 Schrauben M2).
abnehmen,
(40) Neuen Motor auf Motortrdger montieren.
(25) Zahnrad von Motorwelle abnehmen
(Innensechskantschraube M2}. (41) Zahnrad auf Motorwelle befestigen,
(26) Motor von Motortriiger abnehmen (2 Schrauben M2). (42) Anschlussdrihte an Motor anlbten.
(27) Neuen Motor auf Motortrlger montieren. Den Zahnriemen folgendermassen einstellen:
(28) Zahnrad auf Motorwelle bafestigen. (43) Motor mit Motortriger auf Grundplatte
montieren, Schrauben von Hand anziehen.
(29) Motor mit Matortriger an Irisblenden-Schlitten
anbringen und Schrauben von Hand anziehen (2 (44) Den Zahnriemen liber die Zahnriider von Motor
Schrauben Motortr¥ger, 1 Schraube in Langloch). und Potentiometer LAR2 legen und den Tr¥ger in
den Flihrungsblgel setzen,
(30) ZahnrHder von Motor und Irisblende so
verschiaben, dass nur noch minimales Spiel (45) Den Zahnriemen spannen und die Schrauben im
vorbandan ist. Motorträger (LanglBcher) festziehen,
(31) Schrauben des MotortrHgers anziehen. (46) Prilfen, ob die Mittelpunkte der Zahnräder
fluchten und ob der Zahnriemen gespannt ist.
(32) Schrauba in Langloch anziehen、
(47) Motorgrundplatte an Blendenschieber-Triger
(33) Feder in die am Motortrlger befestigte anbringen (3 Schrauben M2), Prilfen, ob der
Federhalterung einsetzen, Stift des TrHgers in der Flihrungsbuchse der
Blendenschieber-Einheit sitzt.
(34) Anschlussdr¥hte am Motor an1BEen.
(48) Bienden-Potentiometer, wie in Abschn. F-4,6
beschieben, einstellen,
(49) AnschlussdrHhte vom Motor ablBten; dabei auf Ein Potentiometer der Blendeneinheit kann
die Polaritit der Drihte achten. folgendermassen ersetzt werden:
(50) Zahnrad von Motorwelle abnehmen €63) Blendeneinheit, wie oben beschrieben, ausbauen.
{Innensechskantschraube M2).
(64) Blendeneinheit vorsichtig behandeln und so auf
(51) Motor von Motortriger abnehmen (2 Schrauben M2). den Rahmen legen, dass die Prizisionateile
(einige stehen hervor) nicht beschHdigt oder
(52) Neuen Motor auf Motortr¥ger montieren verformt werden kUnnen.
(2 Schrauben M2).
Potentiometer zur Einstellung der FeldgrUsse der
(53) Zahnrad auf Motorwelle befestigen. Irisblende LARL
(54) Die 2 Schrauben in den LanglBchern des (65) Anschlussdrihte der Potentiometer LARI
MotortrHgers etwas lockern und die ZahnrBder abilten: LARI:1 (1x), LARI:2 (1x), LARI:3 (2x).
der Motorwelle und der Blendenschieber so
verschieben, dass nur noch minimales Spiel (66) Schrauben flir Feststellklemme des
vorhanden ist. Potentiometers lBsen (2 Schrauben M3) und
Potentiometer mit angebautem Zahnrad abnehmen.
(55) Schrauben des Motortrigers anziehen,
(67) Zahnrad von Potentiometerwelle abnehmen.
(56) Anschlussdrihte am Motor anlBten.
(68) Neues Potentiometer mit montiertem Zahnrad an
Motor zum Positionieren des Fokuss LAM4 Irisblenden-Schlitten anbringen,
(57) AnschlussdrHhte vom Motor ablBten; dabei auf (69) Zahnrfder der Irisblende und des Potentiometers
die Polaritdt der Dríhte achten. auf minimales Spiel einstellen und Schrauben der
Feststellklemme des Potentiometers leicht von
(58) Zahnrad von Motorwelle abnehmen Hand festziehen.
(Innensechskantschraube M2).
(70) Anschlussdrihte an Potentiometer aniBten.
(59) Motor von Irisblenden-Schlitten abnehmen,
(71) Blende einstellen; siehe Abschn, F-4.6,
(60) Neuen Motor auf Irisblenden-Schlitten montieren,
Potentiometer zur Einsteliung der Blendenschieber- Potentiometer LAR3 zum Drehen der Blendenschieber
FeldgrBsse LAR2
(88) Anschlussdrihte von Potentiometer LAR3
(72) Motorgrundplatte mit Motor und Fotentiometer vom abl8ten: LAR3:1 (2x), LAR3:2 (Lx), LAR3:3 (2x),
Blendenschieber-Schlitten abschrauben
(3 Schrauben M1,5). (89) Zahnrad auf Potentiometerwelle etwas lockern
(Innensechskantschraube M2),
(73) Potentiometer mit Potentiometertriger von der
Matorgrundplatte abschrauben (2 Schrauben M2 an (90) Schrauben der Feststellklemme des Potentiometers
der Rlickseite der Grundplatte). I8sen,
(75) Zahnrad von Potentiometerwelle abnehmen (92) Neues Potentiometer auf Blendenschieber-Schlitten
(Innensachskantschraube №2). montieren und Schrauben der Feststellklemme von
Hand anziehen.
(76) Schrauben flir Feststellklemme des
Potentiometers LAR2 herausschrauben, (93) Schraube von Zahnrad anziehen.
(77) Potentiometer von Potentiometerträger abnehmen. (94) AnschlussdrHhte an Potentiometer LAR3 anlUten.
(78) Neues Potentiometer auf Potentiometertriger (95) Potentiometer zum Drehen der Blendenschieber
montieren und Schrauben der Feststellklemme von einstellen,; siehe Abschn. F-4.6,
Hand anziehen.
Potentiometer LAR4 zum Positionieren des Fokuss
(79) Zahnrad auf Potentiometerwelle montieren.
(96) Befestigungsschelle von Steckverbinder LAX] des
(80) Anschlussdr#hte an Potentiometer anlbten. Irisblenden-Schlittens entfernen (2 Innensechs-
kantschrauben M4).
(81) Potentiometer mit Potentiometertriger auf
Blendenschieber-Schlitten montieren (2 Schrauben (97) Anschlussdrihte des Potentiometers LAR4
M2). ablBten: LAR4:1 (2x), LAR4:2 (1x) und LAR4:3
(2x).
Zahnriemen folgendermassen einstellen:
(98) Zahnrad von Potentiometerwelle abnehmen
(82) Schrauben des Motortr¥gers (Schrauben M2 in (Innensechskantschraube M2).
LanglUchern) lockern,
(99) Schrauben filr Feststellklemme des
(83) Zahnriemen ber Zahnrider von Motor und Potentiometers (2 Schrauben M3) 1Bsen und
Potentiometer legen und Triger ia Potentiometer abnehmen.
Flhrungsbllgel positionieren.
(100) Neues Potentiometer an Irisblenden-Schlitten
(84) Zahnriemen spannen und Schrauben in Motorträger anbringen und Schrauben filr Feststellklemme
(LanglUcher) anziehen. leicht von Hand anziehen.
(85) Priífen, ob die Mittelpunkte der Zahnrider (101) Zahnrad auf Potentiometerwelle montieren und
fluchten und der Zahnriemen gespannt ist. ZahnrHder flr Fokus-Positionierung und
Potentiometer auf minimales Spiel einstellen.
(86) Grundplatte mit Motor und Potentiometer auf
Blendenschieber-Schlitten montieren (3 Schrauben (102) Anschlussdrihte an Potentiometer anlUten.
Mi,5).
(103) Blendenpotentiometer einstellen; siehe Abschn.
(87) Blende einstellen; siehe Abschn. F-4,6. F-4.6.
Zum Auswechseln der Nylonkugellager muss der C-Bogen (17) Neue Lauffl¥chen— und/oder Seitenkugellager mit
aus der Flhrungsschiene hinauslaufen; hierzu Haltering bzw. Stift einbauen.
folgendermassen vorgehen:
HINWEIS:
(1) C-Bogen von Hand in horizontale Stellung bringen
und arretieren. Schraubeneinstellungen (25, 26FZ-2) am Lagerbock nicht
verlindera, damit nicht noch mehr mechanische
(2) C-Bogen nach oben/unten bewegen, um ihn auf einem Einstellungen notwendig werden.
Tisch aufzusetzen,
(18) Lagerbock mit 4 Innensechskantschrauben und
(3) Fahrstativ ausschalten. Unterlegscheiben in Flhrungsschiene einbauen.
(4) FS-Kameraabdeckung abnehmen (3 Schrauben). (19) C-Bogen horizontal auf Fllhrungsschiene fahren,
um zu prlifen, ob alle Kugellager die Kante des
(5) Folgende Kabel 1Bsen: G-Bogens berllhren, so dass er ruhig gleitet;
— HS-Kabelstecker am BV vor allem ist auf die Seitenkugellager zu achten.
— Kabelstecker fllr Kamerasteuerung Die Seitenkugellager lassen sich mit den
- Erdungsleitungen Schraubstiften (229FZ-2) einstellen; die
— C-Bogen-Kabelstecker Laufflichen-Kugellager kbnnen mit Schrauben
(31F2-2) eingestellt werden; siehe auch
(6) Die 4 Innensechskantschrauben an der Koppelplatte "Einstellung" F-4.7).
BA 1Bsen und BV-GehHuse mit BV-RBhre und FS- Nach dem Einstellen muss der Schraubstift (29 FZ-
Kamera abnehmen. 2) mit einer Schraube befestigt werden,
(7) Oberen Teil des Messing-Klemmblocks Ibsen. (20) Wenn der C-Bogen gleichmissig glatt im
Lagerbock IHuft, klinnen alle Teile, die
(8) Unteren Teil des Messing-Klemmblocks losschrauben abgebaut wurden, um an die Kugellager
(2 Innensechskantschrauben) und Koppelplatte BA heranzukommen, wieder montiert werden:
(2 Innensechskantschrauben) vom Endblock im Anschlag am Ende des C-Bogens, Koppelplatte BA,
C-Bogen abnehmen, Erdungsanschllisse 1Bsen Messing-Klemmblock zum Erden der
(3 dinne Kabel, I dickes Kabel), Kabelabschirmung, BV-GehHuse mit BV-R8hre und
FS-Kamera, Kabelstecker und Erdungsleitungen
(9) Koppelplatte BA liber Kabel schieben, sowie Kameraabdeckung; Arretierhebel mit Exzenter
verbinden, Abdeckplatte an der Fllhrungsschiene
(10) Endblock vom G-Bogen abschrauben (2 schwarze anbringen und Aufhungebligel flir c-Bogen-
Innensechskantschrauben und 2 Muttern), Kabelschlauch befestigen.
5.7. ERSATZ DER BREMSSCHEIBE FUER C-BOGENDREHUNG 5.8. ERSATZ DER BREMSE FUR C-BOGEN-VERSCHIEBUNG
(siehe FZ-2)
Die Bremsscheibe flr die Drehbewegung des C-Bogens
kann folgendermassen ersetzt werden: Der Gummipuffer in der Buchse zur Arretierung der
Verschiebebevegung des C-Bogens kann folgendermassen
(1) Obere Abdeckplatte der Flihrungsschiene ent fernen ausgewechselt werden:
(3 Schrauben M3).
(1) AufhHngebligel von C-Bogen Kabelschlauch
(2) Anschlagbligel vollstindig abbauen abnehmen (2 Schrauben M5).
(2 Innensechskantschrauben M4).
(2) Deckel an der Unterseite der FÜhrungsschiene
(3) Beide Arretierhebel abnehmen. abnehmen,
(4) Achse des Arretierhebels abnehmen und dabei auf (3) Hebel am Exzenter von der Exzenterstange abnehmen.
Lager und Unterlegscheiben achten.
(4) Befestigungsschrauben flir Bremsen-Zus, LBsen
(5) Block mit FUhrungsstife flr Druckstllck (2 Innensechskantschrauben M4).
abschrauben (2 Schrauben M4).
(5) Zus. mit Gummipuffer und Exzenter aus der
(6) Druckstlick entfernen. Flhrungsschiene nehmen.
(7) Den am Lagerbock fllr horizontale Bewegung (6) Haltering entfernen und Exzenter vorsichtig
befestigten Metalistreifen mit von zwei Seiten abnehmen, weil der Gummipuffer durch den
lesbaren Gradangaben entfernen (2 Schrauben M3), Federdruck nach oben geschoben wird.
(8) Sicherungsmutter M8 hinter Metallstreifen (7) Haltering und Unteriegscheibe von Pufferbuchse
losdrehen und auf das Schraubenende schlagen, um abnehmen,
die Spezialschraube MB zu 18sen.
(8) Pufferbuchse (10FZ-2) herausnehmen und neue Buchse
(9) 2 Schrauben Má in die Bohrungen der Bremsscheibe einsetzen,
drehen und Scheibe abziehen.
(9) Unterlegscheibe und Haltering an Pufferbuchse
(10) Nach Einsetzen der neuen Bremsscheibe neue be festigen.
Sicherungsmutter M8 auf Schraube M8 drehen.
(10) Pufferbuchse gegen den Federdruck in das
(11) Druckstlick und Block mit FUhrungsstift wieder GehHuse schieben,
anschrauben (2 Schrauben M4).
(11) Exzenter in richtige Stellung bringen und
(12) Achse des Hebels mit Lagern und Unterlegscheiben Haltering aufsetzen,
wieder einsetzen.
(12) Zus, mit Gummipuffer und Exzenter in
(13) Beide Arretierhebel und Sperrbligel wieder FUhrungsschiene einsetzen,
anbringen.
(13) Zus. mit 2 Innensechskantschrauben festschrauben
(14) Bremskraft flir Drehbevegung einstellen: (BFZ~2).
~ Arretierhebel 1Bsen; (14) Hebel am Exzenter wieder mit Exzenterstange
2 Befestigungsschrauben an Bremsplatte l8sen verbinden.
!
{2 Innensechskantschrauben M4);
- Bremsplatte zum Einstellen der Bremskraft (15) Bremskraft flr Verschiebebewegung des C-Bogens
linksherum gegen den Exzenter drehen; einstellen; siehe Abschn. F-4.9, "Einstellung".
~ Beide Befestigungsschrauben anziehen.
Von den 6 Bohrungen diejenigen wihlen, die am (16) Deckel aufsetzen und Aufh¥ngebligel flr
besten passen. C-Bogen-Kabelschlauch wieder anbringen.
5.9. ERSATZ DES C-BOGEN-KABELS (16) Die HS-Stecker BBXI-X2-X4 abziehen und die
Erdungeleitungen an den einzelnen Erdungs-
Hierflir mlissen die obere und die beiden seitlichen anschillssen 1Bsen.
Abde ckplatten vom Stativ abgenommen werden.
Deshalb muss der C-Bogen vor dem Ausbau des C-Bogen- (17) Steckverbinder BG1:X1 von HS-Kaskadengenerator
Kabe ls in die oberste Stellung gebracht werden. 1Bsen.
Ausb au des C-Bogen-Kabels (18) Stecker WK:X4 der Kamerasteuerung abziehen und
Videokabel-Steckverbinder sowie Befestigung des
(1) Die obere und die seitlichen Abdeckplatten vom Steuerkabels an der Messing-Montageplatte 1Bsen.
Stativ abnehmen,
(19) Die 2 mit BAL markierten Erdungsleicungen am
(2) Steckverbinder 8E30:Xl an der SE-Stromversorgungs- Erdungsanschluss BAl lUsen und die anderen
platine und Steckverbinder SE10:X3 und SE10:X11 an Erdungsleitungen an BAl befestigen.
der 5E-Steuerplatine IBsen,
(20) Hilfsschnlire an den herauszuziehenden Kabeln
(3) Die ACHVT-Fastons von SE30-16 und 17 und die und Leitungen befestigen, damit die neuen Kabel
PWRGND-Fastons von SE30~13 und 14 1¥sen. leichter eingezogen werden klnnen,
(4) Die beiden gelb/grilnen Leitungen am (21) Prlifen, ob der C-Bogen gegen Verschiebung
Erdungsanschluss SE10 1Usen. arretiert ist und BV-Gehluse (mit BV-RUhre
und Kamera) von der BA-Montageplatte abnehmen
《5 Die Kabelbinder zerschneiden, mit denen die Kabel (4 Innensechskantschrauben.
an der SE-Tilr befestigt sind.
(22) HS-Kaskadengenerator von BA-Montageplatte
(6) Die SE-Tlr Bffnen und Steckverbinder WN1O:X1 abschrauben (4 Schrauben M4).
der Kamerasteuerung und das Videokabel VICA
(WN13:X3) an der XIV5-Steuereinheit 18sen. (23) Oberen Teil des Messingblockes fllr das
Festklemmen der Kabel lbsen,
(7) Die Kabelbiader zerschneiden, mit denen die Kabel
an der senkrechten SHule des Stativs befestigt (24) Kabeleingangsstlitze in der Mitte des C-Bogens
sind. losschrauben.
(8) Das Schutzblech flir den Eingang des C-Bogen- (25) Kabel und Leitungen aus dem C-Bogen herausziehen
Kabels am Stativ abschrauben. und Hilfsschnlite abnehmen, sobald die Kabel
sich ausserhalb der Uffnung im C-Bogen befinden,
(9) Entlastungsbligel und kleine, am Stativ
befestigte Platte lUsen, Die kleine Platte wird (26) Aufhângeblgel des C-Bogen-Kabeischlauches an
nach dem Einbau des neuen Kabels wieder benbtigt. der Unterseite des C-Bogens entfernen.
Montage des C-Bogen-Kabels (10) An den Kabeln an der BY-Seite und an der
Tankseite ziehen und so die Kabeleingangsstlitze
HINWEIS: auf den C-Bogen bringen und sie in der Uffaung
des C-Bogens befestigen.
Die Kabel im C-Bogen-Schlauch sind ein paar Mal Die Aufteilung der Kabel in der Uffnung
verdriilt, damit der C-Bogen-Schlauch im C-Bogen prlfen.
leichter gebogen werden kann.
(11) Kabeleingangsstlitze auf den C-Bogen schrauben
(1) Den C-Bogen so positionieren, dass sich das BV- (4x M3) und den Verlauf der beiden Hůlften
Ende des C-Bogens nahe am Stativ und der Practix-C- prlifen,
Tank sich mBglichst welt weg vom Stativ befin-
det. C-Bogen arretieren. (12) Das andere Ende des Kabelschlauchs nehmen und nun
den ganzen Kabelschlauch gerade unterhalb des
C-Bogens so ziehen, dass die Markierungen auf dem
Kabeischlauch zum Fussboden gerichtet sind.
(31) Schutzblech flir den C-Bogen-Kabeleingang an das (11) Stecker SELO:X8 an SU:Xl anschliessen.
Stativ schrauben,
(12) Prilfen, ob das Gert richtig einschaltet
(32) Nach dem Ersatz des C-Bogen-Kabels die
einwandfreie Funktion des Gerlits prlifen. Einschalt-Kontrolieuchte brennt;
Lampe flr automatische Durchleuchtung brennt;
(33) Kamerahaube, Blendenhaube und die Abdeckungen des kV-mA-Anzeige flr Durchleuchtung zeigt 40 kV —
Stativs wieder anbringen. 0,1 ma;
Durchieuchtungsdauer-Anzeige zeigt 00.0 min
1
F-38 (88.0)6 9807 620 1
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt F
5.11. ERSATZ DES MOTORS FUR VERTIKALR BEWEGUNG Motor von der Grundplatte abschrauben
{siehe FZ-9) (4 Schrauben M6), Riemenscheibe abnehmen und
Motor auswechseln. Riemenscheibe wieder montieren,
Zum Austauschen des Motors filr vertikale Bewegung
muss das Stativ erst seitlich gekippt werden (Gewicht (13) Riemenscheibe von der Welle fr vertikale
des Stativs ca. 240 kg). Bewegung abnehmen (3 Innensechskantschrauben M4),
Anschliessend sind die 4 Keilriemen abzunehmen und
dann kann der Motor ersetzt werden, HINWEIS:
Das Stativ kann folgendermassen gekippt werden: Die Riemenscheibe dreht sich nicht, wenn ein
Schraubendreher durch LBcher in Riemenscheibe
(1) c-Bogen so schieben, dass der Tank/BV in und Grundrahmen gesteckt wird,
horizontale Lage kommt und arretieren.
(14) Prlifen, ob keilriemen libermissig abgenutzt
sind.
(4) Einen Stuhl oder kleinen Tisch zum Abstlitzen des Der Versatz zwischen Motorriemenscheibe und
gekippten Stativs unter den Aufhingebligel des Wellenriemenscheibe darf nur 0 20,05 mm
Fussschalters stellen. betragen, damit die Keilriemen nicht
Ubermissig verschleissen, Die Motorriemen-
(5) Stativ anheben und seitlich kippen. Eine stabile scheibe kann auf der Motorwelle eingastellt
Lage des Stativs und des C-Bogens kann erreicht werden; zum Ausrichten ein Lineal verwenden.
werden, wenn der Tank und der BV auf dem Fussboden
aufliegen und das Stativ-Teil auf dem Stuhl ruht. (18) Keilriemenspannung einstellen; siehe Ahschn,
F-4.10.
(6) Hintere Abdeckung vom Stativ abnehmen.
(19) Badenplatte wieder aufsetzen (12 Schrauben M4).
(7) ACHTUNG
Vorsichtig die SE-TUr Bffnen und, z.B. mit (20) Stativ wieder auf den Fussboden stellen.
einem Stuhl, stlitzen, damit die Scharniere nicht
beschädigt werden. (21) Stativ einschalten, vertikale Bewegung des
C-Bogens prlifen und darauf achten, dass die
(8) Bodenplatte vom Stativ abnehmen (12 Schrauben Keilriemen einwandfrei laufen und keine
M4). Der Motor fllr vertikale Bewegung ist auf Gerdusche zu hUren sind.
eine Grundplatte montiert. Auf dieser Grundplatte
befindet sich eine einstellbare Feder zum Spannen
der Keilriemen.
Arretierhebel abnehmen.
F-40 (88.076 1
9807 620 gel
ection
Secti F
BV25 Family-N/HR
VICA fae
id
rz
9807 620 |...) (86.0)
Bv25 Family-N/HR Section F
2) Iris diaphragm and shutter unit removed. 4) Alignment of iris diaphragm unit with respect to
Alignment of focus-near ring with respect to Practix-C tank. The screwdriver can be used as
Practix-C tank. "joystick" to shift iris diaphragm.
The brass pot is placed in ríng as alignment tool.
locking screws in
inner brake ring
2) Illustration of positioning of Vidicon and coupling 4) Illustration of TV camera unit with board WKl removed
plate on I.I. output screen. for installation over Vidicon tube. |
1) 1.1. shield with metal ring installed. 3) I.I. shield with input section installed and
illustratian of loosening the lock nuts.
1) Illustration of positioning the input section in the 3) Illustration of tightening the lock nuts and
1.1. shield (red marks) and the rubber pressing tubes holding the adjusting screws in its position.
between the 1.1. screen and the input section leaving
the cut-outs free.
1
980% 620 ῃ---ἲ (86.0)
BV25 Fami1y-N/HR Section F
1) Illustration af tilting the stand for replacement of 3) Bottom plate removed ta reach V-belts for vertical
motor or V-belts for vertical movement. movement.
a
e
AMTECH ay
2) The stand compartment is supported by a chair. 4) Detail of stand base. Mind the position of side
Mind that the suspension bracket of footswitch is wheel, the wheel holder is resting on the floor.
kept free. When remaving the spindle pulley, a screwdriver can
be put through holes in pulley and base Frame
to keep pulley in position.
1 FZ-B
9807 620 gel (86.0)
IRIS DIAPHRAGM LA
1. INTRODUCTION
2. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1Carriage
2 . TV Monitor 1. Mobile Stand with C~arm and control panel.
+3 . Scopofix Memory 2, Mabile Trolley with topmounted TV monitor(s) and
NN NN
2.2.2. System Control Panel It makes a request for fluoroscopy and a high voltage
command signal to start the d.c, convertor for X-ray
ALL controls and indicators have been clearly Laid out generation per selected mode of fluoroscopy.
on a system control panel. For improved cleanability, It outputs data to display kV/mA/mAs values to the
the switches have been embedded in a flat panel. control panel. It also counts the integral fluoroscopy
The flat panel is divided in three sections: time, and outputs this time to the control panel.
1. Control Section, comprising: For radiography the X-ray Control Unit sets up a
- Buttons and indicator for power on/off. reference voltage for kV control, by conversion of kV
- Button to reset 5-minutes fluoroscopy timer. ~/+ buttons settings. By counting kV and mAs steps, it
- Buttons for C-arm up/down movement (duplicated at reads RON-data to load an exposure timer, and to
both sides of flat panel). display kV and mAs values. It generates an il.V.
- Lamps to indicate radiation present, tank command to start, after a certain preparation time,
temperature too high and 5-minutes fluoroscopy. the d.c, convertor for X-ray generation,
The X-rays are terminated by the exposure timer.
2. Fluoroscopy section, comprising::
- Buttons and indicators for fluoroscopy mode For radiography the handswitch is used and for
selection, fluoroscopy both the handswitch and footswitch are
- Button and indicator for Scopofix control, used, For snapshot mode the right hand footswitch is
~ Buttons for setting kV manually. used,
- Displays for indication of kV and mA settings.
- Display for indication of fluoroscopy time. 2.2.4, X-ray Generator & Gollimator
- Buttons to control Field size of iris diaphragm,
- Buttons and indicators to reverse image on TV À fast-response d.c. convertor generator (f = 300 Hz)
monitor horizontally. supplies the primary voltage to the Practix-C tank.
- Buttons to control slit width and rotation of The X-ray tube in this unit has a stationary anode and
semi-transparent shutters. a double focus: 0.6 mm for fluoroscopy and 1.6 mm for
- Buttons for remote control of image rotation. radiography. It provides homogeneous radiation with
powerful output (max, 100 kV, 20 mA at radiography).
3. Radiography section, comprising: The Practix-C tank has been designed for a duty cycle
- Button and indicator for radiography mode of 20% at max. values for kV and mA
selection.
(Average power = 60 Watt).
- Buttons for setting kV manually. The X-ray beam is automatically limited to the input
- Buttons for setting mAs manually. field size of image intensifier during fluoroscopy.
- Display for indication of mAs settings. Collimation is done by remote-control iris diaphragm
- Buttons and indicators for selecting format sizes and by semi-transparent shutters, allowing collimation
of diaphragm, to smaller field sizes, and also giving contrast
improvement due to reduced stray radiation.
2.2.3. X-ray Control Unit
During radiography, the formats can be:
The X-ray Gontrol Unit provides: - 8 5 to 6 15 cm, as set during fluoroscopy.
~ Processing of settings on system control panel. - 6 30 and 6 40 cm, corresponding to the cassette
- Generation of control- and command signals. size in use.
- Display of data for kV and mA and mAs.
- Display and control of alarm- and ready signals. During fluoroscopy the field sizes of iris diaphragm
ー Diaphragm control, are 65 to 615 em. The slitwidth of shutters is
- Filament supply for X-ray tube, during fluoroscopy adjustable between 1 and 16 cm.
and radiography.
The sizes are measured at the entrance plane of I.L.
For fluoroscapy the X-ray Control Unit sets up
reference voltages For:
ー kV control, in manual control mode by conversion of
button-setting, in automatic control mode by
converting the dose rate control voltage from XTV5
TV chain.
- mA control, by coupling kV/mA values.
At fluoroscopy, the combination image intensifier The mobile trolley houses the following items:
(1.1.) - television is used to convert the X-ray
quanta to a TV image, The used I.I, tube, type HDF, is 1. Carriage
very efficient in the conversion of X-rays to free 2. Single or double TV monitor set
electrons. This means, that a lower dose rate at the 3, Digital Scopofix memory
input screen can be applied to produce a higher- 4. Scopofix control unit
quality image, so that che radiation dose to the 5. Storage box
patient can be reduced. 6. Mains centrol unit
The 1.1. tube converts the X-ray quanta received at 2.3.1. Carriage
the input screen to a light pattern at the fibre
output screen, being the image, The mobile troliey exists of a carriage with four
By fibre-optic coupling, the image is transferred from steerable wheels, The trolley stores the following
the I.I. output screen to the input of the Vidicon, items:
The photo-sensitive input screen (target) of Vidicon
is charged by the light patterns, these electrical - One or two topmounted TV monitors
charges are proportional to the brightness of image. - Digital Scopofix video memory.
The Vidicon tube-beam scans the target, this scanning - Scopofix Control Unit.
produces linear current variations, the signal - Mains control unit,
current, The target current is led to the video
preamplifier board to make a video-in signal. A Video Hard Copy Unit and Patient Data Unit (options)
The video-in signal is applied ta a TV control unit. can also be placed in the mobile trolley.
It provides dark current compensation, pulse
generation for horizontal and vertical deflection, and The trolley inciudes an accessory box, for storage of
waveform monitoring For circular measuring. It also small spare parts and service documentation.
generates a composite video signal with constant The stand — trolley cable is fixed at trolley side,
brightness for TV monitor (AGC) and a control voltage and is plugable at the stand side, via a 35 pins
for automatic dose rate control. connector.
1
9807 620 а: (87.0)E
Section. G BV25 Family-N/HR
3.1. INTRODUCTION The kV reference value KVC is used as set value for
the high voltage generator, The high voltage generator
This chapter contains a functional description of rectifies 594 V a.c. from the mains control unit by a
system functions, controlled rectifier. The d.c. voltage is smoothed in
The functional diagrams ZI-l to ZI-13 can be used as power capacitor SEKCI, and applied to a DC/AC
reference, convertor, The chopped DC voltage is applied to the
high voltage transformer of the Practix-C tank. The
3.2. SYSTEM FUNCTIONS DIAGRAM (See also 71-2) voltage can vary between 137 V and 380 v,
corresponding to 40-100 kV for the X-ray tube.
The system function diagram is a summary of all
functional diagrams of the BV25 Fam, The mA control signal MAG is used for controlling the
tube current, via the filament supply circuit. The mA
Switching on control circuit controls the tube current by comparing
the mA set value (coupling kV/mA) to the actual tube
On depressing the button “system switch on”, the current (MAMEAS).
following actions take place:
- A switch-on command ta the mains control unit is Alarm/not ready check
given, to connect the BV25 FAM system to the mains.
Now the BV25 FAM is energized. The status of the BV25 FAM-N/HR system is checked for
- A general reset pulse is generated which sets the alarm situations and not~ready situations. Lf a faulty
BV25 FAM system in fluoroscopy mode. condition (e.g. a short or overvoltage) in the stand
~ An alarm reset pulse resets the X-ray control unitor is detected, an alarm signal and also a not-ready
cascade generator (in case of an alarm). signal are generated. The alarm signal resets the kV
step counter, thus resetting the high voltage to 40
The operator can select fluoroscopy mode or kV. The not-ready circuit inhibits X-ray generation.
radiography mode. In fluoroscopy mode, the modes
automatic fluoroscopy, manual fluoroscopy, X-ray start command
intermittent fluoroscopy and single-shot fluoroscopy
(snap shot) can be performed. In fluoroscopy mode the handswitch or left hand
The signals “fluaroscopy selected” and ‘radiography footswitch produces the signal “command X-ray by
selected’ are never active at the same time. stand’ which is applied to the Scopofix control unit.
The Scopofix control unit returns by the signal
Setting parameters for kV and más "command X-ray by Scopofix“ which starts the high
voltage generator for X-ray generation (high voltage
A counter for kV steps is activated by buttons “kV up” command).
and “kV down” in both fluoroscopy and radiography In radiography mode the exposure timer is loaded with
modes. The counter is clocked by a fixed frequency (at preset mAs data, via the radiography ROM. The timer is
manual fluoroscopy or radiography) or by a variable started on depressing the handswitch, and the high
frequency (at automatic fluoroscopy). The binary voltage command is active during the exposure time.
contents of the counter are a measure of kV-button
settings. The output of kV counter is connected to a Xeray collimation
D/A convertar (DAC) and two Read Only Memories (ROM).
The DAC converts the binary contents of kV counter to The X-ray beam is collimated by the iris diaphragm and
an analog kV reference value KVC. It can vary between shutter unit,
4-10 v, corresponding to 40-100 kV for the X-ray tube. During fluoroscopy, the iris diaphragm can be closed
One ROM (fluoroscopy ROM) stores mA values for the and opened by buttons, giving a field size of #5 to
coupling between kV and mA, and stores data for the 415 cm. The shutter unit can be closed and opened by
indication of kV and mA values at LCD display. button, giving a slit width af 1 to 16 cm, Rotation of
The radiography ROM stores data for mAs values for shutter unit is done by button, over + 90°.
loading the exposure timer, and stores data for the All values are measured at I.I. entrance plane.
indication of kV and mAs values at LCD display. When switching over to radiography, the iris Field
size at fluoroscopy is taken over as format size, and
the slit width is set to 40 em,
Format sizes of #30 and #40 cm can be selected by
button, for film cassettes of 24x30 and 30x40 cm (IEC).
G-5
po
Scopofix control By connecting the mains plug to the wall socket, the
mains control unit performs the following tests:
Scopofix controls the routing of XTV5 video signal to (See also flowchart in 21-5).
and from video memory and to TV monitor(s). It also
controls BV25 FAM-N/HR functions like subtract, FIX 1. Short of both WAVI and WAV2.
and copy, The video memories can store one or two TV ТЕ shorted, the BV25 FAM-N/HR has been
frames. The lefthand TV monitor shows Live/Last Image continuously connected to the mains and it can only
Hold images, the righthnd TV monitor always shows be switched-off by disconnecting the mainsplug from
stored images from memory. the wall socket.
Alarm MCUAL is activated and power-on lamp starts
3.3, MAINS CONTROL UNIT (See also 21-5) flashing. After 0.2 seconds, thyristor WAV3 is
ignited to protect resistors WARI and WAR2.
The BV25 FAM-N/HR is connected to the mains via a If not shorted, thyristors WAV1 and WAV2 are
mains transformer. ignited on depressing the power~on button, Next,
The mains control unit switches this transformer via the mains control unit checks for:
3 thyristors and an inrush current limiter.
It comprises che following parts: 2. Conductance of WAV] and WAV2.
If not conducting, dlarm MCUAL is activated and
- Mains transformer WATI. the BV25 FAM-N/HR switches off,
ー Switch-on transformer WAT2, TE conducting, the 8V25 FAM-N/HR is switched-on
- Resistors WARL and WAR2. via resistor WAR] and WAR2. Next, the mains control
- Thyristors WAVE, WAV2 and WAV3. unit checks for:
- Boards ΜΑΙ and WA2.
3. Short circuit at mains transformer.
fhyristars WAV] and WAV2 are used to connect the mains If shorted, thyristor WAV3 is ignited: immediately
transformer to the mains. to protect WAR] and WAR2. Fuses Fl and F2 blow.
The resistors are used to limit the inrush-current. If not shorted, thyristor WAV3 is ignited after 0.2
After switching-on the BV25 FAM-N/HR, they are bridged seconds,
by thyristor WAV3, Next, the mains control unit checks for:
Boards WAl and WA2 test the condition of thyristors
WAVI, WAV2 and WAV3, 4, Conductance of WAV3 within 1 second,
The mains control unit is supplied by switch-on If not conducting, alarm MCUAL is activated and
transformer WAT2Z. the BV25 FAM-N/HR switches off. .
If conducting, the power-on check has finished and
On depressing the power-on button, switch-on relay Kl the BV25 FAM-N/HR is standby for operation.
is operated. It is taken over via contacts of relays
Kl and K2, jumper Wi and via the keying line. The mains control unit checks continuously if all
The switch-on command (SWONCM) becomes active and via thyristors remain conducting.
opto~couplers BI~B4, thyristors WAV] and WAV2 are
ignited,
After 0.2 seconds, via opto~couplers B5-B6, thyristor
WAV3 is ignited. The power-on lamp lights up and an
audible “beep” is generated.
Now the BV25 FAM-N/HR is connected to the mains.
Relay Kl can be switched off either by relay K2 or by
interruption of the keying line,
Switch-off relay K2 becomes energized either when the
power-off button is operated or when alarm from the
mains control circuit (MCUAL) becomes active.
The keying line runs over the stand-trolley connection
cable and all p.c. boards, It checks if stand-trolley
cable and p.c, boards have been correctly plugged-in.
If not, the keying line is interrupted. Some p.c.
boards have also a relay contact that interrupts the
keying line in case of an alarm,
1
6-6 (88.0)E 9807 620 0...1
BV25 Family-N/HR Section G
3.4. kV-mA-mAs CONTROL AND DISPLAY (See also Z1-6) ROM addressing
When radiography mode has been selected, the mAs step The timing circuit generates several clock signals to
counter can be clocked. On depressing the buttons address the ROM’s and to synchronise the dataflow.
“mAs +” and ‘mAs -", a clock oscillator is activated
and the counter is clocked. mA control
The binary counter output is used to address a ROM, in
which timer data is stored for an exposure timer. The kV-coupled-to-mA data is latched and next
The range is between 0.2 and 80 mAs, corresponding to converted to an analog current reference value Iref.
an exposure time of 0.01 to 4.0 seconds at 20 mA tube This value is compared to the actual tube current
current. MAMEAS 1-2. The control signal MAC is applied to the
filament supply unit to control the tube current,
See also drawing 21-8.
1
9807 620 o (87.0)Ε
Section G BV25 Family-N/HR
1
G-8 (87.0)E 9807 620 0 ....1
Bv25 Family-N/HR Section G
At intermittent mode fluoroscopy, two phases can be By depressing the righthand footswiteh, the snapshot
distinguished. In phase 1 (initial phase), a live made is selected and signal Request Snapshot (ROSS) is
image is shown during fluoroscopy until VIDEO-OK activated, The flipflop in snapshot control is set and
signal becomes active. The X-rays are terminated and signal SNAPSHOT is activated, giving a Command X~ray
now phase 2 (intermittent phase) is started, After a by Stand.
preset time, X-ray pulses are generated and the TV The X-ray puise is generated until RESET becomes
monitor shows stored images, These images are active, or upon release of righthand footswitch,
refreshed at end of the X-ray pulse, When the handswitch or lefthand footswitch is
depressed for continuous fluoroscopy or intermittent
By selecting the intermittent fluoroscopy mode, fluoroscopy, the snapshot mode is disabled and signais
signals IDFLAT and IDFLIT are active, and the CONTINUOUS respectively INTERMITTENT become active,
appropriate LED's in the system control panel are on.
Before the handswitch or lefthand footswitch is The LIVENB signal is inactive during snapshot and the
depressed, the flipflop live enable control is reset, snap shot image is displayed at TV monitor at end of
Also the flipflop in intermittent fluoroscopy control the X-ray pulse,
is set, and signal INTFLU is active,
On depressing the handswitch or footswitch, signal Reset control
FLITCH is activated and the Command X-ray by Stand
signal is activated via the OR-gate, In manual fluoroscopy made, RESET becomes active
300 msec after CMXRST has been activated. An X-ray
X-rays are generated and a live image will be shown at pulse of 300 msec is generated,
TV monitor until RESET becomes active. In automatic fluoroscopy mode, RESET is controlled by
Then the following actions take place: the VIDEO OK signal from XTV5 TV chain, or by back-up
timer, if the system does not stabilize within 2
- Signals INTFLU and INTERMITTENT become inactive, and seconds (dose rate nor correct),
the X-ray pulse is terminated. The time needed to obtain the correct dose rate is
- The live enable flipflop is set, signal LIVENB about 800 msec, so the first X-ray pulse lasts for
becomes inactive and a stored image from memory is 800 msec. For second and following X-ray pulses, (in
shown at TV monitor. intermittent fluoroscopy) the stabilization time is
- The oscillator in intermittent fluaroscopy control about 200 msec.
is enabled, and after a preset time (adjustable If this time is longer than 300 msec, signal XRCO
between 0.25 and 3.5 sec) the flipflop will be set becomes active and the flipflop in live enable control
by the oscillator pulse. ia reset, thus giving a live image at TV monitor.
Signals INTFLU and CMXRST become active again, an X-
ray pulse is generated periodically.
H+FTSW I
INTELU-H i X-RAY
‘ 一一 一 2.0 sec
: м
300 ms : MAX DELAY
и XRCO ACTIVE,
INTERNAL
OSCILLATOR Lreset ose.
BY INTFLU-H
vasace E 圖
(VIDES GK}
3.5.2. Radiography Mode Now rectified voltage PWRSM and feedback voltage
PWRSMDV decrease in voltage and trigger signal RECT.
On depressing the button “select radiography” the TRIGGER gets active again to maintain a balanced
radiography mode is selected. Signal Indication condition,
Radiography (IDRG) is active and a LED at system When charging or discharging the capacitor fails,
control panel is on. e.g. too long time, alarm signal RECTAL resp. DISAL
Settings for kV and más can be made, as deseribed in gets active and switches on a relay to interrupt the
chapter G3.4. The timer data from radiography PROM are PCB KEY sensing line (Enable switch on) causing power
leaded in the exposure timer. down. This situation can be reset by power up again.
On depressing the handswitch for an exposure, an The filter circuit is used to suppress interference
exposure preparation timer is activated. During the and spike voltages from thyristors on return lines to
preparation time of 0.8 sec, the X-ray tube is the mains.
preheated The clean circle command is given to show a
black image at TV monitor during exposure. The inverter power part receives a rectifier-
After the preparation time, the exposure timer starts controlled voltage PWRSM and supplies a 300 Hz square
counting and signal RADON is active during exposure wave high voltage ACHVT 1-2 in a range of 138 - 380 V
time of 0.01 to 4.0 sec, and an X-ray pulse is to the Practix € tank via a thyristor switching bridge.
generated, This bridge has 6 thyristors: 2 commutation thyristors
A back-up timer of 4,5 seconds checks the exposure A and B, and 4 main thyristors C, D, E and F.
timer, If the exposure time exceeds 4.5 seconds, One half of the bridge works for the positive part of
signal RADON is made inactive, and a timer alarm is the square wave voltage ACHVT 1-2 and the other half
generated, for the negative part, These thyristors are controlled
in a certain time sequence by triggering signals from
3.6. HTGH VOLTAGE CONVERTOR power control part. These signals are applied via
thyristors transformers for isolation purposes,
See diagram 21-8.
A thyristor is switched on by triggering its gate and
The High Voltage d,c. Convertor consists of a switched off by zeroing che current through the
rectifier power part, an inverter power part, a power thyristor, The thyristor switching bridge works as
control part and a filament supply. It supplies a follows:
300 Hz square wave high voltage and a 600 Hz square
wave filament supply voltage to the Practix G tank and To initiate the thyristor switching bridge first
generates clockpulses of various frecuencies, commutation thyristor B is triggered and a few micro
second later main thyristor €. Now the first capacitor
The rectifier power part receives a 50/60 Hz sine Cl is loaded by the current via thyristor C and B.
wave voltage of 594 Volts from Mobile trolley and After 60 jus main thyristor F is triggered and a
directs a rectified and reduced voltage PWRSM across a current can flow to the high voltage transformer via
big capacitor to the inverter power part. thyristors G and F forming the positive part of the
It has two thyristors in its rectifier bridge and they square wave voltage ACHVT I-2, Also a second capacitor
are controlled by a trigger signal RECT. TRIGGER from C2 is loaded,
Power control part. This trigger signal cantrols the Because of the 300 Hz output frequency of ACHVT 1-2
amplitude of the rectified voltage PWRSM across the the positive part must be terminated in time (1.67 ms
big capacitor depending on the reference voltage for after triggering thyristor B). Therefore commutation
kV control and the feed back voltage PWRSMDV. thyristor A is triggered to extinguish thyristor C.
When this voltage control has reached a balanced
condition, the trigger signal RECT. TRIGGER gets
inactive, but after a delay of 6 clock pulses a
command DISCOM from Power control part gets active to
discharge the capacitor for a certain period of time
signalled by EL. CAP. DISCHARGE.
1 _ 167ms 1 1.67ms 1
1 | a
60s - i 60us
Bus |i [Bus | 1I
a LA I
// 1 1
ㅣ
| |
!
il 7/ | | i
| 1 C and F on for positive I 1 |
i! part of ACHVT \ ㅣ i
| i 1
po! 1 !1 !1
1 1 I 1 1
pos ! 1
XK % e
B € F ング A D E B С
Triggering A
Initial . | to extinguish E and D on for negative
triggering triggering F € by short part of ACHVT
/
to load C2 circuit of
B and C to
load C1 and cl a
to energize
ΗΝ transformer Triggering E
to reload C2 and
. to energize
Triggering D HV transformer in Triggering B
to reload Cl and opposite direction to extinguish D by
to extinguish F short circuit of
by short circuit Cl and triggering €
of 02 to extinguish E by
short circuit of
€2 and to reload Cl
ACHVT1
ACHVT2
Now the comparator output releases the reset input of At the end of this time the other half of the
a discharge command control circuit and this circuit switching bridge is selected by signal FFON. Now the
produces a delayed DISCHARGE COMMAND signal to other three thyristor drivers are decoded in the same
rectifier power to unload the big capacitor. This way as decribed above, but with FFON in stead of FFO,
unloading lowers the PWRSM voltage and causes a and trigger pulses CL13 are passed through to
decrease in voltage of VOLT.REF level. Then the commutation thyristor A and main thyristors D and E in
comparator starts again output pulses, which cause the same order as to thyristors B, C and F.
reset of discharge command control and release of Decoding of thyristor triggering is enabled by
rectifier trigger control, commands from hand~ and footswitch.
Rectifier trigger control is disabled when Signal HVIDV is a voltage level derived from voltage
PWRSM at the big electrolyte capacitor.
— Voltage PWRSMDV (reduced capacitor voltage) exceeds The voltage level of HVIDV is a measure for the high
a maximum limit or voltage to be supplied to the high voltage transformer
- Over current signals an inverter alarm or in Practix C tank, The timing circuit uses the HVTDV
- Capacitor is unloaded (EL.CA. DISCHARGE). level to control initially the first pulse width of
the square wave autput voltage.
The alarm signals RECTAL and DISAL get active when the A higher voltage makes this first pulse width shorter
maximum Limit has been reached resp. the discharge and so the power to the high voltage transformer is
timer expires. Then loading resp. unloading the big Limited as switching on high voltage.
capacitor fails and RECTAL resp. DISAL signal cause
power down. Safety circuit.
This circuit enables high voltage switch on for
Timing and decoder/driver circuit for thyristor radiation at the last possible stage of the d.c.
switching bridge. convertor, At this stage is checked whether both High
This circuit provides timing of trigger pulses and Voltage Command and Hand/Foot switch command are given
decoding/driving of thyristors in the switching bridge. and then the radiation present indication may light up.
This timing and decoding controls the triggering of
thyristors such, that the thyristor bridge switches in Filament supply provides the filament transformer in
a certain time sequence and in the required order to Practix C tank with power for small focus at
supply a 300 Hz square wave high voltage, fluoroscopy and for large focus at radiography.
At fluoroscopy the mA control signal adjusts the
HV COMMAND makes signal HVON to initiate the timing of current of +24 Volts supply to the required value by
trigger pulses and to set up a half of thyristor regulating a power transistor. The value of the
switching bridge for the first commutation, current is proportional to the tube current in a range
Signals FFO and FFON select each a half bridge and of 0.1 ma - 3 mâ. This +24 Volts power supply is
three thyristors are used for a half-bridge operation. converted into a 600 Hz square wave supply voltage,
One thyristor driver is decoded by signals P60 and FFO applied to the small focus filament transformer via a
and trigger pulses CL13 of 76.8 kHz are passed through relay contact.
Lo commutation thyristor B for 60 jus (by trigger
timer). At radiography the Select Rad. signal adjusts the
A second thyristor driver is decoded 8 ;us later current of +24 Volts supply to the required value for
than the first driver by signals P8N and FFO and preheating the filament.
trigger pulses CL13 of 76.8 kHz are passed through to The Exposure command readjusts this current to a
main thyristor C for 1.66 ms (600 Hz by trigger timer). higher value meeting the exposure current of 20 mA.
A third thyristor driver is decoded 60 jus later At radiography the relay contact is switched over to
than the first driver by signals P60N and FFO and direct the 600 Hz square wave supply voltage to the
trigger pulses CLI3 of 76.8 kHz are passed through to large focus filament transformer.
main thyristor F for 1.6 ms. When the current of +24 Volts supply is too high, a
filament alarm situation is indicated by FILAL and the
power transistor regulation is switched off.
This regulation can be released again by alarm reset.
A selecting fluoroscopy and radiography relay contacts
are switched over to small focus resp. to large focus
To switch the contacts sparkless a current blocking
circuit switches off the power transistor regulation
synchronously with the conversion of +24 Volts supply.
3.8. ALARM/NOT READY CHECK The error code list is shown in table 1 below,
The not-ready and alarm circuit comprises the In an alarm situation “ERROR” flashes at 1.2 Hz, in
following circuits: case of a not-ready situation “ERROR” lights up on
pressing button “display error”.
— Not-ready circuit.
- Alarm circuit.
— Tank temperature detection circuit. TABLE 1
~ Service indication check.
The not-ready circuit checks for the following signals: ERROR NOT READY by: ALARM by:
Service Indication Check 3.9. VERTICAL MOVEMENT CONTROL (See also drawing 21-9}
Pressing the buttons “power-on” and "display error The vertical movement control is used to control che
command” simuleaneously, activates the signal “Service motor for up and down movements of C-arm. The range of
Check command’. travel is limited by endswitches SAS2 and SAS3.
The following situation is indicated: On depressing button “C-arm down”, transformer 72 is
energized by an oscillator, Thyristors V3 and V4 are
1. ALL lamps on control panel are lighting. ignited and the motor is energized for C-arm down
2. All numbers and codes af the LCD display light up: movement.
Indications 188 kV, 88 mAs with decimal point at On depressing button ‘C-arm up’, transformer Tl is
radiography display, 188 kV 88 mA with decimal energized and thyrisrors 1 200 V2 are ignited, Also
point at fluoroscopy display, and 88.8 min and transformer T3 is energized for 0.5 sec, and capacitor
ERROR 1..7 on fluoroscopy timer display are Cl is connected in parallel to capacitor C2 for
activated, increased torque of motor, The motor is energized for
C-arm up movement.
1
G-16 (87.0)E 9807 620 g-..1
Bv25 Family-N/HR Section G
3.10. SCOPOFIX CONTROL (See also Z1-13) SCOPOFIX CONTROL MSP, MDP AND MPPM (See alse 71-14)
Scopofix interfaces between the mobile stand, the Routing of video signals
Digital Scopofix video memory and TV monitor(s).
Digital Scopofix video memories can store one or two The live video signal from XTV5 TV chain (VIBS is
complete TV images in RAM memory for temporay storage, applied to video routing board WHAl, where it is led
and versions with disc can store 25 or 34 TV images on to a video amplifier. The amplified signai is
harddisc for permanent storage. connected to switch 518 and to che video memory.
The lefthand TV monitor is used to display a live/LIH
(last image hold) image, the righthand TV monitor (if Switch Slb selects between live video from XTV5 TV
applied) displays stored images only. chain and video from memory (stored image). After
switch Slb, the video signal is buffered and connected
Scopofix consists of 3 p.c. boards, WHAl, WHA2 and to the lefthand TV monitor,
WHA3. Before the live signal is connected to the memory, two
memory indication bars can be added, to indicate that
Board WHAl, video routing board, has inputs and you are looking to a stared image.
outputs to and from the mobile stand, the Digital From the video signal a V-pulse and a blank pulse are
Scopofix video memory and TV monitor(s). It has inputs separated. The use of these signals wiil be explained
for video signals from XTV5 TV chain and from memory later.
(stored images), and has outputs to TV monitor(s).
On board WHAl, switch Sla is switched to INMEMI or
Board WHA2, Scopofix control board, has inputs and INMEM2 to display a (averaged) live image or stored
outputs to the mobile stand and boards WHAl and WHA3. image to lefthand TV monitor. This switch is
Main functions: to do a request for X-ray, to select controlled by signals SIMIIN-L and SIM2IN-L.
live/memory in the video routing and to control the Either signals SÌIMIIN-L or SIMZIN-L are active, when
memory, signal SILIN-L is inactive.
Board WHA3, memory adaptation board, adapts the Switch 52 switches the video from either memory 1 or
various Digital Scopofix video memories to BV25 FAM memory 2 to the righthand TV monitor. Switch 52 is
systems. It has inputs and outputs from respectively controlled by FIX if jumper WHA2:Wl is in position
to board WHA2 and Digital Scopofix memory. "2 monitors",
For the various types of Digital Scopofix memories, Switches Sla, Slb and §2 are switched V-pulse
two different boards WHA3 have been used, synchronously. This means that there can only be video-
One board WHA3 is used for Digital Scopofix MSP, MDP switching after a complete TV~field has been written.
and MDPM video memories, the other board WHA3 is used
for Digital Scopofix HR DP and HR DPM video memories. Normally, the video signal from XTV5 TV chain VIBS is
processed in Digital Scopofix memory for reduced
quantum noise (averaged live, k=0.5 or 0.25), but
sometimes a "real" live image is displayed on lefthand
TV monitor. Switch WHAL:Slb is set in live position
when signal WHA2:SILIN-L becomes active. This signal
is only active, under following conditions:
9807 620 1
oc G-17
1 (87.0)E
Section G 8425 Family-N/HR
VIDEO OK
RECCM
Ii. RECCHTİ.
내 ER
VIDEO OK VIDEO οκ
RECEM м RECEM
START
BUSY 16 FRAMES
ma ST ER 一|
4y = TIME TO MX
MEM. IND BARS tl
VIDED SIGNAL
12 = REACTION OF MEMORY
TO START-PULSE
(¥-SYHCHRDNOUS}
The signals LLH and ER on board WHA3 tell the memory Routing of video signals
which algorithm must be started for noise reduction:
linear integration (ER active) or averaging (LIN The live video signal from XTV5 TV chain (VIBS is
active), applied to video routing board WHAL, where it is led
Signal LIH is active during live/LIH fluorascopy and to a video amplifier. The amplified signal is
during first cycle at intermittent fluoroscopy. connected to switch 51b and to the video memory,
Signal ER is active during snapshot fluoroscopy and
during intermittent cycle at intermittent fluoroscopy. Switch Slb selects between live video from XTV5 TV
The noise reduction factors are selected by jumpers chain and video from memory (stored image). After
WHA3: WS and W6 (also no noise reduction is possible). switch Slb, the video signal is buffered and connected
to the lefthand TV monitor.
Sub control Before the live signal is connected to the memory, two
memory indication bars can be added, to indicate that
Digital Scopofix memories MDP and MDPM have subtract you are looking to a stored image.
function. BV25 FAM systems can enter the subtract mode From the video signal a V-pulse and a blank pulse are
by pressing the SUB button on system control panel separated. The use of these signals will be explained
(jumper WHA3:W3 in pos. SUB). later.
The subtract function can also be entered by pressing
FIX button and, within | second, COPY button (jumper On board WHAl, switch Sla is switched to INMEM1 or
WHA3:43 in pos, FIX/COPY). When the COPY button is INMEM2 to display a (averaged) live image or stored
depressed, signal STORE is made inactive for a short image to lefthand TV monitor, This switch is
time to prevent the Scopofix control from storing an controlled by signals SIMIIN-L and SIM2IN-L.
image to Winchester disc. Either signals SIMLIN-L or SIM2IN-L are active, when
signal SILIN-L is inactive,
In memory 1, a live/LIH ør snapshot "mask" image must
be made. This image is transferred to righthand TV Switch 52 switches the video from either memory 1 or
monitor by pressing the FIX button. memory 2 to the righthand TV monitor. Switch 52 is
During fluoroscopy, the lefthand TV monitor shows the controlled by FIX if jumper WHA2:WL is in position
subtracted image from memory 2 (LIVE minus MASK), and "2 monitors".
stores this image as LIH image at end of fluoroscopy.
Switches Sla, Slb and S2 are switched V-pulse
Pressing the SUB button (WHA3:W3 in SUB) or FIX button synchronously. This means that there can only be video-
(WHA3:W3 in FIX/COPY) again releases the SUB mode, switching after a complete TV-field has been written.
Now, the lefthand TV monitor shows the original (non-
subtracted) LIH image, Normally, the video signal from XTV5 TV chain VIBS is
processed in Digital Scopofix memory for reduced
quantum noise (averaged live, k=0.5 or 0.25), but
sometimes a "real" live image is displayed on lefthand
TV monitor. Switch WHAl:Slb is set in live position
when signal WHAZ:SILIN-L becomes active, This signal
is only active, under Following conditions:
1
G-20 《87 .9)E 9807 620 -...1
0
BV25 Family-N/HR Section G
Noise reduction
Sub control
(87.0)E 1
9807 620 gl
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt G
eee eae i
2 Anwendungen. Es ist in OperationssHlen und
2 2992792
1 Fahrbares Stativ mit C-Bogen
2 2 System- Bedienpult Not fallstationen flir Aufnahmen (mit Film und
2. -3 RUntgen-Steuereinheit Kassette) und flir Durchleuchtung (mit
2 4 RUntpengenerator und Tiefenblende Bildverstirker und Fernsehsystem) vorgesehen
2 5 BildverstHrker/FS-System Bei der Durchleuchtung dient ein Digital Scopofix-
Bildspeicher zur Speicherung eines vollstindigen
FAHRWAGEN FS-Bildes (oder mehrerer vollstindiger FS-Bilder),
나 년
9 69 69 19 59 53 63
Us to Lo Lo to Lo la
1 Wagen 우 우우우
2 FS-Sichtgerlt Das BV25 FAM-N/HR-System besteht aus zwei Hauptteilen:
우
드니
3 Scopofix-Speicher
-4 Scopofix-Steuereinheit 1. Fahrbares Stativ mit C-Bogen und Bedienpult;
P 든든
3.3 NETZREGELUNGSEINHEIT
1. Fahrbares Stativ mit C-Bogen
2. System-Bedienpult
3.4 kV-mA-mAs-REGELUNG 3. RUntgen-Steuereinheit
4. RUntgengenerator und Tiefenblende
3.5 DURCHLEUCHTUNGS- UND AUFNAHMEVERARBEITUNG 5. BV/FS-System
3.5.1 Durchleuchtungsbetrieb
3.5.2 Aufnahmebetrieb 2.2.1. Fahrbares Stativ mit C-Bogen
3.6 HOCHSPANNUNGSWANDLER Das fahrbare Stativ ist auf einem Wagen mit drei frei
beweglichen Rédern montiert, damit es in
3.7 BLENDENSTEUERUNG OperationssHlen und auf Fluren leicht verschoben und
positioniert werden kann.
3.8 ALARM/NICHT-RERETT-PRUFUNG Eine motorgetriebene senkrechte SHule kann den C-
Bogen auf- und abwiirts bewegen. Der Verfahrweg ist
3.9. STEURRUNG DER VERTIKALEN BEWEGUNG mit zwei Endschaltern begrenzt.
Der Bogen kann von beiden Seiten des Bedienfeldes aus
3.10 SCOPOFIX~STEUERUNG auf- und abwËrts pesteuert werden. In andere
Richtungen wird der bewegliche C-Bogen von Hand
bewegt. Die Arretierhebel flr Drehung, Verschiebung
4, VERZELCHNES DER MNEMONIKS und Schwenkung des C-Bogens kUnnen von beiden Seiten
des C-Bogens aus betHtigt werden. Die
Horizontalbewegung wird nur mit einem Hebel arretiert.
Flr die Durchieuchtung stelit die Rüntgen- WHhrend der Durchleuchtung sind die FeldgrBssen
Steuereinheit Referenzspannungen flr: der Irisblende 9 5 bis @ 15 cm. Die Spaltbreite
- kV-Regelung: in manuellem Regelbetrieb durch der Blendenschieber ist von 1 cm bis 16 cm
Umwandlung der Tasteneinstellung, in automatischem einstellbar,
Regelbetrieb durch Umwandlung der
Dosisleistungsregelspannung von der XTV5-FS-Kette. Die Grissen werden an der Eintrittsebene des BV
- mA-Regelung durch Kopplung der kV/mA-Werte zur gemessen.
Verfilgung.
Bei der Durchleuchtung dient die Bildverstärker- Der Fahrwagen besteht aus folgenden Teilen:
(BV-)Fernseher-Kombination zur Umwandlung der
RUntgenquanten in ein FS-Bild. Der Wirkungsgrad der 1. Wagen,
verwendeten BV-RUhre, Typ HDF, flir die Umwandlung 2. 1 oder 2 FS-Sichtgerät(en),
von RUntgenstrahlung in freie Elektronen ist sehr 3, Digital Scopofix-Speicher,
gross. Nas bedeutet, dass mit einer geringeren 4. Scopofix-Steuereinheit,
Dosisleistung am Eingangsschirm ein hochwertiges Bild 5. Aufbewahrungsfach,
erreicht werden kann, so dass die Strahlendosis fllr 6. Netzregelungseinheit.
den Patienten reduziert werden kann.
2.3.1. Wagen
Die BV-RBhre wandelt die auf den Eingangsschirm
treffenden RUntgenquanten in ein Lichtmuster am Der Fahrwagen steht auf einem Wagen mit vier lenkbaren
Glasfaseroptik-Ausgangsschirm um, das das Bild Rudern, Er enthile;
darstellt. Uber die faseroptische Kopplung wird das
Bild vom BV-Ausgangsschirm zum Eintrittsfeld der 1 oder 2 aufgesetzte(s) FS-Sichtgerlit(e),
t
VidikonrUhre Ubertragen. Das lichtempfindliche - Digital Scopofix-Bildspeicher,
Eintrittsfeld (Target) des Vidikon wird durch die — Scopofix-Steuereinheit,
Lichtmuster geladen, wobei diese elektrischen Ladungen Netzregelungseinheit.
proportional zur Bildhelligkeit sind.
Der Vidikon-Strahl tastet das Target ab, und diese Auch eine Video-Hard-Copy-Einheit und ein
Abtastung ergibt lineare Stromverİnderungen, den Patientendatenschreiber (wahlweise erhUltlich)
Signalstrom. Der Target-Strom wird zu einer kUnnen in den Fahrwagen eingebaut werden.
BildvorverstHrker-Karte geleitet, um das Video-
Eingangssignal zu erzeugen. Der Fahrwagen enthilt einen ZubehUrkasten zur
Das Video-Eingangssignal wird an die FS-Steuereinheit Unterbringung von kleinen Ersatzteilen und Service-
angelegt. Es sorgt flir den Dunkelstromausgleich, Unterlagen,
für die Impulserzeugung fr horizontale und Das Stativ-Fahrwagen-Verbindungskabel ist am Fahrwagen
vertikale Ablenkung und flr die Kurvenform- befestigt und kann mit einem 35poligen Steckverbinder
Uberwachung flr Kreismessung. Es erzeugt auch ein an der Seite des Stativs angeschlossen werden,
zusammengesetztes Videosignal mit konstanter
Helligkeit fllr das FS-SichtgerHt (AGC) und eine 2.3.2. FS-SichtgerHit
Regelspannung flir die automatische
Dosisleistungsregelung. Das zusammengesetzte Videosignal von der XTV5-
Steuereinheit wird zum linken FS-SichtgerHit
Bei automatischer Durchleuchtung hBlt die geleitet. Das rechte FS-Sichtgerlit dient zur Anzeige
automatische Dasisleistungsregelung (ADC) die mittlere der gespeicherten Bilder vom Digital-Scopofix-
Dosisleistung konstant, unabhEngig von der Speicher.
RUntgenstrahlen-Absorption des untersuchten Helligkeit und Kontrast sind am Sichtgerlit
Gegenstandes. einstellbar.
Eine Rlckkopplungsspannung wird an die RUntgen- Das Bild auf dem FS-SichtgerHt kann Uber
Regeleinheit angelegt, durch die die Generator- Brtliche Steuerung oder Fernsteuerung vom System-
Ausgangsleistung so einstellt wird, dass die Bedienpult aus gedreht werden,
gewlinschte Dosisleistung am BV-Eingangsschirm Vom System-Bedienpult aus kann das FS-Bild Über
erreicht wird. Fernsteuerung gespiegelt werden (Vertauschung von
rechts und links).
Das BV25 FAM-N/HR-System ist mit einem Digital- Der ZubehËrkasten im Aufbewahrungsfach enthäit
Scopofix-Bildspeicher ausgestattet, mit dem ein (oder folgende Teile:
zwei) FS-Bild(er) im RAM-Speicher gespeichert werden
kann/kUnnen, Digital-Scopofix-M-AusfUhrungen mit — Ersatzsicherungen von 10, 15 und 30 A,
Plattenspeicher kUnnen auch 28 oder 34 FS-Bilder - Linsenputzpapier,
permanent auf Festplatte speichern. - Aeguipotentialleiter,
Der Scopofix-Speicher stellt Funktionen wie "Last — Farb-Satz,
Image Hold" (LIH, Festhalten des letzten Bildes) beim ~ Silikon-Fete.
Ende der Durchleuchtung, Subtraktion und FIX zur
Verfligung. Alle gespeicherten Bilder knnen auf 2.3.6. Netzregelungseinheit
dem FS-Sichtgerlir dargestellt werden,
Mit der Netzregelungseinheit wird das BV25 FAM-N/HR-
Last Image Hold (Festhalten des letzten Bildes} System liber einen Trenntransformator an das Netz
angeschlossen.
Während der Durchleuchtung erscheint ein Live-Bild Der Netztransformator stellt dem Stativ und dem
auf dem Sichtgerlit. Wenn der Hand- oder Fussschalter Fahrwagen folgende Versorgungsspannungen zur
am Ende der Durchleuchtung losgelassen wird, wird das verflgung:
letzte Bild im Speicher festgehalten und dieses
“eingefrorene" Bild wird auf dem SichtgerHt — 594 V fllr den Gleichstromwandler,
dargestellt. - 220 Y flir SichtgerHt, Stromversorgungseinheit
und Scopofix-Speicher,
FIX ー 28 V Fllr Leistungsregelungskarte,
Bei Digital-Scopofix-Speichern mit doppeltem RAM- Ein kleiner Transformator mit getrennter
Speicher werden durch die FIX-Funktion die FS-Bilder Stromversorgungseinheit versorgt die Netzregelungs-
vom Linken und rechten FS-SichtgerYt vertauscht. einheit.
Bei Digital-Scopofix-Speichern mit einem RAM-Speicher
wird durch die FIX-Funktion die Funktion zum Eine Einschalt-Freigabeleitung ist beim Stativ-
Festhalten des letzten Bildes ausser Funktion gesetzt. Fahrwagen~Verbindungskabel und bei allen Leiterplatten
Wenn FIX aktiv ist, wird das “alte” gespeicherte Fild im fahrbaren Stativ durchgeschleift. Wenn das
vom Speicher am Ende der Durchleuchtung auf dem Verbindungskabel und alle Leiterplatten richtig
Sichtgerlit dargestellt. eingesteckt sind, wird mit dieser Signalleitung
(‘keying’) der Einschalt-Schaitkreis freigegeben.
Subtraktion (fUr zwei Speicher)
2.3.4. Scopofix-Steuereinheit
1
G-4 (87.0)G 9807 620 9...1
BV25 Fami1y-N/HR Abschnitt G
3.1. EINLEITUNG Der kV-Referenzwert KVC wird als Sollwert flir den HS-
Generator verwendet, Mit einem geregelten
In diesem Kapitel werden die Funktionen des Systems Gleichrichter wird im HS-Generator die Wechselspannung
beschrieben. von 594 V von der Netzregelungseinheit
Hierbei kUnnen die Funktionsdiagramme Z1-1 bis Z1-13 gleichgerichtet. Die Gleichspannung wird mit einem
zu Hilfe genommen werden. Leistungskondensator SECI geglittet und einem
Wechselrichter zugeflihrt. Die zerhackte
3.2. SYSTEMFUNKTIONSDIAGRAMM (siehe auch Zl-2) Gleichspannung wird an den HS-Transformator des
Practix-C-Tanks angelegt. Die Spannung kann zwischen
Das Systemfunktionsdiagramm bietet eine Uebersicht 137 V und 380 V liegen, je nach Spannung fllr die
Uber alle Funktionsdiagramme des BV 25-FAM-Systems. RůntgenrHhre, deren Wert zwischen 40 und 100 kv
liegt.
Einschalten
Das mA-Regelsignal MAC dient zur Regelung des
Wird Taste SYSTEM SWITCH ON (Einschalten des Systems) RUhrenstroms Uber die Heizspannungsschaltung. Die
gedrlickt, geschieht folgendes: mA~Regelschaltung regelt den RUhrenstrom, indem der
- Die Netzregelungseinheit erhHlt einen mA-Sollwert (Kopplung kV/mA) mit dem Istwert des
Einschaltbefehl, um das BV25 FAM-System mit dem Netz RUihrenstroms (MAMEAS) verglichen wird,
zu verbinden.
Das BV25 FAM-System ist jetzt betriebsbereit. Alarm-/"Nicht-berei Pril fung
- Ein allgemeiner Rlckstell-Impuls wird erzeugt, der
das BV25-FAM-System auf Durchleuchtungsbetrieb Es wird geprlift, ob beim BV 25 FAM-N/HR-System keine
stellt. Alarm-Situation oder "Nicht-bereit"-gituation
— Ein Alarm-RUckstell-Impuls stellt die Rüntgen- vorliegt. Wird ein fehlerhafter Zustand (z2.B.
Steuereinheit oder den Kaskadengenerator (bei Alarm) Kurzschluss oder Uberspannung) im Stativ entdeckt,
zurlick. werden ein Alarmsignal und ein "Nicht-bereit"-Signal
erzeugt. Das Alarmsignal setzt den kV-Schrittzähler
Nun kann Durchleuchtungsbetrieb oder Aufnahmebetrieb zurlick und reduziert damit die Hochapannung auf
gewHhlt werden. Im Durchleuchtungsbetrieb sind die 40 КУ. Die "Nicht-bereit"-Schaltung verhindert dia
Betriebsarten automatische Durchleuchtung, manuelle Erzeugung von RBntgenstrahlen.
Durchleuchtung, intermittierende Durchleuchtung und
Einzelbild-Durchleuchtung (Schnappschuss) mBglich. RUntgen-Start-Befehl
Die Signale “Durchleuchtung gewiblt” und “Aufnahme
gewihlt” sind niemals gleichzeitig aktiv. In Durchleuchtungsbetrieb wird mit dem Handschalter
oder dem linken Fussschalter das Signal “RÜntgen-
Einstellung der Parameter fllr KV und mAs Befehl durch Stativ’ (COMMAND X-RAY BY STAND) erzeugt,
das der Scopofix-Steuereinheit zugefllhrt wird.
Sowohl im Durchleuchtungs- als auch im Aufnahmebetrieb Die Scopofix-Steuereinheit gibt das Signal ‘RUntgen-
wird mit den Tasten “kV +” und “kV —" ein ZMhler Befehl durch Scopofix’ (COMMAND X-RAY BY SCOPOFIX’)
ЕЦ; kV-Schritte aktiviert. Der Záhler wird mit zurllck, mit dem der HS-Generator zur Erzeugung der
einer konstanten Freguenz (bei manueller RUntgenstrahlung (HS-Befehl) gestartet wird.
Durchleuchtung oder Aufnahme) oder mit einer variablen In Aufnahmebetrieb erhãlt der Aufnahme-Timer die
Frequenz (bei automatischer Durchleuchtung) getaktet. voreingesteliten más-Daten Uber das Aufnahme-ROM.
Der BinHrwert des Zihlers gibt die Einstellung der Der Timer wird durch Drllcken des Handschalters
kV-Tasten an. Der Ausgang des kV-ZHhlers ist mit gestartet, und der Hochspannungs-Befehi ist wHhrend
einem D/A-Umsetzer (DAC) und zwei Festwertspeichern der Dauer der Aufnahme aktiv,
(ROM) verbunden,
Der D/A-Umsetzer wandelt den Binfrwert des kV- RUntgenstrahlen—Begrenzung
Zühlers in den analogen kV-Referenzwert KVC um,
Dieser kann entsprechend der Spannung der Der RUntgenstrahl wird durch die Irisblende und die
RěntgenrUhre von 40-100 kV zwischen 4 und 10 V Blendenschieber begrenzt.
liegen. Wihrend der Durchleuchtung kann die Irisblende mit
Ein ROM (Durchleuchtungs-ROM) speichert má-Werte fr Tasten geschlossen und geBffnet werden, so dass eine
die kV-mA-Kopplung und Daten flir die Anzeige der kV- FeldgrUsse von @ 5 bis $ 15 cm entsteht, Die
und mA-Werte im LCD-Anzeigefeld. Blendenschieber kUnnen mit Tasten geschlossen und
Das Aufnahme-ROM speichert Daten flir mAs-Werte zum gelffnet werden, so dass die Spaltbreite von I cm
Laden des Aufnahme-Timers und Daten fllr die Anzeige bis 16 cm eingestellt werden kann. Die Blendenschieber
der kV- und mAs-Werte im LCD-Anzeigefeld. kBnnen mit Tasten 90º links- und rechtsherum
gedreht werden.
Alle Werte werden an der Eintrittsebene des BV
gemessen.
Beim Umschalten auf Aufnahme wird die Irisfeldgrbsse
fur Durchleuchtung als FormatgrUsse Ubernommen
und die Spaltbreite wird auf 40 cm eingestellt.
Es kBnnen FormatgrBssen von 30 und @ 40 cm
für Filmkassetten von 24 x 30 bzw. 30 x 40 cm (IEC)
gewihlt werden.
1
9807 620 »..-1 (87.0)G
o
Abschnitt G BV25 Family-N/HR
H+FTSW o
INTELU-H + Ar
\ Pi 20 sec
300 ms MAX DELAY
' te
/ XRCO ACTIVE
è...
INTERNAL
OSCILLATOR | |
Lagser ost,
ㄴ
BY INTFLU-H
VOSGCO ЛИ
МОЕЙ ОК}
i
9807 620 el (87.0)6
Absehnitt G Bv25 Family=N/HR
Der HS-Wandler besteht aus einem Gleichrichterteil, Ein Thyristor wird durch Triggern des Gate
einem Wechselrichterteil, einem Leistungsregelungsteil eingeschaïtet und durch Nuliserzen des Stroms durch
und einer Heizspannungsversorgung. Er versorgt den den Thyristor ausgeschaltet. Die Thyristorschalter-
Practix-C-Tank mit einer 300-Hz-Rechteckspannung sowie Brlicke funktioniert folgendermassen:
einer 600 Hz-Rechteck-Heizspannung und erzeugt
Taktimpulse mit verschiedenen Freguenzen, Zum Initiieren der Thyristorschalter-Brlicke wird
zuerst Kommutierungs-Thyristor B getriggert und wenige
Der Gleichrichterteil erh¥lt eine 50/60-Hz- us spiter Rauptthyristor G. Jetzt wird der erste
Sinusspannung von 594 V vom Fahrwagen und leitet die kondensator Cl İlber Thyristoren C und B geladen,
gleichgerichtete und reduzierte Spannung PWRSM Uber Nach 60 ,us wird Hauptthyristor F getriggert, und
einen grossen Kondensator zum Wechselrichterteil. Über die Thyristoren € und F, die den positiven Teil
Die Gleichrichterbrlicke besteht aus zwei der Rechteckspannung ACHVT 1-2 bilden, fliesst nun ein
Thyristoren, die mit dem Triggersignal RECT.TRIGGER Strom zum HS-Transformator. Auch ein zweiter
vom Leistungsregelungsteil geregelt werden. Dieses Kondensator C2 wird geladen.
Triggersignal regelt die Amplitude der Aufgrund der 300-Hz-Ausgangsfrequenz von ACHVT 1-2
gleichgerichteten Spannung PWRSM am grossen muss der positive Teil rechtzeitig beendet werden
Kondensator in AbhYngigkeit von der Referenzspannung (1,67 ms nach Triggern von Thyristor B), Hierzu wird
der kV-Regelung und der RUckkopplungsspannung Kommutierungs-Thyristor A getriggert, um Thyristor C
PWRSMDV. zu 18schen.
Wenn diese Spannungsregelung einen
Gleichgewichtszustand erreicht hat, wird das
Triggersignal RECT.TRIGGER inaktiv, aber nach einer
VerzËgerung von 6 Taktimpulsen wird der Befehl
DISCOM vom Leistungsregelungsteil aktiv, um den
Kondensator wHhrend einer bestimmten Zeit, die von
EL.CAP.DISCHARGE angegeben wird, zu entladen.
I 167ms 1 1.67ms ;
i T| ai
60us 60/15
1 r
185
a г! Bus
„^^, 1 1!
1 | I Je | 1
!1 I
ㅣ | 71 I I i1
| 1 C und F ein flr 1 1
r 1 positiven Teil von ACHVT ! 1 |
pa | 1 |
1 가 i 1 I
1 1 1 1 1
poa I 1 i
YK 兴 rot
B C F „č A D E B C
ACHVTI
[1 и
ACHVT2
1
9807 620 0: ..l (87.0)G G-11
Abschnitt G BV25 Family-N/HR
Der Komparatorausgang gibt nun den Rlckstell-Eingang Nach Ablauf dieser Zeitspanne wird die andere HH1Ete
einer Entladungsbefehl-Regelschaltung frei, und diese der Brlicke durch das Signal FFON angewlhlt. Jetzt
Schaltung erzeugt ein verzbgertes DISCHARGE COMMAND- werden die anderen 3 Thyristortreiber in der oben
Signal flli den Gleichrichter, um den grossen beschriebenen Weise decadiert, jedoch mit FFON
Kondensator zu entladen. Durch den Entladevorgang anstelle von FFO, und Triggerimpulse CLI3 werden zum
werden die Spannung PWRSM und der Spannungspegel von Komautierungs-Thyristor A und zu den Hauptthyristoren
VOLT.REF herabgesetzt. Nun beginnt der Komparator D und E ebenso weitergeleitet wie zu den Thyristoren
wieder Impulse auszugeben, durch die die B, G und F,
Entladungsbefehl-Regelung zurlickgestellt und die Die Decodierung der Thyristortriggerung wird durch
Gleichrichter-Triggerregelung freigegeben wird, Befehle von Hand- und Fussschalter freigegeben,
Signal HVTDV hat einen Spannungspegel, der von der
Die Gleichrichter-Triggerregelung wird ausser Funktion Spannung PWRSM am grossen Elektrolytkondensator
gesetzt, wenn: abgeleitet wurde.
Der Spannungspegel von Signal HVTDV ist ein Mass für
- Spannung PWRSMDV (reduzierte Kondensatorspannung) die dem Hochspannungstransformator im Practix-C-Tank
einen Maximalwert lberschreitet oder zuzuflihrende Hochspannung. Die Timer-Schaltung
— Uberspannung einen Wechselrichter-Alarm ausl¥st verwendet den HVTDV-Pegel zur ersten Regelung der
oder ersten Impulsbreite der Rechteck-Ausgangsspannung.
~ der Kondensator entladen wird (EL.CA.DISCHARGE). Eine hUhere Spannung verklirzt diese erste
Impulsbreite, so dass die dem
Die Alarmsignale RECTAL und DISAL werden aktiv, wenn Hochspannungstransformator zugeflihrte Leistung beim
der Maximalwert erreicht bzw. der Entlade-Timer Einschalten der Hochspannung begrenzt wird.
abgelaufen ist. Nun wird der grosse Kondensator nicht
geladen baw. entladen und das RECTAL- bzw. DISAL~ Sicherheitsschaltung.
Signal Ellhrt zum Abschalten. Diese Schaltung sorgt daflir, dass die Hochspannung
flir Aufnahme bei der letzten Stufe des
Timer- und Decoder/Treiberschaltung Elr Gieichstromwandlers eingeschaltet wird, Bei dieser
Thyristorschalter-Brllcke, stufe wird geprlft, ob ein Hochspannungs-Befehl und
Diese Schaltung sorgt fllr die zeitliche Steuerung ein Hand-/Fussschalter-Befehl vorliegen, und
der Triggerimpulse und die Decodierung/das Treiben der anschliessend kann die Strahlung-Ein-Anzeige
Thyristoren in der Brilekenschaltung. aufleuchten.
Durch die zeitliche Steuerung und die Decodierung wird
das Triggern der Thyristoren so geregelt, dass die Die Heizspannungsversorgung liefert dem
Thyristorbrilcke in einer bestimmten Zeitfolge und in Heiztransformator im Practix-C-Tank Strom fr einen
der erforderlichen Reihenfolge schaltet, um eine 300~ kleinen Brennfleck bei Durchleuchtung und flir einen
Hz-Rechteckspannung zu liefern. grossen Brennfleck bei Aufnahme.
Bei Durchleuchtung stellt das mA-Regelsignal den Strom
HV COMMAND erzeugt das Signal HVON, um die zeitliche der +24-Volt-Versorgung durch Regelung eines
Steuerung der Triggerimpulse auszulsen und die Leistungstransistors auf den gewlinschten Wert ein.
H4lfte der Thyristorschalter-Brlicke fllr die Der Strom ist in einem Bereich von 0,1 mA - 3 mA
erste Kammutierung bereit zu machen. proportional zum RUhrenstrom, Dieser Strom der +24-
Mic den Signalen FFO und FFON wird jeweils eine Volt-Versorgung wird in eine 600-Hz-Rechteck-
Brlickenhilfte angewBhlt, und 3 Thyristoren Versorgungsspannung umgewandelt und Über einen
werden flr einen “Halbbrilcken"~Betrieb verwendet. Relaiskontakt an den Heiztransformator flir kleinen
Ein Thyristortreiber wird durch die Signale P60 und Brennfleck angelegt.
FFO decodiert, und Triggerimpulse CL13 von 76,8 kHz
werden weitergeleitet, um Thyristor B 60 jos lang Bei Aufnahme wird der Strom der +24-V-Versorgung durch
(durch Trigger-Timer) zu kommutieren, das "SELECT RAD."-Signal auf den erforderlichen Wert
Ein zweiter Thyristortreiber wird durch die Signale zum Vorwirmen des Heizelements eingestellt.
PBN und FFO 8 /us nach dem ersten Treiber decodiert, Durch den Aufnahmebefehl wird dieser Strom auf einen
und Triggerimpulse CL13 von 76,8 kHz werden 1,66 ms hUheren Wert eingestellt, bis er dem Aufnahmestrom
lang (600 Hz durch Trigger-Timer) zum Hauptthyristor C von 20 mA entspricht.
weltergeleitet. Bei Aufnahme wird der Relaiskontakt so umgeschaltet,
Ein dritter Thyristortreiber wird durch die Signale dass die 600-Hz-Rechteck-Versorgungsspannung dem
P60N und FFO 60 ,us nach dem ersten Treiber Weiztransformator flir grossen Brennfleck zugeflihrt
decodiert, und Triggerimpulse CL13 von 76,8 kHz werden wird.
1,6 ms lang zum Hauptthyristor F weitergeleitet. Wenn der Strom der +24-V-Versorgung zu gross ist, wird
durch FILAL Heizspannungsalarm angezeigt, und die
Leistungstransistorregelung wird ausgeschaltet.
Durch das RUckstellen des Alarms wird diese Regelung
wieder aktiviert.
Je nachdem, ob Durchleuchtung oder Aufnahme gewHhit
ist, werden die Relaiskontakte auf kleinen baw.
grossen Brenafleck umgeschaltet.
Damit die Kontakte funkenfrei umgeschaltet werden
kBnnen, schaltet eine Stromsperrschaltung die
Leistungstransistorregelung synchron mit der
Umwandlung der +24-V-Versorgung ab.
1 G-13
9807 620 0° (87.0)6
Abschnitt G BV25 Family-N/HR
1
(B7.0)G 9807 620 get
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt &
3.10. SCOPOFIX-STEUERUNG (siehe auch Z1-13) SCOPOFIX-STEUERUNG MSP, MDP UND MDPM (siehe auch 21-14)
1
9807 620 ot 1 (B7.0)G 6-17
Abschnitt G Bv25 Family-N/HR
Auf Karte WHA3 fUgt die Speicheranzeige-Schaltung Beim Digital Scopofix mit zwei Speichern wird
Video-Informationen zum Signal VIBS. Diese Video- Programmierstecker WHA2:Wl immer in Stellung
Information besteht aus zwei Balken, die oben auf dem "2 MONITORS" gesteckt.
(den) FS-Sichterfit
(en) neben dem reinen Kreis Die FIX-Funktion vertauscht die FS-Bilder vom linken
angezeigt werden. und rechten FS-Sichtgerät.
Die Balken geben an, dass es sich bei dem auf dem FS- Wenn FIX nicht aktiv ist, sind die Signale SIMIIN-L
Sichtgerlit gezeigten Bild um ein Bild aus dem und S2M2IN-L aktiv und der Inhalt von MEMI wird zum
Speicher handelt. linken FS-Sichtgerlit geleitet, der Inhalt von MEM2
Die Speicheranzeige-Schaltung wird durch Signal INDENB- zum rechten FS-Sichtgerlit.
H von Karte WHA3 aktiviert. Wenn FIX aktiv ist, wird Signal SIM2IN-L aktiv und
Wihrend (echter) Live-Durchleuchtung und wihrend Signal S2M2IN-L inaktiv. Der Inhalt von MEM2 wird zum
des ersten Zyklusses bei intermittierender linken FS-Sichtgerlt geleitet, der Inhalt von MEMI
Durchleuchtung werden keine Balken angezeigt. zum rechten FS-Sichtgerlit,
Die Balken sind bei LIH-Bildern, Schnappschuss-
Durchleuchtung und wlhrend des intermittierenden Beim Digital Scopofix mit einem einzigen Speicher
Zyklusses bei intermittierender Durchleuchtung steckt Programmierstecker WHA2:WL in Stellung
vorhanden. "2 MONITORS", wenn zwei FS-Sichtgerte vorhanden
sind und in Stellung "l MONITOR", wenn ein FS-
Wihrend Subtraktionsbetrieb werden keine SichtgerHit vorhanden ist,
Speicheranzeigebalken angezeigt. Bei zwei FS-Sichtgeriten und nicht aktiver PIX-
Funktion:
Digital Scopofix-Speicher Signale S2M2IN-L und SIMLIN-L sind aktiv, das linke FS-
Sichtgerlit zeigt Live/LIH-Bilder von MEM1 und das
Die Signale IDENTI und IDENT2 stellen fest, welcher rechte FS-SichtgerHit zeigt ein ausgetastetes Bild
Digital Scopofix-Speichertyp verwendet wird. Ist (MEM2 nicht vorhanden).
IDENT] aktiv, so ist ein einziger Speicher vorhanden, Bei zwei FS-Sichtgerdten und aktiver FIX-Funktion:
Ist IDENT2 aktiv, sind 2 Speicher vorhanden. Sind Das linke FS-SichtgerHit zeigt ein Live~Bild
beide Signale nicht aktiv, ist kein Speicher wihrend Durchleuchtung und ein ausgetastetes Bild
vorhanden, Schalter WAS] (Memory On/Off) an der nach der Durchleuchtung. Das rechte F5-Sichtgerdt
Rllckseite des Fahrwagens setzt die Signale IDENTI zeigt LIH-Bilder.
und IDENT2 ausser Funktion. Bei einem F§~SichtgerYt und nicht aktiver PIX-
Wenn kein Speicher vorhanden ist (NOMEM aktiv), wird Funktion:
wihrend der Durchleuchtung ein Live-VIBS-Signal Signale S2M2IN-L und SIMLIN-L sind aktiv, das linke FS-
angezeigt. Sichtgerit zeigt Live/LIR-Bilder von MEMI.
Der RAM-Speicher, in den die Bilddaten gespeichert Bei einem FS-SichtgerHt und aktiver FIX-Funktion:
werden, wird durch die Signale MEMI und MEM2 Signale S2M2IN-L und SIMIIN-L bleiben aktiv, das linke
angewlhlt. Bei einem einzigen Speicher wird nur MEMI FS-Sichtgerlit zeigt echte Live- (VIBS-)Bilder
angew#hit, wihrend Durchleuchtung und “alte” LIH-Bilder nach
der Durchleuchtung (keine Auffrischung).
Wenn ein einziger Bildspeicher verwendet wird, muss
Programmierstecker WHAl:Wl in Stellung "blank"
(ausgetastet) gesteckt werden, um ein Video-
Austastsignal an Eingang INMEM2 zu legen.
VIDEO OK
REECM = em > IO |
μας
START START {| ㄴㄴ
sa
ee!
BUSY 0 BUSY μες οι.
UH
VIDEO OK VIDEO OK
RECCM Tİ... RECEM — {
START L START ㅠㅠ .
BUSY Г L.
BUSY 16 FRAMES
ER 0 ER — L
И = TIME TO MIX
MEM, IND. BARS IK
VIDEO SIGNAL
#2 = REACTION OF MEMORY
TO START-PULSE
(V-SYHCHRONOUS}
Die Signale LIH und ER auf Karte WHA3 teilen dem Leitung der Videosignale
Speicher mit, welcher Algorithmus zur
Rauschunterdrlickung gestartet werden muss: Das Live-Videosignal von der XTV5-FS-Kette (VIBS) wird
Integration (ER aktiv) oder Mittlung (LIH aktiv). an Karte WHAl angelegt, wo es zu einem
Signal LIH ist wihrend Live/LIH-Durchleuchtung und VideoverstUrker gefllhrt wird. Das verstärkte
wihrend des ersten Zyklusses bei intermittierender Signal wird zum Schalter Slb und zum Bildspeicher
Durchleuchtung aktiv. weitergeleitet.
Signal ER ist wHhrend Schnappschuss-Durchleuchtung
und wihrend des intermittierenden Zyklusses bei Mit Schalter 51b wird zwischen Live-Videosignal von
intermittierender Durchleuchtung aktiv. der XTV5-FS-Kette und Videosignal vom Speicher
Die Rauschunterdrlickungs faktoren werden mit (gespeichertes Bild) gewihlc, Nach Schalter S1b wird
Programmiersteckern WHA3:W5 und W6 gew!ihlt (keine das Videosignal zwischengespeichert und zum linken FS-
Rauschunterdrllckung ist ebenfalls mBglich). Sichtgerit gefllhrt.
Vom Videosignal wird ein V-Impuls und ein Austast-
Steuerung der Subtraktions-Funktion Impuls getrennt. Die Verwendung dieser Signale wird
spiter erllutert.
Die Digital-Scopofix-Speicher MDP und MDPM haben eine
Subtraktions-Funktion. Der Subtraktions-Betrieb kann Auf Karte WHAl wird Schalter Sla auf INMEMI oder
bei BV 25 FAM-Systemen durch Drlicken der SUB-Taste INMEM2 geschaltet, um ein (gemitteltes) Live-Bild oder
auf dem System-Bedienpult eingeschaltet werden ein gespeichertes Bild auf dem linken FS-Sichtgerlit
(Programmierstecker WHA3:W3 in Stellung SUB), anzuzeigen, Dieser Schalter wird durch die Signale
Die Subtraktions-Funktion kann auch durch Drilcken SIMIIN-L und SIM2IN-L gesteuert.
der FIX-Taste und innerhalb von 1 s der COPY-Taste Wenn Signal SILIN-L inaktiv ist, ist entweder Signal
eingeschaltet werden (Programmierstecker WHA3:W3 in SIMIIN-L oder S1M2IN-L aktiv,
stellung FIX/COPY). Wenn Taste COPY gedrlickt wird,
wird Signal STORE kurzzeitig inaktiv, damit die Schalter 52 schaltet das Videosignal von Speicher 1
Scopofix-Steuerung kein Bild auf der Winchester- oder Speicher 2 zum rechten PS-Sichtger¥t. Schalter
Festplatte speichert. 52 wird durch FIX gesteuert, wenn Programmierstecker
WHA2:W1 in Stellung "2 MONITORS" steckt.
In Speicher | muss ein Live/LIH~ oder Schnappschuss-
‘Masken’-Bild gemacht werden. Dieses Bild wird durch Schalter Sla, Slb und 52 werden synchron mit dem V-
Drlicken der FIX-Taste auf das rechte FS-Sichtgerät Impuls geschaltet. Das bedeutet, dass Video-
Ubertragen. Umschaltung our miglich ist, wenn ein ganzes FS-Bild
Wihrend Durchleuchtung zeigt das linke FS- geschrieben wurde.
Sichtger¥t das subtrahierte Bild von Speicher 2
(LIVE minus MASK) und speichert dieses Bild als LIH- Normalerweise wird im Digital-Scopofix-Speicher das
Bild am Ende der Durchleuchtung. Rauschen des Videosignals von der XTV5-FS-Kette VIBS
unterdrlickt (mittleres Live-Signal k = 0,5 oder
Durch Drlicken der SUB-Taste (WHA3:W3 in SUB) oder 0,25), jedoch wird manchmal ein “echtes” Live-Bild auf
der FIX-Taste (WHA3:W3 in FIX/COPY) wird der dem linken F§-Sichtgerdt angezeigt,
Subtraktions-Betrieb wieder ausgeschaltet. Jetzt zeigt Schalter WHAl:Slb wird auf LIVE geschaltet, wenn
das linke Fs-Sichtgerlit originale (nicht Signal WHA2:SILIN-L aktiv wird. Dieses Signal ist nur
subtrahierte) LiH-Bilder, unter folgenden Bedingungen aktiv: 一
1
G-20 (87.0)6 9807 620 5...1
0
BV25 Family-N/HR Abschnitt G
1
9807 620 g1 (87.0)G
Abschnitt G Bv25 Family-N/HR
Rauschunterdrlickung
MEN RS
AC7V8 7 Volt wire DTR2A Detection thyristor V2 wire
ACG7V9 7 Volt wire DTR2B Detection thyristor V2 wire
ACHVTI AC voltage to HT transformer wire 1 DTRIA Detection thyristor Vİ wire
ACHVT2 AC voltage to HT transformer wire 2 DTR3B Detection thyristor V3 wire
АСНУТТ-1 AC voltage from invertor to HT transformer DUBLMEMH Double memory
ACHVTI-2 AC voltage from invertor to HT transformer DUBLMEML Double memory
ACTRVI Anode thyristor V1 DUBMEMHC Double memory
ACTRV2 Anode thyristor V2
ACTRVI Anode thyristor V3
AGLOLTLC Automatic gain control lock long term ELDIS-L Elco discharge
ALARM-HC Alarm signal ENDSWUPL Endswitch up signal
ALRS--HC Alarm reset ENSWDOL Endswitch down signal
ALRSCMHC Alarm reset command ER Algorithm for noise integration
ER-H Algorithm for noise integration
EVLI--LC Even lines (Scopofix)
BLKCM-HC Block command EXPRCMHG Exposure preparation command
BRAKE--L Brake signal EXPRCMLC Exposure preparation command
BUSY--H Memory busy indicator EXPTM-HC Exposure time
BUSYIND Memory busy indicator EXT-L Auxiliary video signal for lefthand TV
monitor
EXT-R Auxiliary video signal for righthand TV
CAPOCM-L C-arm down command monitor
CASNRDHC Cassette not ready (not mounted)
CATHVLO Trigger signal for cathode thyristor VIO
CATHV13 Trigger signal for cathode thyristor VI3
1
9807 620 a (88.0)E GZ-1
BV25 Family-N/HR Section G
REN-
FILLA2 Filament large wire IDER3-HC
FILSMI Filament small wire IDER4-HC Indication error 4
FILSM2 Filament small wire IDERS-HC Indication error 5
FIX-H Fix command IDER6-HC Indication error 6
FIX-L Fix command IDER7-HC Indication error 7
FLBOCMHC Fluoroscopy kV down TDER8-HC Indication error 8
FLUPCMHC Fluoroscopy kV up IDER9-HC Indication error 9
FMAN--HC Fixed clock freguency for kV counter IDERDPHC Indication error d isplay enabled
FOCREF Set value for focus position IDFIX-LC Indication fix
FPMTI Focus position motor wire | IDFLATHC Indication fluoroscopy selected
FPMT2 Focus position motor wire 2 IDFLITHC Indication intermittent fluoroscopy
FPPO Reference signal from focus position IDFLMNHC Indication manual fluoroscopy
potmeter IDRG--HC Indication radiography selected
FSMTI Field size mator wire 1 IDSRHOLC Indication scan reverse horizontal
FSMT2 Field size motor wire 2 IDSRVELC Indication scan reverse vertical
FSPO Reference signal from field size potmeter IDSUB-LC Indication subtract
FTRI-2 Fire thyristor V1/V2 IDSYON-H Indication system switched-on
FTR3 Fire thyristor V3 TDSYON-L Indication system switched-on
FTSW--HC Footswitch command IDTKTPHC Indication tank temperature >50 degrees €
FTSWCM-L Footswitch command EMRLOM-L Image rotate left
FTSWCM2L Footswitch command 2 IMROL Image rotate left
FTSWCM2L Footswitch command 2 IMRON Image rotate (common wire)
FISWSF-L Footswitch safe signal IMROR Image rotate right
IMROZ Image rotate zero position
IMRRCM-L Image rotate right command
GAMMA--1 Gamma correction 1 command (TV monitor) INDENB-H Indication to enable memory bars
САММА--2 Gamma correction 2 command (VHCU) INDENBHC Memory indication bars enable signal
GATEV10 Trigger signal for gate thyristor VLG INFON-L Enable input from patient data unit
(convertor) INMEM1 Video signal from memory À
GATEV13 Trigger signal for gate thyristor V13 INMEM2 Video signal from memory 2
(convertor) INPON-H Control signal that patient data unit is
GATEV 14 Trigger signal for gate thyristor V14 used
(convertor) INVAL-HC Invertor alarm
GATEV3 Trigger signal for gate thyristor V3 INVTRVIO Trigger signal for transformer of
(convertor) thyristor VIO
GATEV6 Trigger signal for gate thyristor V6 INVTRV13 Trigger signal for transformer of
(convertor) thyristor V13
GATEV9 Trigger signal for gate thyristor V9 INVTRVL4 Trigger signal for transformer of
(convertor) thyristor Vl4
GENRESHC General reset INVTRV3 Trigger signal for transformer of
GTRIA Gate thyristor 1 wire thyristor V3
ob
1
9807 620 gi (88.0)E GZ-2
BV25 Fami 1y-N/HR Section G
©
KEY11 Keying line MABITIHC kV/mA coupling bit
—
KEY2 Keying line MABIT2HC kV/mA coupling bit
上 umや はロビ
We
KEY3 Keying line MABLT3HC kV/mA coupling bit
KEY4
om
Keying line МАВТТАНС KV/mA coupling bit
KEYS Keying
NOUS
line MABITSHC kV/mA coupling bit
KEY6 Keying line MABIT6HC kV/mA coupling bit
KEY7 Keying line MABLT7HC kV/mA coupling bit
KEY8 Keying line MAG mA-reference signal
KEY8A Keying line BA MAMEASI mA measurement signal 1
KEY8B Keying line 8B MAMEAS2 mA measurement signal 2
KEY9 Keying line 9 MANUAL Copy command (hard disk)
KVBITOHC kV coun: ter bit MAREF Set value of tube current (SE19:MP52)
O
KVBITIHO kV coun ter bit MCU+15VH DC+15V from mains control unit
KVBIT2HC kV coun ter bit Alarm from mains control unit
We
MCUAL~HC
KVBIT3HC kY coun ter bit MEMI-H Select memory 1
KVBIT4HC kV coun ter bit MEM2-2 Select memory 2
KVBITSHC kV coun ter bit MFSM--L Measuring field small
QUAND
LCDDAI-L Databit for LCD display (kV-mA-mAs data) NOMEM-H No-memory present indicator
Noise reduction factor 1
NH-
1
9807 420 gel (88.0)E
BV25 Family-N/HR Section G
PN
monitor-R TMDAT3HC Exposure timer bit
SAPU--LC Sample pulse TMDAT4HC Exposure timer bit
SCBUSY-L Scopofix busy TMDATSHC Exposure timer bit
SCBUSYHC Scopofix busy Exposure timer bit
MU
TMDAT6BC
SHDECMLC Shutter decrease command TMDAT7HC Exposure timer bit
SHINCMLC Shutter increase command TMRSCMHC Timer reset command
SHRLCM-L Shutter rotate left command TVKYIN TV keying line in
SHRLCMLG Shutter rotate left command TVKYOT TV keying line out
SHRRCM-L Shutter rotate right command TV8YNC1 TV synchronization signal
SHRRCMLC Shutter rotate right command
SINGMEML Single memory
SINMEMHC Single memory UPMAN-HG kV-counter up/down for radiogr. and manual
SLECT--L Select external frequency fluoro,
(intermittent fluoro.)
SLFAG Select fixed AGC
SLFLATHC Select fluoroscopy VIBS video signal with blanking and sync
SLFLITHC Select intermittent fluoroscopy VICA Video from camera
SLFLMNHC Select manual fluoroscopy УТКУ Video for X-ray control
SLFXGNLC Select fixed gain VIME Video for measuring
SLGAM2-L Select gamma correction (for VHCU) VPULSE-L V-pulse signal
SLMAN-HC kV counter is clocked by fixed frequency
SLREF Set value for slit width
SLRG--HC Select radiography
SLRGMOHC Select radiography (IDRG)
SLRREF Set value for rotation of slit
SLYOF-L Select system switch-off
SLSYON-L Select system switch-on
SLSYONHC Select system switch-on
SLTRON Select trolley switch-on
(stand-alone trolley)
SM+LAFHC Small + large field size
SPINP--L Diaphragm spacer in position
SRHOVSLC Scan reverse horizontal vertically
synchronized
SRMTE Slit rotation motor wire 1
SRMT2 Slit rotation motor wire 2
SRPO Reference signal from slit rotation
potentiometer
P-00 (0/89.
P-01 (c/89.
P- 1 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P- 2 (a/89. 9807 620 10 „01
P- 3 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P- 4 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P- 5 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P- 6 (a/89. 9807 620 10 „01
P- 7 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P- 8 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P- 9 (a/89. 9807 620 10 „01
P-10 (a/89. 9807 620 10 „01
P-11 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
Р-12 (а/89. 9807 620 10 „01
P-13 (b/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P-14 (a/89. 9807 620 10 „01
P-15 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P-16 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P-17 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P-18 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P-19 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
P-20 (a/89. 9807 620 10. 01
Issued by Nederlandse Philips Bedrijven B.V. | Medical Sysiems Division | Technical Service | Eindhoven
Mobile X-ray system BV25N-HR Section P
PZ- 1 (a/89.0)
PZ- 2 (86.0)
PZ- 3 (86.0)
PZ- 4 (86.0)
PZ- 5 (88.0)
PZ- 6 (a/89.0)
PZ- 7 (a/87.0)
PZ- 8 (87.0)
to
tO ο ϱ) ὢ -ᾱ 1 1 02 © №
보 보 부 보 부 부 부 보모
pob
Diaphragm scheme LA
부
1 DI
Stand scheme SA
x
Touch control unit scheme SB
Footswitch scheme SC
X-ray control unit scheme SE
Motor unit scheme SM
ЕЕ
Power unit scheme SU
Mains control unit scheme WA
了wo
Memory scheme WHA
¡PAGE i
'
1
[
i
1
i
1
1
i
1
|
1
i
i |
i iSE10X10-5E30X3 14522 103 56472 (flat cable i
i 18E10X12-8AX2 14522 103 55934 iconnecting cord !
i IBELOXI3-SAX3 14522 103 55972 Iconnecting cord |
! 1SELOX2-WNLOX2 14522 103 55882 iconnecting cord i
i 1BELOX3/X4-5AXL 14522 103 56264 leonnecting cord 1
| ISELOXS-SAXI 14522 103 56283 {connecting cord |
i iBELOX6-BAXI 14522 103 56303 ¡connecting cord i
} 15E10X7-SM1X1 14522 103 55892 Iconnecting cord
| ISE10X8-SUX1 14522 103 55912 {connecting cord
| 15E10X9-5E30X2 14522 103 56482 ¡flat cable i
i ISEiIX3-SBIKI 14522 103 56102 ¡flat cable i
i ISE11X4-GB1X2 14522 103 54092 !flat cable I
} 15E15X3-5B2X1 14522 103 56082 (fiat cable
i 15E30-SAX1 14522 103 56344 [connecting cord
1 15E30X2-5E10X9 14522 103 56482 iflat cable i
i 18E30X3-BE10X10 14522 103 56472 ¡flat cable }
1 | 1 ,
| | | | |
} ISMIXI-SE10X7 14522 103 55892 tconnecting cord i
i 1SH1X2-5A52/5A53 14522 103 55993 iconnecting cord
i 18MiX3-SUGI 14522 103 55022 iconnecting cord
i iSMLX4-SAM1 14522 103 56122 Iconnecting cord
| | | |
+ 1 ! 1 1
| | | | |
i | i | i
| i i | !
i ! i | !
i i | | |
i i i ! !
i i i i |
i i i i r
1
1
i
i 1
tMHEX1-MAX1 4522 103 57822 imains cord 1i
! |
I
上
y
i
1 ЫНО mains-HAXİ 522 103 57842 imains cord ||
1
BB
1i
1
|
i | |
MN10X2-SE10X2 | 4522 103 55882 | connecting cord
WNISX4-GAXI | 4 522 103 54382 | video cable assembly
! | |
i ! |
WTS1L-WHAZX2 | 4522 103 57912 | iconnecting cord
i | |
i | |
IWTX1-WA/WHA 14522 103 56224 | cable stand-trolley
IWTX1L:1/WTX1:2/ | 2422 034 16574 | contact pin 2.1 6х
i LMTX1E37MTX1i4/ | |
¡WTXL1:a/WTX1:b ! |
i INTXL:A/WTX1:B/ 14522 103 16001 icontact pin 0.14-0.22 22%
i VYTKL:D/HTXI:E/ | |
| IUTXL:F/WTX1:G/ | |
| IBTXL:H/WTX1:3/ | |
i INTXLSK/NTX
LE L/ t i
i 1MTX1iM/MTX1iN/ | i
i INTXL:P/NTX1:R/ +
1
+
+
1 J
i IWTX1:5/WTX1:T/ 1 1
i IMTXIZUZMTXİ1P/ | !
i IWTXL:g/WTX{:h/ | |
i AUTXAri/WTXisj | |
i MTXEED/MTXIIV/ 1 4522 103 16041 icontact pin 0.3 3x
i MTX1EX | |
i IUTXISY 12422 034 18634 ¡contact pin coax
| IWTX1:7 14522 103 16041 [contact pin 0.5
sos
we
PAGE
| |
LAI 14522 126 51001 11715 diaphragm unit
LAI 12622 115 00322 itension spring
LAI 14522 126 51391 {motor iris drive
고 저그 =
Dna RE
tl κ.
хх
SA K 1:0/V/X 103 16051 isocket contact 0
SA K1:Y 034 17141 isocket coax
ΒΑ tXisZ 103 16051 {socket contact 0.5
mom
mo x sd
SA IXi:a/b/3/4 034 16575 isocket contact 2.1
SA 103 16011
Ge
PAGE
!
|
tthermo switch motor
1
I
SBS-4 1
14522 126 33992 icontrol panel vert. mov.
|
DIO
|
|
|
|
|
у
SCHEME/ |
PAGE ㅣ
i
1
1 SCHENE/ INDEX
+
,
PABE |
+
| i
WAL 107 94304 ipch mains control 1
WAL 1 12 12422 032 00082 isocket contact 0.5 i
αἱ
x
ΜΑΙ 112 12422 032 00081 isocket contact 0.14 i
Ὁ
P
HAL 1x2
Re
12422 032 00038 ¡housing M-connector i
ο
πο
WAL 1X3 12422 034 14402 iplug UMNL {
WAL 1x4
we
12422 025 02991 iplug UMNL i
στο
NAZ | 14522 107 94553 {pcb mains control 2 i
HAZ 1 X2-X3-X4-X5 12422 034 15402 iplug UMNL i 4p
o
х
6-7 i
!
WHA1 4522 107 91904 tach video routing
WHAL 1x2 2422 031 00118 iplug BNC ( pin ) KE59-152 |
+ J
i
WHA3 101 (to VHCU) 12422 025 05039 iplug D-connector 125 pins
umas 1x2 12422 025 02197 thousing mod-¥ 12x3p
1
ISCHEME/ i
¡PAGE i
44471
iPZ- 1 14522 126 44481 tshaft
iPZ- 1 14522 126 22202 ishaft
iPZ- 1 12622 008 01057 isleeve bearing bush 12x15
E
i
!
|
1
><
IPZ- 1 bt 14522 126 43832 ibiock 14x
ichain
a
va
+
μα
N
N
—
N
n
一
o
το
o
>
3
1
i
!
i
i
i !
i !
i i
+ 1
I i
i i
! 1
i i
! i
NN μα
IPZ- 3 bb 14522 128 11413
ххх
ibellows
IPZ- 3 bc 14522 126 11383 Ishaft
IPZ- 3 | 14522 126 33425 igrip horizontal carriage
IPZ- 3 be 14522 126 33473 iplate
IPZ- 3 | 14522 126 33462 ibearing bush
IPZ- 5 ta 14522 126 44382 iguide strip
IP7- 3 bh 14522 126 33452 leccentric shaft
IPZ- 3 bi 12522 609 02008 ¡pressure washer 10.2
IPZ- 3 Γκ 12622 001 30043 iball bearing 10x26x8
IPZ- 3 pa 14522 126 44403 ihorizontal carriage
IPZ- 3 bom 14522 126 34964 iplate
IPZ- 3 in 14522 126 24723 bolt
IPZ- 3 bo 12622 007 00018 itaper roller bearing 2%
IPZ- 3 Up 14522 126 33508 ic-arc support
IPZ- 3 ba 14522 126 43934 ishaft
IPZ- 3 br 14522 126 50992 ispring
IPZ- 3 1 14522 126 50343 igrip
IPZ- 3 bt 14522 126 50363 igrip
IPZ- 3 bu 14522 126 43182 iplate
IPZ- 3 Iv 14522 126 44563 idisc
IPZ- 3 Uu 14522 126 44583 iplate with brake lining
IPZ- 3 | 14522 126 44002 tring
iPZ- 5 by 14522 125 16242 iguiding ring
IPZ- 3 iz 14522 125 18842 ibearing bush
IPZ- 3 | аа 14522 126 44161 ¡bearing block
IPZ- 3 tab 14522 126 34632 ishaft
IPZ- 3 tac 14522 126 34628 ibearing block
IPZ- 3 lad 14522 126 44721 {bearing pin
IPZ- 3 136 14522 125 15022 ibearing pin
|
1 ! 1
| | |
| | |
| ! |
| | |
1 + 1
| | |
| !
i i i i !
| i i i !
i } i ! |
IPZ- 4 i 14522 126 56173 iclamping block Ì
IPZ- 4 la 14522 126 33385 ic-arc |
iPZ- 4 tb 14522 126 33372 iblock c-arc i
iPZ- 4 i ced 14522 126 56091 icable support assembly i
tPZ- 4 i e 14522 126 50063 iscale marks 1
iPZ- 4 if 14522 126 33343 ipin 13%
IPZ- 4 ig 14522 126 33362 iblock i
iPZ- 4 1 1 14522 126 33352 istrip i
IPZ- 4 tij 14522 126 42461 iblock c-arc i
iPi- À ik 14522 126 42262 iring i
iPZ- 4 i1 14522 126 56521 idiaphragm console i
iPi- 4 im 14522 126 51461 Ispacer 13x
IPZ- 4 in 14522 126 50241 icover IEC i
IPI- 4 io 14522 126 50212 ispacer IEC i
IPZ- 4 Up 14522 126 33398 (1.1. coupling plate i
iPZ- 4 ig 14522 126 33622 ¡block Ì
iPZ- 4 ir 14522 126 42284 icover HHS i
iPZ- 4 i s 14522 126 50481 inut 12x
iPZ- 4 it 14522 126 50491 icap nut {2x
IPZ- 4 iu 14522 126 50096 ispacer HHS i
i i
4 |
1 i
i i
i i
| i
1 4
| |
i
'
1 PAGE !
t
1
tlocking plate
ch cn
-m
126 43463
F- mm
ibracket
OS
1
m
ca
-r
+
=
126 33403 igrip
En CA
Fern
καὶ x
BEC
PAGE
i
+
pets
X
cce
=
126 42652 icable strip
=
-<
erros
+
125 01471 itoggle switch o
!
1
D
>
BON
'
NN
,|
DN
www
tb OD
ero
,1
上
1
420 10, 01
Mobile X-ray system BV25N-HR Section P
РАВЕ i
ere
an
X le. SU
=»
,
12422 016 03044 thousing F reg, i
м
1
12422 034 11628 isorket contact 0.1-0.24 4 18x
са
+
12422 034 18334 ireceptacles D-connector f 9 skt 2x
CO CO
DU
4
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
i
1
i
y
1
1
i
+i
i
i
+
i
1
1
,
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
|
à
1
i
:
i
1
i
SCHEME/ i
PAGE i
1
1
1i
上 1
i
'
4 4522 126 } set changeable legends
1
1 !
'
4 i
1
1 126 42253 ifocus near diaphragm IEC
1
' 124 42433 ifocus near diaphragm HHS
1
1 i
I
1 I
1
1 126 42403 iadjusting jig diaphragm
1
1 150 09002 ihex wrench 2.0 (K)
1
ì 150 09003 ihex wrench 2.5 (M)
' 1
1 i
1 1
1 i
上
i 126 34352 icover, back (SA)
E
1 124 34362 icover, left (SA)
上
I 124 34372 Icover, right (SA) SAX-side
1
1 126 25011 ivibration plate (200x100)
1
t 125 94321 ivibration plate (250x166)
1
È 126 34341 iprotective plate
+
i
1
1
ㅣ
1 126 22944 ifront cover screened (HT) lupper
'
1 126 22904 iside cover (WT) iupper 2x
1
i 126 22864 iback cover (WT) tupper
1
i 126 42581 ifront cover (HT) ilower
4
1 126 2285b iside cover (WT) ilower 2x
t
ㅣ 126 42593 iback cover (WT) ilower
'
1 126 22974 icover (WT)
1
1 126 22821 thalf-round cover
'
1 126 34412 tinformation cover
1
上 715 00329 imagnetic lock
1
I 700 98103 iknurled knob M4 black 2x
1
1
4
t
1
i
t
t
1
1
1
1
'
i
ㅣ
1
1
1
4
1
|
上
ISCHEME/ |
¡PAGE i
[ 1
1 4
+
1
1
i 14522 126 34472 Idisc (footsw, suspension)
+
1 14522 126 34481 Ishaft (footsw. suspension) 2x
{
1 14522 126 54462 [strip (footsw. suspension)
1
+ 14522 126 50292 ipin (footsw. suspension)
;
上
1
ㅣ
'
1 14522 107 25604 imeasuring panel
>»
mo
1
I 12422 086 00549 {fuse UL KTK 600V 306
=
1
i 12422 086 00546 ifuse UL КТК 6004 156
1
i 12422 086 00545 ifuse UL КТК 400V 108
1
1 14522 103 55241 [potential cable
1
t 12432 011 01009 ¡potential compensating pin 3x
1
1
'
t
1
1 2422 028 00229 mains connector
E
i
1
i 422 013 00476 clamp mm2
一 B
上
È 422 013 00719 clamp Omm2
上
t
1
ㅣ
1
t 1322 054 11156 repair paint mushroom
t
i 1322 053 11155 repair paint brown
i
t
|
ㅣ
i
4
1
4
4
+
1
1
1
1
,
ì
1
1
1
1
'
1
'
i
1
ㅣ
1
ㅣ
1
1
'
4
1
1
1
i
1
i
(4x)
SHH “131 Wed YH-N SZ AG
alsAS AeH- X 31140
|
1
ea κ] (6x)
X
az ba bb bc
{8/8 9. 0] PZ-1
Xx
PZ-2
RU
M
X US
— x
M
ge ee NO
val pz pe
、 .
|
\
-
SHH 33144 09
YH ~NSZAG
3 4011205 waysAS ARY-X 31IGON
x Y z a ab
DA
T
a
(ex) H6x)ikx) | 2)
e
a
Section P
BV 25 N-HR both IEE -HHS
Mobile X-Ray System
; i
]
n
|
dá ! .
Bol
i Po
|
bs bt bu bh bj bk pi bm bn bo bp bg by
{ 86.0)
For
$НН-231
4499 НН-М 52 ЛЯ
44914225 uajsÁs
Áey- Х 21190
PZ-5
Eee
ーー
{ 88.0}
一
T
一
一
一
4 mer o
m
r
7 fm m
(13x)
SHH - 1 4400 HH-N SZ AB
d 0014935 waysds ABY-KX ALGO
LE て
a >
! i
é e .
© 8
o à i $+ €
o © | in İs €
|] ! E
に Liu al il
| ai
| i Wii
Ξ
ミ ως
_
a
니 =
는 | | ー| プ|
s
5
È |
u i
= 55
> eo
= zo
©
i
a as
i i 一 こら
= 1 DE
|
BC EŞ 49939933 Dal q h
a
A т
E tr
4
| ===
^
|
| 고 e Lp | Lig A
T | ÆT u
而
BTE wan 6b0030+6 13
i
| ーーー
m
で
$$ Cr A [ a | 一 一 a
I - == 一 一一 这 o
に= os АЯ R
ac 9
o 一 M,
a
A >
7 N ок
--
B
— SSS ey i
SHH-331 40 HH-N GZAG
duot428s waysks Аен-Х 24964
Mobile X-Ray System SectionP
BV25N-HR both IECHHS '
m
j H
αἱ
{|
i
„JEL
- TA m
-A ini
=
a a |
€
SHH ~J41 444 YH N STAB
WIJSÁSALY-X 31190
Bv25 Family-N/HR Section Z
Section Z: DRAWINGS
FUNCTLONAL DRAWINGS
WIRING DIAGRANS
DIMENSLONED DRAWINGS
Mobile stand
Mobile trolley
1
yel (87.1)E 2-0
9807 620
H.T. CASCADE GENERATOR
II.
SUPPLY
©
AGC
VIDEO >
mA_ FEEDBACK
(j= vine
Z
PROCESSING] ME
Section
SCOPOFIX
FAMERA CONTROL
DIAPHRAGM
~~ DIAPHRAGH
CONTROL
TUBE CURRENT FEEDBACK (mal
kV (mA) £
FLUORO ー ゴ DISPLAY
84-30 mA CONTROL SCOPY
PROCESSING|
FAMILY
kV BC KV CONTROL ку CONTROL
SCOPOFIX
CONVERTER
BV 25
RADIO
20 mA FIXED GRAPHY
kV, TIME &
PROCESSING| DISPLAY
SELECT FLUO./RAD
FILAMENT CURRENT
FILAMENT
a 0
+ 6-
SUPPLY | —
kV
DATA DAL
Ly MPS) © 69-10.0¥ —— 40-100
* 一5 co 一 一
[Ju Up/Down
KV DOWN (38) UP/DOWN —
—5 Ge — ALARM
Up/ ロ owl RESET
Re
ke
ky
COUNTER
CONTROL | euaBte COUNTER
Lu up kV STEPS D 5790
品 50V HPS3 OVO HPSO
©
SELECTION LI
+ kv DOWN DATA LI
MANFLUD/RAD. Rá service
ROM DISPLAY KV/mA mÅ ADJUST
FLOCK КУ/тА
ADDRESS
CURVE
MESI
W3 mA CONTROL
İSA) DATA DAC CIRCUIT
ADC AUTOMATIC DOSE RATE CONTROL
VCO
190)
curved トー テ UPD0wR
WN nd
138}
HPS2
0.3-9.0V=0.1-3 mA TUBE CURRENT
XTVS CONTROL 110} AUT, FLUD
eL
A SELECT
RADIDGRAPHY (30
SELECT FLUOROSCOPY
ЗУ5ЩЕ
{le L SERVICE ya
SELECT
+一 5 一 SELECT RADIOGRAPHY (104.5030) LARGE FOCUS
SELECT RADIDGRAPHY
FAMILY
©
~
{SEE 21-13}
Bv25
SELECT FLUOROSCOPY
JU EtHXRSE 【4A1 COMMAND X-RAY
GENERAL RESET BY SCOPOFIX
TUN COMMAND X-RAY BY STAND
RECEH GCT
© L
Pt INTERMITTENT (30) SCBUSY {107
SEL. INTERM. FLUO. SCOPOFIX SCOPOFIX BUSY
SB system CONTROL WHA
CONTROL PANEL
SN 56666
INVAL, CHXRST 180) COMMAND X-RAY
BIVERTOR ALARM 178) BY STAND
FILAL
FILAMENT ALARM (78)
HVGAL ALARM 1381
HV. GENERATOR ALARM (SD) BB IMAGE INTENSIFIER
W
[一 READY 144)
DAD BA
QIAPHRAGM READY 19A1 &
XIV5 CONTROL READY 1281 УПО
STBUSY
SCOPOFIX BUSY (ALI
DA
SEL RAD (ac) IBBIEXPOSURE PREPARATION COMMAND
ALARM-NOT
SHAP-SHOT (30) READY CHECK
SNAP- ‘SHOTSWITCH SEE 71-10
a
HANDS WITCH
(20) INTERMETTENT テーーゴ
X RAY
CCaTIHO0US ALARM RESET (241
PULSE
HIGH
k
CONTROL
ALARM VOLTAGE
HOISNAP-SHDT と ーー CONTROL
97
Pe věna- 11201 HIGH VOLTAGE
FOOTSWITCH GENERATOR ALARM
TIMER am
ALARM
AIAR, LL RADON (6A) |1 |
sun p De © rs ÀÀ ("||
DISPLAY
7] Lie TIHAL ICI l с 700 [lle 170-380 Y Inl |
MESH I A - |
Ny Li SMALL MEASURING FIELD
[1 <60 KV I
一 1281 n
ky más > X-RAY
pac kv i ap
> |
ene " MPST © GOADOV —— 10-100 V [>
ERROR 3 INVERTOR
TA UPZnow Tê ALARM
ALARE _ HIGH VOLTAGE CONVERTOR ISEE 21-6) WVAL HE)
μα BESET
ve TUBE CURRENT FEEDBACK HeHEAS 1
MAMEAS 2
COUNTER kwe
kV STEPS ir Mi nes ove mpso L FILAMENT
~ |
LAL LIC)
SELECTION LI ; 1 TUBESZINA La FILAMENT ES
ELECTION DATA LÌ sere Е ERROR2 ALAR
' ark ROM DISPLAY KV/mA mA ADJUST 2 |
=
ADDRESS kV/mA -
-T curve ビー kve 。 .E в
W3 분
- A CONTROL
DATA DAC L obě. 00600 Me T“ |
21 η 1
1 "T
wn 1e
03-90V—01-3 má TUBE CURRENT | 3
SELECT RADIOGRAPHY | 3
SELECT 1
RADIOGRAPHY (304 Г i uve
テ 1 SELECT LARGE FOCUS | 그 wv 一 вона
ーー ЗУБЦЕ
SERVICE We
SELECT δι a (NTE ERROR 5
; LARGE FOCUS TANK TE
FILAMENT SUPPLY see zi) BA PRACTIX-C TANK sant
TRTPAL (1
[SEE 21331
EHXRST (A1 | COMMAND X-RAY
|| BY SCOPORIX
& COMMAND X-RAY BY STAND accen enc) И _ X-RAY
| scBusy ti ZE YY
SCOPOFIX SCOPOFIX BUSY
CONTROL WHA
mes Va VOLTAGE
Е
Mi Hã は
®-----® — scan
BA
“HOR. AND VERTICAL
{ODIEXPOSURE PREPARATION COMMAND LIT OEFLECTION MAINPHASE 2
SEL RAD. {3C} «FOCUS
[οἱ 142 EXPOSURE PREPARATION
PALIGHMENTS
T T COMMAND 140)
1 I i
1 i — BLOCK COMMAND X-RAY
H2 Hi BY STAND turi
で 300V >300Y
HVLD HVHI
HIGH
VOLTAGE
ALARM RESET (24) CONTROL
HIGH
ALARH VOLTAGE
ERROR 1 CONTROL VICA x2 a
—# LIVENS-L 1120} HIGH VOLTAGE ©
GENERATOR ALARKO)
V
HVGAL (101 +
BGHIGH VOLTAGE CASCADE GENERATOR WK XTV5 CAMERA WN XTV5 CONTE
6 7 | 9 , 」 1
ㅣ 4 i
了
E TURE ! Da
e < o—}—~ LARGE FOCUS oa
(© EGCUS POSITION [Ba SHALL FOCUS
1 ーー
ERROR 3 INVERTOR i
ALARM A 十一 uP DOWN
4 SUE WITH
HIGH VOLTAGE CONVERTOR AVAL HEà . DAC counter μοι, ROTATE £
60006
TUBE CURRENT FEEDBACK HAHEAS 1 TI !G
MAHEAS 2 ! СНЕ
e A up/nown
L FILAMENT © SL ROTATION unter
. pat comer oia
FILAL 110) COUT
_ I Tu JBE=20MA
Ш FİLAMENT LA DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM CONTROL
È Ennor 2 ALARM
— 5 COMMON SCAN REV
=
we το | Fix
り| |
Dl, 3
1
o 3 copy
SELECT RADIOGRAPHY 3
508.
uv —
SELECT LARGE FOCUS La ov — 60BHz SB sy
CONTRO
ERROR 5
TANK TEMPERATURE
ALARM
FAMILY
X-RAY IN
E E EEE 22 722222
2 vene 1301
RECCM SCI
SUB RECORD CONTE
{IK ER /SUB
copy
Se x
E Va VOLTAGE | ῃ ALL CAMERA
|| | CONTROLS &
a "a ADJUSTMENTS
©-—--© SCAN
“HOR, AND VERTICAL | FIX
LS] BÉFLECTION MANPHASE 2V !
FOCUS + DARK CURRENT GAM WHA scoPoE
| μα -ALIGHMEHTS 18 2 EXPOSURE PREPARATI 1 30 ser. CONTROL CONTROL LL
| COMMAND ul STBY MEMORY Hart FIXED © WT TRO
TROLLEY
1i 1 1i BLOCK stan X-RAY
BYCOMMAND 7 | Lp ADC 128) БАН 5 LI
HZ H1 © jo SELECT МАНИЛЬ
<300V =300V SET UP VOLTAGE AUTO
HVUD HVHI GAM
HIGH CLEAN CIRCLE COMMAND
VOLTAGE 1100)
CONTROL
下
x VIDEO st |
JE VICA 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一一 —— ADDER PROCESSING 1
L |
WK XTV5 CAMERA WN XTVS CONTROL
| | 2 | " | 12
| 13
|
TT TUBE
88 9807 200 12001
6° 11 CASCADE
BG 9807 120 2.01
пи 1 Da
РВАСИХ-С TANK
< O LARGE FOCUS 5 GA 9807 700 2.01
FOCUS POSITION FORMAT SELECTION 1
| マートー sHeLL FoUs
に = 수 | CAMERA WITH PBER COUPLGG
foma SUSLF WK XTVS FB 4527 181 5074
SELECT RADIOGRAPHY (GC) © A CONTROL 007 FOR
o WN * XIVS FI 4522 161 5026
|: ュー ORO eiAapHRA5H REAOY CLOSE BAPHRAGR XTVÝ HEB 4522 161 5026
00 FORMAT мм 20" n TV MONITOR
{ SIZE $625 751 50101
4 DIGITAL SCOPOFIX HROP/ DPH
DIAPHRAGM | Lo Up/Down ACZION 987 120 3..09/4..09
日E (| WHD DIGITAL SCOPOFIX HOP IH
. 5 9807 721 0..01
> oac DATAS) COUNTER INCAEASE/DECREASE SU
COUNT Mn WA MAINS CONTROL UNIT
全
SCAN REVERSE HORIZONTAL
ax 上
55
MST
L image
ROTATION
CONTROL
se ご <
SB SYSTEM
CONTROL PANEL
- uve
LIVENB 301 MEMORY
SELECTION
ーー
i る
RECCH (UCI I| WM1
SUB RECORD CONTROL I MONITOR LEFT
A ara our? eg!
cory DUL) e q
VIDEO LVE テーo
MEMORY
UNIT
ALL CAMERA ves Jd om VA ed er mm a
CONTROLS 8 Ir our ot
ADJUSTHENTS
I| me
|! WM2
I ENE MONITOR 1 MONITOR RIGHT
SELECT |
|
| Fix I BA |
DARK CURRENT Ga
CONTROL contra | WHA SCOPOFIX CONTROL
STBY MEMORY HAN | AUT oxen I WT TROLLEY
os ADC 128) Ps Ê AM 1
4 光一 saltcr MANUAL
SET UP VOLTAGE o AUTO i SYSTEM FUNCTIONS
AM
SEAN CIRCLE COMMAND 5 |i
1001
io x _ 31
VIDEO ANG AZAR
— | ABDER PROCESSING 1
CLEAN
ORCLE 9807 620 0..01N 187.1} Z1-2
COMMAND: 1..01 HR
(80)
Ες +15
av
oc ov SC ov E BC бу
BE :TY DE av DEV
00
DC -12V o BC -12V 3
BE 0V
OC ov
C -TY
DC -ty
AC 220 VFL
MONITOR R
HAS Vi
MAINS { HANS VE
σα]
DE AC 230 VFL
AC 220 VET
MONITOR L
Be Ov.
25 FAMILY
DE +15V
ВС «την
STAND ALGNE
OPERATION oc av
+
> DC -64Y
НАС 220 УР?
AL 220 VEI KT МАНЕ — cei
ac ov
O1 — LAC 220 VFI
Ες -ὂν
PATIENT
HO DATA UNIT
AC 220 VEL
АС 220 УЕ?
XEAGAS, MIE
x23€
HCUSt5VH SE 13 SE 15 SE Y SE 19 SE 23
X10:48:A10,86:B10
+ ος «ων
НАС 220 VEZ
SN
HARD
UNIT
SÜ SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY
SA MOBILE STAND
SE 10X3:A1
SE 10X3:A2
SE 10X3:A3
SE 10X4:A1
SE 10X4:A2
SE OXt:A3
SE 10X5:A6
SE 31 SE 33
AC S94 VEL
AC 594 VE?
SEOX2:T BC ανν
PYROHO SEXES DI 10X2:5 SOZUM
BEWKZ AR v 10x2:R 1Ox1
SEKEN Ww 10X22Y 10Xtp
XI:AMZFATIDIRBII
xttA222 | | xttA222 5£10X2:X 10X2:X ОХТА
SEDXZW
X2:1,A,22.2 1A22,Z
OC・5V
X3:ATA3.DLB3 X1:2B X128 WN CAMERA CONTROL
x228 28
KL Χιλς
SEIOXtA5
A な SETOXIAI
SEX EAD
SE10X1 83
SE3OX EM PWRGND
X10:A8:410,88:80 SE30FH
X.Y X12LY
SENXT:AT
KELLY SEIOXT:A3
SE10X7.A2
SEIX Al
SE10 CONTROL BACKPANEL o "© DC -24V
VEZ
sSEWKEAS psv BC SV |
DE ιν aras CATHODE
SEWXT-AY peer pr ev | LA e E OM VOLTAGE 1
SEWKI:AS De ov BC ov ГАЗ 1 |
SEIOXYB3 bev
me 了= © À | OX Yarar =
ha, ION PUHP NLEA =
| 7 O” VOLTAGE 7
SEISX3:A1 pe SY |
SEI5X3 81 Dr sv ae
23132 4 1 1
SEISX3:AZ Bc oy < | E IEA
5E15K3:82 Bt ov 2a?
SEISX3:A3 DE BY LAZ NEA =S 7 =
SEISX3 .63 at «БУ 20183 +
| LA DIAPHRAGM.
SETSNI:AL
eee RE 0Y
ος ον Pra BA EARTH TERMINAL
| GA PRACTIX-C TANK
SEWOX7-AI BE BV Xtat
SE10X7:A3 EEE 143
X1:A2: | C - ARM
5E10X7:A2
SEIOXT:AS DCDe ov126. XEM
xt
κος
pm OC +26
AC 220 VEZ Dex
3
6 HLEA + 了
~ 1 L
AC 220 vet 4 15
AC 220 VEL SAM1 1
x32 MOTOR =" NLEA
LEA юз MEA = IH
KEY OV
0 ο ο ES WHA 1
1% Petri x SCOPOFiX E € VERSION ORLY
E + Е МУКУ М WN 10
x2 x XTV 5
B 4 B ITVKEY OUT
MP2 KEY 2
BS + Bk SM1
x x VERTICAL
2 7 & MOVEMENT
HPA Уз
BI q KEY 3 Ke] € SE 39
SE 23 Em | mea nas x] INVERTER
DIAPHRAGM xt “a sa 5 POWER 2
CONTROL 2 3 Kern
REY 5 € SE 37
SE 21 $ * | INVERTER
DIAPHRAGM xt - 2 POWER 1
CONTROL 1 KEY 101
sex 6 E SE 35
SE 19 £ x ] RECITIFIER
X RAY χι - 9 POWER
CONTROL > KEY
KEY 7 SE 33
SE 17 E x POWER
RAD, & FLUO. x 9 CONTROL
PCB
PROCESSING % WEYB
KEY 8
SE 31
SE 15 X weve RE
PCE FILAMENT
INDICATION № were xan SB Ra 5 SUPPLY
PROCESSING aan Lo
X3:B21 KEY9
КЕ = CONTROL SE 30 POWER BACKPANEL
xES
KEY 9
SE 13 Е
GENERAL & ERROR x1
PROCESSING >
KEY 10|
SEN å
CONSOLE & El MPN X6:83 KEY il 5 SASTL SAS13 MICRO SWITCH
SEGMENT INTERFACE o KEY μα sex BURNOY UZ VERSION ONLY
gq ЗАХ\
ММЕСТ
SE 10 CONTROL BACKPANEL co oR
KEY MA
WA 1 ーー am
MAINS OFF MPI
CONTROL ke pc av
as
UNIT
Y] _
© 1
| D Κι
SLSYON Î av
SB1 mov
72 6
3
xa
2 u
г 一
E m w
PWRGHD Kb
7
TV |
W if} ba m x fB;
= ms AtSouvE! ЗА
5
了 X4 18 1 |
| i Acsouve2 X22
¡32,81 i WA
i e ΣΗΜΑ) |
RI R3 R2 |
|
“a
Xit
Section
XV
T2
Pr Be |
PART -
y XI 1 |
12 |
W |
V u [xe |
|
A |
Bo AM |
UBI LI |
bi W
= 다 2 R — 1 WAI
WA E | awe | oc toy
MAINS CONTROL 2 B9 | от X33 SI Rat BE・18V
081 ] の I 4
B x53 | 18V ov x52 prov sez
[ SETOXS:AS
SWITCH ON CIRCUIT [
A] НЯ 2
102 yaa Fh xau i vz 1-2 | on x32 XE PWRSYN2 wrxi:d È saxi:d SEN
=
BV 25
| a x83
HLEA oo
Mu T2 MAIS VOLTAGE PROGRAMMING
tra a
7V T2i ALZA 1 7213145] Е
| da 1000 | 10% [107] 1001109) 1221125
2 Å x52 | 24V nov | vo | 107) 108] 105] 122] 125
i 12
tzov | 104 | 107] 1081 109 | 1221 125
van 18
İ ne
ACIOV?
Gu 130 | 104 | 107] 308] 510] 122} 125
2004 | 105 | 106] 110] 108] 123/ 124
2104 | 105 | 106] м0 | 109 | 123 | 26
2200 | 105 | 106) 108] 107 | 123 | 126
230% | sas | 106| 08| 109 | 123 | 12%.
2607 | 405 | 106 | 08| по | 123] 124
WA2
上 7 x 8 1
T T !
PWEGND, は
2 Me AES4yF) ХЗ
AE594VE2 22
2 26 acrrovrt 27
Xi1
xis 4 see
Χιπ 243
xo
χι
HEDIYE 128
vo
van EB can 121 ACQZOVE? x29
BB
pira
XVS
Gm しア =k xtB4 forms x
Kipi,
XU | ves 一一
MP ARE SHORTED 4 >
87st5 ς了 А = жк 01608[мн ZVAL | |
|
L
Bir B6
Ugg | BA
виen (= 一 ei [pieza E
|
|
em
EHD vz CONDUCT x
le1
+4--
= | |
O qm
Bio Zi
089 122|
Labt WNxrvs ui À 本 = 써서 mm XEA3 | |
ен H 54 | oc ον 10x2:P
89
AB
| | Mu
WAI
x33 ML X5
o DL tav
B10 / | |
πο ! 1 > I HHPH-H O SE10X2sP rar À 本 = 183 | изв ΧΡ dE EVO NO
зву 157? | 0601 | Ag V3 CONDUCT |
w SEE
MEASURING 18 xa x55 | ocov 213 +
TRANSFORMER I
一 一一 二 τι x53 | ac
pop T s ,
was |1
pus X1B6
dum X1BB
é XUAS
κ
Let " DC-18V
5613 Pam = ALIŞ
MEASURING < | CHECK FOR A YES
XDA
TYSYNCT
WTXI:e | SAXi:e - SHORT AT HAIN o
ACISVI DEV ACISV2 TRANSFORMER
ao <4 TRANSFORHER TI x
σα ва σα ЕХБ:А?
ο 1 は
120 ΧΙ KIK PWRSY RE WTXic 上 SAX1Er SE19X10:A6
WA2 X SEE FLOWCHART (13C) ]
RCUIT SEIXS:AS
28V (218/184
„zv
19 K32 X2 PWRSYNZ WIX1:d | SAXT:d SE10X10-D6 ALAYI İŞİ
T1 5E10X5:85 om
wa μα! χα Τ VOLTAGE
MAINS TRANSFORMER
va 1 PI bi> I L
REGULATOR I ma ,
SA STAND ACZ4V2 ua 十 [
BD)
WA
7 +
8 9 +
10 」+ 1
~ SLSYON-L
SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT SB1
SUSYOF-L 4 まち
av
χι ας (OR
av ューーー ZAR
o
£ SEAN SETIKE
: M6
SENER sEnxZ:? ^
SE10X6:42 SEMX6:Al
SAX T
WTXTT
y
хан
MEL ISVH HEU・15VH
HEUx15V ALAS va μοι
so
-一 一 一一 一 一 一 一 一 一 H2 SWITCH DFF
ат ALARM z KZ im
Section Z
' B9
¿TVS μι { 本 = YEAR Lora MXth3
10X2:P ーー |
ERI | |
|
| , |
У
| | [ALARM DETECTION
ーーー CIRCUIT]つ
+
(27-0758) WIXtg,
be azm xt “HV HEY. ISV SAXtg
194)
BV 25
46:41 | non χι
IMAGE ROTATION CONTROL
ROTATE L
Or ο sent:
12161 SENS1 saxvadwixta
È | χα TRRLCH-L-| d one o X6:A2 TMROL Xeon
ΞΕΊΊΧΕ:ΑΙ SE IDXG:A& & i
—d
ROTATE R
ooSBIX2:A3SEMINARI SENATE
ET
SAXES WTX UE) XE IMRRLM-L
&
оо
iT
6581 | nor -
+
3
WA
9 1 10 1 11 | 12 , 13 14
| 4 + +
* MCU<15VH
[(25-10/48] ALARM-HC sac:
rio, > 8 | 一 一 一 一一一 一 5
MCU <ISVH| pas
SLSYON-L ο cori
SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT SB1 SEN TaSvOU-H qui
SLSYOF-E *
ov XL AS
GENERAL & 10
SETttX230
us нА ERROR PROCESSING
il CONTROL
ov B 22413
O SA STAND UNIT SBT
WTX1f a 281
Er OLé
= 2 ΕΙΧΕ 8Η
> X2 A y SEBX2.0 1
ZH Mİ
zr po Ef tosvon-L
Еと
MCU-ISVH NEU・1SVH
so sa
H2 SWITCH OFF
ALARM Wo KZ mer
(REO) “Be
MOUSISVH dom
WTX1iT
>: 1 X70 SAYS: AUCH
ERRORE SWITCH ON
SAKLI 12 1410/28) af K1 rm XiB7 Fine 87
라 SWONEM-L
SA STAND SLTRON-L a Tai DELAY XLAT = XLAT
nap Vel | хм KI = Baser I om
STAND - ALONE wrxiul 2 118) WA2
OPERATION TU x
luna: cov
KZ Baj
7
| MP1
i' que?
セーーーーーーーーー
ニーーー FLOWCHART
CONNECT MAINSPLUG
TO WALL SOCKET
ут дно У?
SHORTED
TT H GHITE V3
SAKIŞ
cu svi WTXEELSAXEE SEMKE A4 5€13X2:12 KEY
でーー (124) HE Tot
μεν να. σα) HCUSISVH
pa (TAL
SEEN av
MAINS TRANSE
xtB5 060 140 SA STAND WITHIN 0.25
АНУ
XGA [pon xed emmre vw ig CHU FE
RS RIERZ
İRESİSTORS MEMAL-H on ACTIVE
MESA
FA SWITCHES
に XGA2 2ト IFRDL ms |___TFuses Fi AND
4-43 Fl af BLOWN)
os
ome X6:82 İMROZ хз
RGUPCH-L | ХА ЗАТ
CARRY
Section
COUNTER 2
kV COUNTER
EHHACOHE
(ua)
TBR6--HC
(21-7440)
BV25
RESET-HC
ALRSCHAC 123-118)
121-7158)
mAs+
00] HSUPEHHC MSUPCHHE OSULLA
L XZ:AN À HSUPCM-L Sie
ENABLE
mAs—
NIH | 5BBCHHC
JL XZ:AS MSBaCM-L
[Je
SB1 SE11
TOUCH CONTROL CONSOLE AND
PANEL SEGMENT INTERFACE
3 4 5 | | 8
|T È 1
T740)
TO FLUOROSCOPY
SE19 A2 IDRG--HE
IBRG--HC X-RAY CONTROL ^ στη
tisi
(aay 7
во Z
レノ
レクA
乡
7 600H2 |
THE A (2-8/3)
2
~
レノ
RESET-HE
HOHOLOGATIDH
ALRSCHHE x ANG RAGIO. xu?
121-7480 m Tite, HE
7
ZA
121-7158] xx >1 ΕΠ
GENRESHC = RESET ха i EA7 (21-10/201
E
venom ПИР
7 TD ~ EA Ea
va Xx
?t
1
ンクa
HSUPCHHE 찌니 OSCLLATOR
nn EsG xn i
CLOCK De
ssmocHae | tt >1 & ENABLE
Zw
2
couter 4
30mA--HC | KIM mAs COUNTER Za
ва
| A
toa-sémas mt EZ
jo
oni 22
D2-80mA5 TMS 5617
más RANGE
DETECTION RAD & FLUO PROCESSING
6 | | 8 1 10 | 1
! 1 1 ㅣ
[eEasuRnIa
FIELD DETECTOR |
vref W2
grec [ox
vel XK i > moan]
GENERAL & ERROR P WN YTV
PROCESSING SEI W
一 一 M4 MABIFONE
x22 1
LATCH x28 a
Duo [94 i
- TELL RTE?) | |
KV ref Liv КА ZA om mA COUPLED TO ky KR i
CEDEK ας 一一
。
2 πα. ox 一 5 e
Te OHS
2 2 МУXTE | имо1 “ ttt ime ~ non or "tom | mms OFC Pow
4A at KVBITIHC # 1 a TIMER TMDATO. DAT? CA OO
ἔ a “5 1 AVONIRE xy "1? 多
クレ レン _ _ _ _ AH ! vemame sek ZA eat
ング ググググ ググ クンググ ググ σαν nh 1 ウン ング 2 cm Jİ e i
KVB7HE ata 10 DISPLAY XAG 1
A AG ES
Z a gm i がVBTBHE x om 2 EN x38? i
多 B | нии1 >; JA 2 00 ea 1|
7 ~ 7, р
l
μα "Z Mm 1 om dA НОСОМ — ap
η I1 Zİ arm EZ — 38 | con
a mec EM ZA sum 一
>Z2
Tae
me
x,
ης 1t GEDE G
4
7Å Se 2
mk (m
“a
I -Am の
7
/ZZ)
~ Tessie
CRE
/
E
2 レン4| ~
πω
ZE
2
ZA >
Zw ZA om 2 ーー a
i
THDATOHT
amme
G
[E SELECTED
70 GE x :
00 ZA one our < = > = — er i THOATO--IH€
CM 2 Fua вое > LAT ジグググ ク ク ク クンクク クングググ 】 EE 1 01-70}
1-870} wy RADIO πα 그 RADIOGRAPHY TIMER THDATO--7 一а i|
レン RABO
レク RORD XZ THDATIHC
>
= BACK 10 100 KY РА
4
a
È
ob me2329 | [mes
ÉLOCK má CONTROL (104)
2
pom
n 2Z --
4
xs ~ DP (108)
„ov
Mes?
А [№ Treflav/ma)
xs HABITOKE HABITOHE x ADJUST
I 1 xD
LAYER
— x28 1
1 ' via
8一 一 一 一
emo κ ES ! i X TAMPLE è FOLD wa as
LLL NELLIE E2 1 ! xi
x + ZED > over So7 1 [SERI MAC
2 DH? mA COUPLED TO kV ae i ! м bet CONTROL i ma FLUO (21-8778)
CLOCK İron
2 naA | CONTROL 00 XDA 1
HABITIAC HABITAi x acne
x
VOSGCOHE AO
FIX (21-6/581
IDFLATHCe fi a
ση & X382 SEMX3B2 ma
IONE k |
FIX |
ЗЫ AYAR LED XX SEt9X3BT 54х10 WERE T
wr
re села
| 121-150)
- |
0604
πι GENRESHE 3 | xy GElgsHC
123-1054) ES
IDFLATHC 부비 |
SYSTEM CONTROL НАХ? MH SAXEH Sigues cute] xy ly EO χητ НТО
PANEL SB1 0080 {FIX
1Z1-14/60) CONTROL
(2145/60) κ MFUTHE 60) ν
WHAZXZ:83 WTKLG SARE SET BI SINGMEMLCÍ кв xs | SIMMEMBC [XIX SMMEMKC SYSTEM CONTROL
а xte | make PANEL SB1 CONT. FLUO BI a —
pt
RQSS--HE OBL,
_ SE1OX12:A3 XD
п. 128) PENTA tt
Æ sn | sona SEIX12At ssvor | zw
52° > a X249 | 5559--НС
x27 -
E Ea en Oe BLKCH-HE
168) 中
|
ΧΤΕ SE30X7B4 SEIKO BA FTSwSF-L XIV
FOOTSWHEH
© X2:20 | FTSw--HC MTFLU-HCm |
FEY dl & HA) L
A. SE SAXZ'A SEMXIZ:AZ FTSWEM-L] x2: 人 7 X2L SE10X9:A5 5E30X2A5 XL у
=—5- +4 (28)
S1
Sp [Saxe FTSWCH-L FTSWCH2L トー x21
prov 130 (21-8/10) 31 TSM
EDOTSWITCH SC 120 SSSW~-HE
Wi
«BY ¡HE TSWLO
1 ZINIO)
ZI-6/11 Fiswo-to | x25
® 11081
aan CHXRSC-L
54 Xt: AI SLEUT-LE x 3 41 1 x27 SLFUTHC X 27 40 | 바나 P
BV 25
E 리야 x MODE SELECTION
AE pr İİ <
Sum SLELMN-L X3:42 on i να
À 1 X28 SLELMNHC x creat I2I-6/2A) —_X2H | ipeirenic
lp
E X2:A8 ΧάΑύ. XIL SLR ロ 一 HE XIE しAB SE10X9:B9
1 ps iT 121-8770)
x Dye ean 대 -E (21-6/4CKZ1-:9/2A,6A)
XDA 3 prov Χο Αα HekFTSwHE == FLUO
'ADIO == FIXED 보태 AUTO/FIXED GAIN
STAT a ον {Bt し WHEN HeETSW | ¿yl sura Sena — o 10x2:0
HeFTSWHC ACTIVE A AUTO
1100) wi Г WN xTvs
ov
SYSTEM CONTROL CONSOLE & SEGMENT AGC
PANEL SB1
INTERFACE SETİ GENERAL & ERROR PROCESSING SEB ーーーー
ТЕТ 2:81
124-9/2A1 X3:B1 XIBI
IORG--HE XU
IDRG--HC (ZI-6/18) x48 | mag 짜고 i
SYSTEM STABILIZES
XIX | AUTO MODE 4
VESECOHE
FLAT z FIX 121-6/68 X-RAY
1501 x382 SENKIB2 KEB2 i BACK-UP TIMER SYSTEM DOES NOT PULSE
DELAY STABILIZE AT ALL TERME.
HATION STOP
20 ser DA 08}
4i ŞA FIMKooco XI 5
SEYZABL a:
SAMO x Fw &
MANUAL
MODE
>!
CHXRST ene
s Ena (BB)
(215130)
ne XIV GeNRESHe DELAY KALI
> IDFLATHE ll 300 asec
guncfxer HAINE SWITCH BACK 70 LIVE IF SYSTEM
DUBHEMHC FAX DOES HOT STABILIZE i 300 msec.
| Ra
CONTROL σι
FLITCHHC
50 pri
me [aux smmemme SYSTEM CONTROL cont.RFHTHC
Rum rej x so 9
> fr
в р xe риe RO PANEL SB1 。
ROSS--HE 081 pd ゃ AAA x
START INTERMITTENT FLUORO
上 -= INTFLUHE
ΗΙΤΙΑΙ.
FEXT-L 5E10X12:A3 X2E [ | >1 5
eu
比 ㅠㅠ tie
o da CURE ES Le Lr] СВЕ
xa? [vererentrznr ruvoroscopr
FLUOROSCOPY cananı
CONTROL |
O BLKCH-HC FLITCHHE (6A}
168} OSCILLATOR ROSTELLE ENABLE INT. FLUOROSCOPY
gr
T:05-19 sec] 190
va Je 一 本 a X220 上 FTSw--HT INTFLU-HO prom) RESET
--
158)
μμ
VA y
payer 7 Led ㅣ pis © INTERHITTENT TTT]
me 1 — | &
{Gene (>
X2T
21 | 一一 HETSwHc COMMAND X-RAY
—d 다 ROSS--HE SHAPSHOT > Br STAND TV delay
55506 | X28 m
heETSwLE 1 AG 10 msec
Тесла 6546 | 95 ottt con. FLUO
tal
1 Bl oat CDNTiugus
BL | ха
ーー キマ ーーー 一 一 本 X248 | HOSW--HC я i
στο :i
& HOSW--HE | X29
| CONT FLUO
НСМ
Е
> ©
(88)
HOSW--HC ENABLE
160
ROSS--HC m
ne >1
X26 tel
HTRD--HC
они =”
CONSOLE & SEGMENT ue — & 150
SE11 110/58)
=
INTERFACE
IDFLAT-HC | 2
X2
바비 LOFT an
"一一一 一 и x
ME | JOFLMNAC 1643
ATAÇ i
DRG--HC
il
x15 A COMMAND X-RAY
A O AT IDRG-HC (80) MD E BY SCOPOFIX
CHXASC-L SE XA AS X24
Ноа
L CXRSC-t
1851
ατα | oruk
-一一-|
一 一 一一 人 npsw--ft am 一一一 一 一
MEC 158) &
26/24) XEM | sorun. IDRG-RC PI
ва
6 , 7 」 8 i 9 10 }
T y т
SYSTEM STABILIZES
(AUTO MODE |
IDFEMHHC 一一
MANDA
NANUAL >
δει & MODE
Y XRCD---H
asec. 1 x2u | pass--r Sa Exara АХ =
SWITCH BACK FO LIVE tf SYSTEM
SAXU:K ma
BDES HOT STABILIZE tu 300 mSec. ROSS--HE
FLITCMHE | ne
178) >1 4
R a x220] uvghptr 36 60132 0290 a
al > YE
START INTERMITTENT FLUGRO
ра INTEL
e —— α
sor > E VERSION
LIVE ENABLE CONTROL we NYHR VERSION
INITIAL
— kt == >! -στο хз SCOPOFIX.
| でてな
[EI TELE i CHXRSC-L 1 CHXRSCHE
10 a» SEE 21-13/344151
150 (21107201 = SEE 21-13)
INTERMITTENT FLUOROSCOPY CONTROL FLHCHHC IA
- > SAXEW . i|
г COMMAND X-RAY 4
ROSSE SMAPSHOT テ 1 BY STAND TV delay ть 27 | CHXRSTLE 18 20132
στο ЧВАНТВИБА = W msec, SAKTR
| WH
As CONT. FLUD
5 Isa} us mes;
i Bt oa CONTINUO!
1 +
στο. CONT FLUO >1 XI A | nostra
tas) =
EMABLE
ROSS--HE (21-6738
181 テ 1
ADFLITHE »—
50
EXPOSURE
PREP, TIMER
Da ser. 10X9:A13 HsYH XIM
(2178738) SYNE
MAINS: ς
- 1852 ROSE HER XTS SYNC. LL
TNAGRHIC xo START 1049 了
(Taro
Takar GE & & X2:19
2 に
ВАВОН-НС RADONHC xy HIGH VOLTAGE COMMAND
Бир
THDATOHE
мя
ρα
Хам
t 130) SEA 8/10
SELECT MODE {NDICATION LEDS On 1 er BACK-UP
;
o | Mim EXPOSURE TIMER
TIMER DATA | TIMER küser
AUTOMATIC FLUOROSCOPY | meat 121-6110) 2, | ху
ВУ GENERAL RESET | XEW Telômset- é sec ς
AUTOMATIC FLUOROSCOPY | JOFLAT 1 δε XR sac ov
р AUTOMATIC INTERMITTENT | MFLAT & IOFLIT monte | “E RESET pa (21-10/28) OSCILLATOR }
a FLUOROSCOPY
u xan 121-450) ye
days SEMI ETC ROPULS と 500H2 | clock Wu РЕ ям
MANUAL FLUDROSCOPY IDFLAT z IDFLMN Roni — ππρασ
mg KTP ZO ο yd
> MANUAL INTERMITTENT | 바르나
FLUDROSCOPY
LIT A (DPL sa RADIOGRAPHY & FLUOROSCOPY PROCESSING SE17 area
wets
| & -Z
RADIOURAPHY 1000 GENERAL & ERROR PROCESSING SE13
X PANEL SB1 =
」T 9 10 ,т 1 ,+ 12 ,+ 13 ,т
= E VERSION
we NCHA VERSION
X29 に
4 1 CHXRSCHE SCOPDFIX
121-30/20) a x SEE Z1-13/14/15)
«ISEE 21-131
EXI
=> CHXRST RET EE
AI δα |
mest & εκ
x38 | Leonas
>1 X2 À ROSTFLHE BOSTFLHE x 22222 n p LtmpAL (21-10/79)
グン di $ 4 LEBDAA-L
ATA TO DIS; Χα
121-6/38) INTEGRAL
D MER PATA TO DISPLAY 56 | tomasE
EN LCCL2-L
Het conta 124-107 781
CLOCK DATA Z речь
MAINS
HPs? hasTFLHC | xs SYNC xis] SEOXEAI нусон-нс
20118)
RG & T X2:19f _ RADON-HC RADONHC XIV HIGH VOLTAGE COMMAND
Хм
SEIDK SA
La Le
oan arara
BACK-UP
一 TIMEN
δες
a RA | FLUOROSCOPY &
sat (21-10/28)
o su [Τι RADIOGRAPHY PROCESSING
05HFLHE >1 suar
acy =
TRIPA z)
FLUOROSCOPY PROCESSING SE17 A
120 9807 620 2.01 E (88.0) 71-7
GENERAL & ERROR PROCESSİNG SE13 0.01 N
| | | 4 | 5 |
[ 上 T T T т
obis sun 00
ovn PWRSH seat | Ka
ACSIUVFI SE3022 Зона АС/ОС
PWASH
us -
FILTER FwRshDy ] hwr
1235/7641 594V > 3
EH U i 1i
AC594VF2 5E39:23 i X23E PURE apri
i
i S£30:25,2627
人 ETTR хам <> ввуизу SESOXIEM
>İM оу
Ino LOAD)
Z
Section
X8 | sesoxzag on A 12110728)
X2F OVEURRL 420) VAL ©—İ
OVERCURRENT 56046 그 over 21
{641 CURRENT INVERTER ALARH. Хи] sesoxzion
CONTROL 140) ROPULS PO BEES pap PULSE 121-720)
BV25
о TRIGGER FE
vate EDIL & THER Frou ieyTRv3 хх
ELCO DISCHARGE DISCHARGE
Em TIMER Peo - πα хат E- VER:
VERSION SANIE
06600 삐
PAR. Fe9H THYRISTOR η xp \
DISAL-H (38) GB) HIGH VDET, | > LOAB Paw TRIGGERING vast RADPRe=t. SETA AG Rama
Lu comp ΠΠ xD
ATEI ΕΤΗ X2R MEHR VERSION SAXHL SCOPOFT
хи
HVTOT srl
(SA) ImvrRvik NE
an
RADIATION
HANDSWITCH SE3OXZ:A8 | №6 HDSWCML SAFETY
COMMAND CONTROL
{21-7/28)
RADIATION. PRESEN 내 RABPR--H X2] sms 56098 | x XT 4 xen Ё DRADPR-L- 102 812
FOOTSWITEH | seagxzas | XII PTSMCHL
COMMAND
1217/28)
CONSOLE & SEGMENT
POWER CONTROL SE33 INTERFACE SEN SB το
6 7
| 4 | | | | |
T т т 1 T ㅣ
x
ACHVTI ХА 03 SEI ACHYTE | sar
XV ХЕ
= x x
XEX
X1) DISALH XD
iv XB
DE) GATE xyVIVEVIVINIVI INVERTER power 2 SE39
= RE) X2Y viRVs
THYRISTOR
А инет, ΧΑ ΗΝΤΗΝ 5 y TRANSFORMERS)
As- ἀπ me] at
30x7:85 5 600Hz Pa ELLE хм
arpa DISCHARGE. 223: __BVTRY, 18 ax max CURRENT J
SEWKGGS 121-6780 X2:18 nei
121-3120) PwRSM 저곳 uv НЕЙ xsk ka
ив (ca) 2 χάπι Ντην 13 we ta av HI 8
a 48€) vo SEIQUER
NSCHARGE
Si COMMAND Х2:5 DISTOMH κά nya CATA. VIVEVIVIOVILVIO 00Hz !1
rial ww | 시 ngn
à 1
00 a SE:
>1 RESET |
RECTFER PnwER SE35 INVERTER POWER 1 SE37 |
RESET m—i |
배타
xun |
71012
a} |
때. CONTROL 5Е30Х2 8121 Хм
ugg i
|
00007 Stopy
ェ mem SUN
SELECT İma sel |
Fluo > i
om 1
SEO
PRE
leas HH
mo sex aE
8 | SE30X2:A6 INVERTER
fo Lu ||
(20) Kiya — O— ALARM, (Z1-10/281 e como οὐ η |
P. "o RAD.
SEL RAD
„оон πο
FETY
ITROL
PRESENT
RADIATION
FLAMENT super SE31
RADIATION PRESENT FADPR--H XI20] SE30X7:B13 seno sii | xi 1 kB IORADPR-t en A „sv
A
た
κ . GD PL se PRESET 16m
KT SUT CLOSED
060 naj o
BV 25 FAMILY
CORRECTION
ARGLE
.{ 区 SUT OPEN
RANGE
LIMITS
-900/4900
e
Lo
+
X2:A2] ROTATE SLIT LEFT χε Αλ SHALCH-L ΧΙ ROTATE SUT LEFT COMMAND κιτ SHALCM-L
GDl 33Hz i
s COUNT sor
a COUNTER B BIT SLRREF Hi4
АВА. НОЕ >С] CONTROL
LOGIC up/nown COUNTER È2 DAC DB
NT >
1. m X2:A4] ROTATE SLIT RIGHT ALAS SHRRCH-L Xi:14 | ROTATE SLIT RIGHT COMMAND | xiu SHRRCH-L
Loo
a = BD) PL mm] PRESET O°
PORF (581
AUD Je
MODE
SEVK | xiv ВА テ1 トーー を PL ONHIALZE COURTERSI (3430)
GENRES. H ーー LARGEEl FOCUS κ
(21-0758) o FOCREF
SMALL FOCUS
57
©
DÁ
x ONLY FOR H/HR = ONLY FOR N/HR VERSION
VERSION m R DCOVRE 158)
SEL RAD. »—
l—» dsHz (34,38) 3 21
SE10X9:85 | xa FREQUENCY
6002 BO DIVIDER sere q
SELECT 2
(21-8/38) = зе 0 LARGE
Focus prov SERVICE SELECT LARGE FOCUS X2H İsetoxsap
SB SYSTEM CONTROL SETİ CONSOLE &
PANEL SEGMENT INTERFACE SE21 DIAPHRAGM CONTROL 1
120-0201006 0 RADIOGRAPHY NY Hi HODE SELECTED
YREF
д м
PORF 158) ーー ーー ーー
ん xs SEMXILE XT 그x κιν SE0XtK taxa 7
[K Rå4 Focus
FOCUS PoPOSITION FOCUS CONTROL
Fort
INTERSI (34,30) LARGE FOCUS. 5
o FOCREF X24 FOCUS REFERENCE xi 2 SEIOXII
SMALL FOCUS sv? SAME AS ABOVE ov
3
sam —İ |= DIAPHRAGM CONTROL
SERVICE a
LAI
FOCUS ARGE£ FOCUS X2H |SE10X9:A0
0 Dc6V SERVICE SELECT L SELFSV-L(Z1-8/70}
一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一一
Prever DETECTOR
MPS 1 1 TANK TEMPERATURE i
1 TAO TH | è
XLI SEIORIC SE30X2:Bi SE10X9:B1 μπι X12 VEYA | > τς δα. XQ] lore rene 찌고 XE BIS] IBTKTP-L Х2:816 53 ha
re 1 ren | vox aer т & HT Ha va
ТАНК, | i | tivo.
Vite | SEST Зее УХ me? [Ma |
| ] CONSDLE& SEGMENT SYSTEM CONTF
PRACTIX-C | mem | A M INTERFACE SE11 PANEL
TANK GA veuve] [> тв q &
Z
| | TKTP 421-7/100) t
XE
area,
| | ーー (27/341
TKTPAL-HE T GEURESHC (23-9720)
| en | R dv 1381 80
22021 [> Tc<s8*CL 1 s {27-1720
1 + OUASY | VOLT REF | SEPT GENRESHC
L 75°C 1
(21-87 70}
ΧΙ τι
ο. ALARM RESET > 고 XUR] ALRSCHHO soyun. İn
Mens 11-25 CAS.
TIMAL-HE κλαις TIMAL-HC ALASEMHE (24-6740) GEN. BOT
171-7780)
eae SEWOXS:A3 MCUAL--HC XD HCUAL--H ха. SEX FAI 12010
5/1 >at
e SE10X9:A6 INVAL-HC X2R IRVAL-HE η Г> ALARH-HC
Ra SE10X9-610 FILAL-HC x25 FILAL-HC SPA|
A
216/30
E
on
ха lnveAl--H (21-8750) SE10X1:82 HVGAL--H XIX HVGAL--H eo giye S
dB
cen. 本BGI CLOCK
FREQUENCY = SS 11 X26A x16
ae
600 Hz хх DETECTOR iG | č ENS 1 — gm ЧЕН KU
1271-8738 ENABLE Fb. ELAL--NÇ 00 |! — XE ii
TES ва i 은
xt7
BLK600Hz 1 — v i 4 Pa
wo ; 1
| ÁS Ra) | ES i Xi
м 1 i κιν
12 Hz 12 Hz E | i o—
[OSEILLATOR 134) (48) X29 4 XU19
(25/720) NOT READY INDICATIONS Ga | penne IDER7-HC xu
KE = 3" E DERDPHC
ceo
MEROPHC o |.
N NOT USED | DRE ここコー テー
IDERS-HC xt20
NS μπα
FAMILY
e xt GENRESHC
KYPAZI-7/100) 1 esac)
T (Z1-7/3A1
TKTPAL-HE ES GENRESHC (21-9/20)
R N ov 1381 00
RS (25-7720)
é SS SERA? ЕН
GENRESHO
121-5770) 021 XE
| X1:B14 ELz
NY
N cames tcbcti-t | XGA cl
N LODCLE-L X1:BM LE
AS
S >1 TL
ху | ALRSCHHC SEXLE [xo
o
ド Jens ALRSCHHC (71-6/4D) 11-15 CAS n XIBIZ Da
THAL-HE GEN. Bi1 LCDDAB-L O
ΧΤΑΙΣ B9
MOVAL--H XZL SENDA LCpDA9-L
INVAL-HC 21 ALARM-HC
121-8710}
mas E) ВАА OA
xen
СЗО
ALARM-HC 1216/30)
FILAL-HE БИА yen ot | YAP B
HVGAL--H 440) 원대 a
хмi i
i Xi 一 3 018
5 NN
S Sy xs
gi ERS
η SNS
X29 i XT19 33018 KE AW
pru ERG
배트 S
НОТ READY INDICATIONS Ra IDERT-HT IDER7-HE XIT 31819 i X1:B19 ER? IN
SS ss a A IDEROPHC IDERDPHC Ino i o一 一 一 <
NSS xix wav | | “raw ER
AN or use JR х 1 i Law BCD77SEGH
IDERI-HE x 2029 İ enem venere | GO MI LCD DRIVERS
SS ã
| 8 SE15 INDICATION PROCESSING N
RSS
SS a e
SS puxsoo EN ERROR
HVAD--LE SI 120 SB2
SS | DISPLAY
GENRES HE —N LED CONTROL
148) N
RAS
3[SS
BRD--K N
CUTYROLE RY
N CUTVROLC
mocation | (FLASHING)
ALARM с; | МОТ READY
N
IN SAYAN 00000 | НУбАЕ-НС | HvRO-~LC
FRAC S SEES ERROR 7 | FILALHE | CUTVRBLÉ
RS 1 XIE HTRD--HC ERROR 3 | NVAL-HE | BNRD-LE
>
S SCBS--HC 圖 νησι ERROR | MEUAL-HC| SCBS--HC
ERROR 5 | TKTPALHC| SUPRO-LE
NN ERROR 6 | TMAL-HC | GENRESHE
Seas tt (m ERROR7 | ALHE | portone
ALARM-HE —
ee)
SVIHCMHE AUK SVCHCHHE
SCBUSYHE
Γ um
(991 SCBUSY-L [xa ku SCBUSYHC ALARM- & NOT READY CHECK
1 ROT USED IM E
FOR W/HR SEE 21-137
x AC 220 바트
x: | AC 220 VA
X52 AC 220 УМ
auf,
i a Bue
È AC 220 VFI LER)
RIART a E
TORQUE INCREASE Rt u
x 1 8% GONG UP 38 a
x5 B
o 4 00 AC 220 VO
GIoo ЗЕЕ 21-3 AC 720 VH? v
AC 220 УМ?
i
é H AE 720 VF2 x3:2 5 AL 220 VF? x st T
! T LEA хз AA LEA
S o + +
SU SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY 0615
Z
Section
τὰ
3X1A5 3х183 3XIBE ¡GATO! LAG
2OKHZ) TRANSFORMER
MASO 1K3-B3 1863.84 XDA nrrzkv KIA? G BIL 발설
DC+24w ρα —
XT:A1 GCe15V X1:A1
SEE 213 XTA BE ov XTAL PE of ov
<a T x Ad cer LAZ pr sv
HOT USED DEV
o o 一
LAUPEM 1381
1x2 B14 {ARH “UP” KOR
$ х2м| | x7:82
주 DE xv82 nNON
С АНН UP COMMAND-t. |É jee
G 1 ENOSWITCH UP-L XDA d TRANSFORMER
55 ac | mw TE &
νο Z oc w 7 ac ov
ve an BC ov xe AN
ac av SAS2END- ву
SWITCH UP
GTo ©
τιiig | BA の
CADOCA 1apl TRANSFORMER
1х7 85 C ARM ‘DOWN’ × 815 хан | X7:83 C ARM DOWH COMMAND-L X183 4 &
EHDSWITCH DOWH-L X2 A3 8
G 그
5% ne X&A5 TAPDOWH oc ov
2
— 1 XUBI pe
“
Y 66257
SAS3 END-
FAMILY
xa DE,24Y 9
MAZ 1X4:B3 tu Bu SWITCH DOWN —
À x BRAKE-L n oo D
L£XTAS 1383 £X1 BL
BV25
CI
ας δν
EN SAMI MOTOR
o 대 am
Hal
G 1 a VOLTAGE DEFECT
” MOTOR WINDING DOSY 0804 KEYZ XT BL
o © I
Drt5V 21 e SEE Zek
X1B5 KEY X7 85
am 2 DELAY
(AL $00 m5
BC Ov
ot ov
SEM CONSOLES ans 2 no COMMAND
uP/nnwn
SEGMENT INTERFACE CAUPEMİSBI v———
SB TOUCH CONTROL PANEL SE10 CONTROL BACKPANEL SM1 VERTICAL MOVEMENT CONTROL SEO CONTROL BACKP
1 VREF
p VOLTAGE OVER VOLTAGE
| 4 aver REGULATOR Ayı | DETECTION
Lp. var 5 a M A 24 VDE
CURRENT CURRENT
| г CONTROL tt SENSE
| sa
デジ デビ
Z
Section
59
| ET =
4 vw VOLTAGE
ER VOLTAGE
OVER VOLTA
Ava REGULATOR Ἀνζ] DETECTION
|
1 & 『 15 VDC
CURRENT CURRENT
| 3 CONTROL SENSE
INRUSH
CURRENT Gio}
LIHITER 3 | SAME AS ABOVE Po DD DD TT Tt
AL 220 VEL | 6
= VREF r +
ac | 6 VOLTAGE OVER VOLTAGE SEE 24-3
в+ Avai REBULATOR Ry3| DETECTION
AC 720 VEZ I T = | 。 +
CURRENT 4
CURRENT £ 15 VDE
AC | CONTROL SENSE
672]
ll- 一 一
| SAME AS ABOVE
LEA Y = S5OhHz |
613)
|
| VREF
[O TT
a VOLTAGE OVER VOLTAGE
avi REGULATOR AvLİ DETECTION
|+ | 3 a 8 gk VDC
— 3 CURRENT CURRENT
DNTROL SENSE
F CONTROL VOLTAGE que τι. | CONTR
MODULATOR | a A
BV 25 FAMILY
SAME AS ABOVE
DISABLE PW |
a I | suga),
ε > | | 2 SENSE G1
+
VREF LI 1 LOAD 234
o |
VOLTAGE OVER VOLTAGE
E DETECTIOH
| LJ de Ry] PESULATOR CONTROL VOLTAGE Е (ne E 5 VDE B kez
| pan T CURRENT АУ FIXED
1 CONTROL
1 k πι - SENSE Gel.
MEMORY
ADAPTATION KZ WP
MEMORY
SCOPOFIX
Ci WHA3 ZZ PATIENT DATA
UNIT
CONTROL UNIT
GM)
FAMILY
VIDEO Le VIDEO
BV25
ウン
WHA2 (SEE Z3-18) VIDEO
ROUTING vine MONITOR LEFT
VIDEO
XTV5
VIDEO
WHAT ¡see 23-10 MONITOR RIGHT
SA MOBILE STAND
SCOPOFIX
CONTROL isee 21-14 0g 21-151
VIDEO
SCOPOFIX CONTROL
BLOCKDIAGRAM
一 RECCH-H
CHXRST-L
1 SEC.
ENABLE
Section
POWER ON POWON-H
n SEC
FIX-H
150
SLOPOFIX X3813 SCBHSY-H SCAUSY-L
COPSW 10
BUSY-H
ausY-H 52
FX-R (501
ХВ ХЕ
BV
KISEL-L TC
Te|
prov
CG]
МИН
ХЗ-АИ НОНЕМ-Н НОМЕМ-Н БА
HOHEH-H
ХА ХАН FEX-H
지가
450)
RESET BAE
tem SHSH-H (88) BT i 56 FE ER mat
XEAG LIVENB-L 1 ly W
LIVENB-H 2349 9 XTA9
1 -|
LIVENB-H ο 21 4
OLD 1 i
XAG LIVE-H 21 0 G
レレン시
WHA3 MEMORY ADAPTATION
ХАЙ
eo SILIN-L χι 8 D %
UVENB-L 148) + A
4
dA
È
BARS の
xen Χ3 810 MDENB-H Lino pans INDENB-H в Е A
я
V
7
WHAZ SCOPOFIX CONTROL р~
Sm ルン CR LL LLC LS LL LL LL LL LL RSS LL LL LL LS LE LL SLR LL LL SL LL LL LS LR SL LS LL SSL EL SSL SL LCL ES LS EG LS LL ES LL LL LL Le
10 11
aa IMPON-H
PULSE
в >| AFTER XRAY START It ge
AND BESET
pe | DELAY TO } MEMORY
1-7/10B) 00844 190 SRAY START 2-1 ДВА
MIX MEM
M
un
IND, BARS 之
X139 RECCH-H
o [> XRS-HIA}
i
nam FL | putРЕ artenE 06604 ER
XTBB RQSSP-L 55
XLAB SH
5 SNSH 베는 x73
PATIENT DATA
XTA tty ve
X187 CUFLEH-H >1 Lo 5Η5Η-Η (76, 70, BCL nv UNIT
vd BE comme
NN
ΧΥΑ6 ΡΩΜΟΗ-Η.
Gs RESET-L (7A, 30) X6:4 INHER 1
BUSY-H tn PO
xiAt0 FIN MOH 1 SELECT-L 3:84
BLANK >
L us)
1128) FRE
TAND
MON 7 SELEET-L 386
BA IHHEN 2
LiH-L 13081
RESET-L a
ta
AYAR УЕ
ssH-HI8AI BT 上 56 [TE ER ima 태그 311
XVAS LIVENB-H 之 1 OLD 1 P 020 у.
57 xtB9
я НН
XEM 加 SU6-H
3 SUB-HI9C, 201
Fixa ив PTT] SUBTRACTION ACTIVE Za УТ i κυρ SUB X3:A6
- PRESSO FIX AMD WITH
QUE SECOND COPY ST PULSE AFTER FIX. FIX COPY
SUBTRACTION INACTIVE X24 VIES
PRESS RESET 184) HARUA に し X5 MEMORY STAND 一 一|
xa COPYSW-H
L 128)
SELA "21/2
Ea
w vas 1 gal HISEL-L Katzen Ze
20 SELECT
BASE INTEGRATION EUC A
STAND
v
shsH-H 0] FACTOR
27/20)
SUB-H 198)
INTOR (ID, TA
POSIT
59
INTEGRATION Kat X3:AZ LEFT
~
ON/OFF
v
HROH-L AC CONTROL RIG
Het6-L 3164
SUSH-H (6A) XVBIO NDENBE
REE
NES
이 22222
N
M
PULSE
AFTER
Fest
XRAY
AS E START 1-1 хе
e» enon
RECETA nL
XRAY START 2—L MEMO!
一 |=
м
un
1 JP XRS-HITA)
x
ER
D XPAB SIL
1 P © PATIENT DATA SYAL
120 V- PULSE СЕК
SHSH-H (18, 1£, 801 py Oe UNIT
A 선배 ημας BUFFER
SASS
МЕНТ HET 빼라 De ol
1 9152 > H rg MONITOR-R
pes lo
MOH 1 SELECT -L ER BLANK RUB EXT-R χε
3
BEEN
MEMORY BLANK —
HOM 2 SELEET-L 386
109 PREE! Wi 2. İsta
a
HEH2 X men 2 À. [> B о!
RSG
НЕ Xabi
때
XUAY. σης
=
ER-L FEU
ЧС УВЕ р CLOCK
ぶ NN p
57
i И MOHL XDA
с «189 SALE > MONITOR-L
RESET o
Ri EXTL 01
Sib O
3 SUB-HI9C,20)
„1 Jsus sut. us AA, 18)
V-PULSE
suB-L XAG
rd,
SEPARATOR
FIX/COPY πο BLANK {tu}
SSS
STAND ge — > K
2: 3
na PA |1 | MANUAL- L %5:61 MEMORT o WO κ MEMORY
Ra
casos
{2 GUT 5» PATIENT
EE EES
SEE
DATA
κε ντι Şe
unt
X3:A3
Nail X3AL
EE
HOHEH-H (50) PO
> RECBS-H tuas xran READ RECBS-H
& CHRx SCL ХР:
ml
7 一
BACK UP TIMER
7 : 1 SEC.
Ly TT 1 ph - x
X389
XZ:B1 CHXRST-L
—7 TIMER
Section
1 SEC.
POWER ON POWON -H ias
ENABLE 11 SEC.
ste pes 1
2 X3:A 10)
FiX-H U
450)
ΚΙ BUSY-H 6 > 1 [=> SCBUSY-H 7 {7A} x1813 X280 SCBUSY-H 1 lo- SCBUSY-L x7:82
EOPYSW-H πο Bi
KISELL DG B ΡΗΤΗ πι πι
“BI
STAND
MEMORY.
χε COPYSW-L (IDCOP-L) lo COPYSW-H- X3:86
1
1
i
i
ΧΦΑ ΕΤΗ ore. i DUBMEM ΙΗΕΗ-Η XrAn XAZ DUBMEM-H lo- SINGHEH-
INGHEM-L x283
51 ΕΙΧ-Η 158)
BV
A LIVENB-L Bİ E LIVE
SNSH-H (BA) INDENB-H AT
INT. FLU
aw 2 mau UVENB-H OB) mm一 一 um DENEN x1310 330 MDENB-H BARS |.wo sans DERB-H #4810
~ AT: CONT FLUO
КВН ИО P mene FRST CYCLE OF
MIT. FLUO
RECCH-H А) Be]
HOMEM-H 40 O
wan 1313 RECBS-H &
> CHER SELa ХА STAND
一 一0 [21-7/108)
BACK UP TIMER
E ar
q (o Bitene gar BO MMA A 1361 돼 매 태 내
1 PERTE] "
X2B1 EMXRST-L
XUB4 | Lano- (1DSVB-L1 1b (IDSUB-R」 LODO-K ХЗ:А7 XI:AT DSUB-HE es SINGMEM DE) BP 一
STAND
ER-H [9A]
DELAY 10
xs EoPYSw-L (IDC6P-Li b COPYSW-H 306 X186 COPYSW-H 18, 281 HK HEH 21
1 ING. BARS ——
MEMORY
6841 XUBIZ X3:B12 5ΙΗΒΗΕΗ-Η. Aa b BUBHEH-L X26 x RELCOH-H (AI
ve——g | WAS i 241 КН m 크니 PULSE AFTER REC
vo ЗОН: | I
ον O WT 60616 di
STAND GFF
121-724)
XTA12 KAR DUBMEM-H SINGHEH-L RISI
o 1 P
FIX-H 158) — 4 jp 一ーー 一 一 一
STAND 정희 IDFIX-t : b HZ S2HAN-L χι 88
{АЛИНА wii © A LA 8A po |
39 À non ン
MEMORY ] |
A ㄴ 一 一 一一 一
acov
то SUL 19 196.28)
4È PATIENT ха INPON-HE
XUAN X3:A НОМЕН-Н D NOHEM-H (SAI 1 P >, sit に も İZİ DATA UNIT o
> 52 レ KASEL-L {70h 21
1 Pd
TAB XIAË VER ors 7 SKS (BA |
to ELE XE:AB ノ
4
51 4
LIVE a X3:A15 БАНИА М
LIVENB 148) + 2 MEMORY z
レン
este KAB pensi BARS HO BARS NBENB-H χε 810 VHrt XEAÏ SLGAMZL b GAMMA V
<; 1
レノ
レ WHA3 MEMORY ADAPTATION
A
WHAZ SCOPOFIX CONTROL A
—— ИРИ ο ELLE РРР
4 ) 1 10 + 11
Y È T i
1 INEON-L X1 PATENT
SNSH-H IBA)
STAND Y
m- a } DATA
UNIT
(Z1-7/10B)
4 배 내 x387
0084 00 05904 [O SAS BA, 8, 20) BLQ
52
1 6-
ALAS SILINLE
21 ER-H (8B) [A
stBUSY-H BB) PQ] LIVENB-H (76) BO) ER-H MEAT aΜα ZE)
4126) V-
X187 COFLCH-# 之 4 배가 60 ^
A XA Same
の
A
X1:A5 POWON-H
e SUBTRACTION ACTIVE Е
7
eness FIX дно маны D SUBIR XB и cer | SI en
ONE secon COPY
ΧΑ ЯХ-Н w3 SUB VA
SUBTRACTION INACTIVE a -- 3 Y MEMORY BLAME pm
COPSW-H (761 press FIX PULSE AFTER FIX
のÈ sa NÆ) FR '
STAND y A に HEH? o INMEM
29i STORE-H XA A
a
a
53
> FIXH (ICI Gas % ΧΑΦ. Нам
ХА LIVERB-H 4 1 了 一 a - A
AI レン (20) ¥
Y 189 SIMIN
XTAT IDSUR-HC SWNGHER GG) HEH2-H 386 시 o
{651 レン
ÈЕ
것
p- 一 一一一 一 一一 一 一 A
기
태 내 1940 31 7
DELAY TO ク xa
「 > MEMORY 기2 STAND
5 p 5 VIBS
MIX MEM, ui
MB COPYSW-H ОВ, 28} 21 La. SA N
RD, BARS 1 Mpüh-H BT > START-H BAL
MEMORY 1 vo 4 A
RECCOH-H ΑΙ i 21 o レ
aw
v WAS 1 Xz:A1 KISEL-L tse ; PULSE AFTER RECCOM ! ER 55 a
Tyas t | , 18, 20) ape bi SO
oy テーーO WT Gökz İs dI sk レン=
STAND OFF FLUO レン
(71H24) ev? nee varo ン
AT Bi M
M5 Sp tata HR2-H xiao A
o LH À? B2 A
г? 1 SII, HB3-H gun di POSIT
43 83 2
LIEN BA) om i 吃 LEFT
2 i INT. FLUO. Z ~
の 1 ER Ne? Es Ri
% + we PB m 2 Lt
5 A
^ン 49028)
” ! s6 A2 8 Z이 KUBO opus
| PATIENT жа wean. ar
Zİ DATA UNIT m 83 A
A기 KiSEL-| па
KISEL-L 之21 レA WHA1
7 SHSH-H AL B 거 SINGMEH-L (30) > — 。 Les HR EU 2
р 2 SHSH-H 04 PZT 이
GAR м A
~ y I ? бАНМАСН X3AR 2
MEMORY RS
이 1 2
ni 2 Ewi
VHCU KEM SLGAMZL 16 GAMMA VHCU 3 -) Wi GAHHA2-I 23HB1 E
しンン 1 |이
2 WHA3 MEMORY ADAPTATION i
g Y
乡 7
ИИ ο” 7777727221
9 10 11 42 13
—8 1 | 4 1 1
Ча „k 래 내 337
s2 D XEAB SIUNLC
г” 태 개 1881 E
ESCE SY!NL,
태 개 ar A mo) vepunse
> usa во
ZA XtB8 SZMZINLE BUFFER
기
V
レクYA
FIX/COPY A
AG SUBA 23:54 A МЕНТ XS MEM д o!
YZ „ 152 MONA KJA MONITOR-R-
4 SUB 4 Rea |
3 |. BLANK RB EXT-R O Xe
4 MEMORY 비싸 o ㄴㅇ
A MB FREE W1 n <. Sa
7 НЕМ? Xi 버터 7 인 DÁ o!
4
STORE-H XDA A
レ 058
A
Ч “ B KAR НИЕ =
o- HEMI-H X3:45 a SET
JE 1 A zey vap sg e LEE Qi À KOK- Χα
Яс 00000 0 : MONITOR-L
HEH2-H 3486 |) o RESET o
RI EXT-L ΚΙ
4 Y Stb o
& Pe 00
SYNC de V-PULSE (MA, HBI
E
1 2
|; SEPARATOR [rd BLANK (mto)
q A
T M EMORY ÉE xa i VBS 0 X1
A [ ク STAND [> © a 一~ MEMORY
pe INPON-H д START-H XAG
1 i fro 之4 7 ー Г —
! 21 D a (4) Quit gi PATIENT
Lal
вы
o E 55
рA
の
M
DATA
FLUO
Ka1/2 ΜΑΝΗ X3310 |
W5 м м
ey ve wan saro 7ノ MEMORY INDICATION BARS
Hero Ln Az BZ A
' S EV HR3-H San 이 POSITION ADJUST BRIGHTHESS ADJUST 2 3
3 в “ でも
| LEFT RIGHT DUT 2 em | ma) NORMAL
ii INT, FLUO 12 이 Ro à 24 w2 HIGH LINES
ノ 미사 RE Ry
+ ER vie AB
1 56 pek a
+ A2 BE мALE
gps XIBIO — INDENSHC ENABLE Å
A 83 A
6
È
A
SCOPOFIX CONTROL MSP, MDP & MDPM.
レ
Ιω... 2277777 ジン ンク
Ex
SB2
Z
SB1
Section
HI
ーーー ロ
口 LIL エー
MPL г Ci ση
! |
WN23
1 |
I I SEC
1 |
1
II 1
|
口MP11
Г1 1I
OMP3
i
1
i
+
DO)
[XT]
|g|= lis =
НЕЕ
5
ー
1
I 四
|1
ー E El! a В
1
FAMILY
+
SEL1
[00421
Dani?
[AN3
(WAH
X4
E
cup? n i-a
7370707 3
RT
o pia 品
q
BV25
L
MPI 品 24 25 26 27 WN10
>
5
MPOV
SE-DOOR U SE WA 100
LEAD LEAD
SA STAND
FRONT VIEW STAND INSIDE VI
SA STAND
==
WT
>
wA100
SM
WAT1
IN
su WA WA WA
T2 x1
M
SE-DOOR
[ena WT
Ms
[μα
LI LI
LAN,
WA
더 cz
LEAD
LEFT-H
SA
SAMI >
es To)
Dö|
y
su
61 SE-DOOR
WN23
gu
| Em
|
=
gl bo İs Ub
10413
(Wai?
Cunit
x
[uN
NT
WN10 EL
2 回 | |
U SE WA 100
f ハバ
REAR VIEW SE-DOOR
| |I
1 I
1
LEAD | | LEAD LEAD
|! |
+
一
| | Г 1
NormanY Lei SAMI
WA100 WA100 ©
SM T
WAT1 | 5
WAT 1 FUSES МАЛ | МА? 号
WA WA | £
WA
=] T2 «| EE | za
use エーーーーーーーーーー
SR WT + DES |
WHA3 ¡El IN CASE OF |
η MSP, MDP, MDPM 102] DP-HR,DPM=-MR |
Li 1]
©)
WHA2
WA
и C2
53
CONNECTOR LOCATIONS
1 2 VAKİ
1 mea?
SEXİ WK TV CAMERA
EARTH TERMINAL
WN xtvs 1 WREXE
QUIEA
3 COMMECTION OF WTXI HAE
ERİĞİ VEB ili STANO-ALONE OPERATION
Z
QF MOBILE TROLLEY Gr
Section
Cora]
MAINS PLUG
Thin
WTX2 =
NTI X4
STAND-TROLLEY
CABLE
SEMI af
il
1 | İMAMI
МАХ?
+ +
il
DI
il
SM
e
VERTICAL MOVEMENT CONTROL
LI
Γι
SAS 1 |
SENSOR STAND- LI
TROLLEY CABLE | |
+1 |
wrt 11
HEIGHT MOVEM. MOTOR | |
A
ENOSWITCH UP
ENOSWITCH DOWH
SAS3
pV25 FAMILY
SU SYSTEM SUPPLY
1 LEA
È
SE19X9 SE30X2
10 *
EONHECT TO WTX3
IF USED FOR STAND-ALONE
OPERATION OF MOBILE TROLLEY (GA X-RAY ТАНК
1
qua
GAXI
LA BMPHRAGH
CART 1
que
LAX?
SC roor/switct
ŞENİZ
SD. ahpswtreh
63019 50151
МТ Troy
BO HT ENERA]
GENERATOR
ALEA
Guia Tu
BB FE11 IU, МА MANS CONTROL UNIT Y WAL VIDED HARD
copy uu
2 i BB
mea =È aa _ RARE
0611 BB eur
[iz] E
CARA ERE) E WMZ MONITOR RIGHT
CABLE
1 ζ WAKI {zi
|ί i sona guest
| = 7 WK iv caneRA WM1 MONITOR LEFT
I BA EARTH TERMBIAL it
| 1 1 КОХ
MEA
1 1 = * CONNECTION OF ντι WAKE} IRL
TA 885 jm МХ I STAND-ALONE OPERATION
wih |11 1 OF HORILE TROLLEY sal WHA scorof 25
“一 一 ~一 一 一 : --- μα.
|. 그 배 매 띠
3 しーー コ
上 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一一 ema
| Ho |
Gast WHAIX? bo
CABLE
SE F907/5wH04
CABLING DIAGRAM
som que
SD angswtt
- 5051
9807 620 1.01 HR (87.0) 72-2
0.01 N
SA STAND
Bi} Leogaa-L
Si] LENDA
Bu | TORADPRL
81 | JOSHFL-L
BUZ [IDRADPRL
813 | IDSHFL-L
Lennon
ae LCODABA,
Bn | CAUPCHAL a RT
51 tCBCL2 BW | CAUPCH-L
Bis | мона Bis | dani Εν | capota 85 | Lineei
816] LEDERIA Sit | IDTKTPA HAS 41 | Ков
59 | UCDER3-1 BW | fnYRLA-L BY (spina BN | LCDERI-L
DIE) LCDERS+ BIS | LCDERS-L
Bis) LODERTA 819 | LCDERT-L
820! LEDERS-U το | CDER9二
BUI KEY Ba | KEYS
1
2 S D HANUSWiTCH
HLEA
1 HBSWCK = =
АТ | ОУ ioe 2 fet
AZ | HDSWIMA 2 SSSWEM-L
Ak | ssswH-L 3 j prov
B3 | BCDVIsturk) sj prov
| TI-CASE
mess mea Î т [ид BG 11-25 cenerator BB ii ruse WK ту-ЕАНЕРА
A2 | úlov
AS | grev
82 | toAt--H
esBe || gior
ALRSCHUE
BG1X1 8617 BBX1= WKSXL
85 | casneo-H ET T РЕН TTP A [rt
A3 | 0600 2 miela 2 shield B MOSH
AS | DC-15V £ СВР
WN 82 | tati E | co
XTVS 060 E | snovsie
as | Cira BG1:2 BBX2 1 | 6050
İN ・ F YLAM
WNBXE] Jo | si
5 TANGPVO
v ALONG
1 VIBS м 90-55%
2 shield x ALO2RG
서 | 05
А? | prov
АЗ | 05 SE10X3
Al | EMXRSEE
A6 | RADPR--L HTM
Bı | caxpsTE oY
az | scausy-t a
83 | SENGHENL Má | LIVENBLE 7 X
a ot TETRA SAXI
26 | 106 매 66 62 | hass-Le yf vies
B3 ) veyey Y | shieid
Şi | IDSUB-it
Be | COFLCHEC
5| CHXRSCE
a | cuvnene
B1 | TDFEX-LE Le
06 52 | 2055-52 Y| viss
B3 | KEYOY r stretti
Bk | EsUB-LE
Bé | COFLEMEC
s ERXRSE-L
SE10X5 R
1|
EHXRSTLC
SCRUSYA
А?A3 | | ТУЗ SE10X6 6| Suomen.
HEHAL--H H| Duane.
Al] MEWsISVH 1 TOCOP-LC
AS | PWRSYMI
A1 | SLSYONL
AZ) SUSYOF-L SM VERT. HOVEM. CONTR. UNIT
[國 的
A6 ? DCOV Mm TE
Be] ipsvona A av € | ecuv
B5 1
『 İPMASYUZ 33 | kero
Be | 패 매 더그 LEA v | вм
× | 0645
i
F LIVENBL
SMC2 9 TOFIX-LE
к | Rass--tc
[
H
SMC1 ACZZOVHI TOSUN LE
8 | corone WT TROL EY
SE10X7 SM1X1 ACZ20VHI
SM1X5 | рн
Ат | ОСБ
43124V А? | ВСУ 1 faczavní u | ewasvia
231 06-15% AS | br-ssv
asf ocov 2 |aczzavHi 다가
er eae
Ab | atay
32 | САУС
3 |AC220WC1
2 |aczzovez REV с | наем ー
가
82 | CAUPLH-L
SMR2 H
HE
TOSYGN-L
TT
一 一
83 | CADOGHL
ACI20VE2 ーー
àsBa] [μεν
xEy?
SU system suppey unit È
-一 一
cn
AE720VH2
| aston
+ SLSYOF-L
et
A IMRLUMA
SE10X8 SUXI WTX1
8
с | ое
Joc.sv v
2
Toc
incov HEIGHT MOVEM. TR.
E foca 3 еду SMIX4 SAMI
‘hu,
x | оу
©3 È [δν ту
pue, 태054. Up
MET
α10ν | BRAKE-L
SAS1 | 一-
TER |e | em
+
해
二 一
x jncov 6
boy
Lo
A à ei
3 i ACZZOVMZ
à | RARE. SAS?
à ee SM1X2 x | ACZZOVEZ
Ni 一
ях시 후10 || 0666 é Jmea a1 | eunswure
5 [06004 prov
-— SU01 rossi + wa]
[mes
Bi | prov
Е
テイ dE
[ 8 |ncov UNE)
1 | aczzover A3 | EHDSWDOL
SAS3
ENOSW. DOWN
SUR1 AE
y EM 2 | aczzove 83 | acov Enos want
3 [mea
mE ть 0604
029 £086
2 2600 1 / Oleg av
xi | prov в [с
] L | aczzover
SUR2 NO j ACZZOVEZ
{MEA
1 Jac.sv ©
2 |ocov
3 f AC220VFT
N 100
YH LOL
1 4 | aczzavez
NLEA 了
디나 | [SIR
aqua an Bey 2 ae 8 | FILSH2 GAX1 =
EE
Az | ov
|
El ta
[ies
с | на т ем
é | ar
È7 (fia
2 | Рана
6 | Dev 1 ERES Be | Misa
88的 | HOSWSFL 3 | 06050 SE10X1 “pu
해
at | nt-
as | oct
A | PORF Be | 065 만 R | FLA 1 3 [0000
DNIZIM
8 | cover ps | 06-65%
ONVIS
HE
H | SwEO
P | SEPO SI | ANI?
a | sum
5 | swatz LAmwpHgAtM
下 | SRHT1 +
JEA
Ua - L
제 | 060 LAX1
1 Trone
S С FOOTSWITCH 2 {provare
3 SPTNP=-L
도 | 6580
一一 一 一 5 |FPPO
6 | FSNTY
SE10X12 SAX2
SCSI 7 İrsmiz
a [Fun
At | prov A [Frame àTiFTSWCH-
E L 3 FPHIZ
AZ | FTSMCH-L B | prov
АЗ | EXE O | HLEA
в | ocov
AG | SSSWEH-L
as | prov 5 | 55504 mea 1
н | ЩЕА 了 LAX2
EEE =
F
y [ron o
SES? E
1 | prov
2 | sv
E-ZZ
6 ‘SAPO
5 | suns
7 SRMTt
& | ser
WT TROLLEY
WTS1 WHA3 MEMORY ADAPTATION
+ KISEL-L
2 [atv WHA3X2 WHA3X3
[내 RISELL At RM TL
az | су AL -개 一 一 一 一 一 一二
上 二一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一一
WHA scoporix 25 pe | tva Миса
fe | ato
AS | MEMI-H
1 τος
AD} ER-H НАЗ K
WHA2 scoparix contro. AS
A9
ata) wa
|ocov + Le
AY
oe ーー
TFRAME SEL MON 1
| ο |
WHA3 Mel12 | brav.
ВАННА-1
po
АЗ | -505
dat ligam se nona |
WHA2X3 Az | plov AI | +SV/500E tas legni sa i (82 Lausa 그
xiAz | otv
Toce às | pia дп осу E 4
Ak | CAV FRET
sAs | JE Ἡaa ваαμ [ом
x AU | 1
TooICEmero]
人 1%Minna
as | 0602 sou A ARDİ DENT --2 ГАЗЕТ WHA3X5 —
pow.
АТ | IBSUB-HC
Е | nuse DUETOM
АЗ | ПУЕНВЫ FREM 192 ESA STARZ | [Bi jeu |
As | LIVE AJO | Fi Α +
a9. | LIVERSH Ап | номем-н BİN fas qro | LES rap RESET UNE]
MIO | PDK 432 | DUBLMEMH el Das | FLOUT-L
AH | HOHEH-H AT3 | RECBS-H 87 [개 | 머 1047 5787 7 _ _ ーー
上 一 一 一 一 一 一 二
十 一
비이
一 一 一 一 一
Ely | JB
一 一一 ーー —
|
ΑΠ | ОБВЕМЕМН
on |
Bt | ocov E CA 1.82 E RECORD
WHO pais
WHO GATE
82 | Dev EN au jura 186 eno TAL
83 |Otenv es [ης ον pri he d ーーーーーー ゴ
WHA2X1 a, | OC 86 | СОРУЗМН 장리 으아 WHA3X7 FwHOXr
STAND Bs [σεν 87 | CoFLEHLC ;
시 | 00016 a6 | COPYSWH de | ROSSP.Lx #15 |pcov
BÜST By | 06002 VIDEO ARD
HAR as ое
TROLLEY А? | tov 87 | COFLCHLE 89 | RECCH-H B т 82 | РОН BY UNIT АЗ | Fon м
CABLE A3 | 06159 Č A) | РОНС
a6 | LIVERBLE aa |RnssP-L BD İMDEB.K 220 060 WHA3X8 83 | FONTL
89 | RECCH-H Bu | VPULSE-L FA EM a Tran
в| URL 810 IMOEg-H ar | smoneni HOZ
ry 82 | ROSS——t B | VPULSC-L 813 | SCBUSY-H ses jocov Ar [Sanz
| | 84 | nstbB-LC Buz | SINGHEHH H
WTX1 + Bs |coricmit 8Η [SCSUSY-H ti Titov
Y [vas | 7 | sicamza
ED | mic
ee
|uvense WHAZX2] [WHA2XE
ES at
2x WHA vneo routine
K [rassit [cv
Aa | bey az | DLV
ОУ
M
o [ere
SURE <1 AB] EN
ae ИХ AL | 062 WHA1X1 WHA1X10 WTX5 .
P|5 SUTRON-L
時 BiAG | |RADPRA
CHxRSTLUC ASA6 CC-2V EKTE vio
S| crest [Oty АТ | 000 1 21 | Tea
. σας σαι AB SL MLC shield 2+ || shietd
i RT 83 | SINGMEML ag [sima aaAZ || oc-rv
otev à stat
G Se 86 DUBLMENL AO | VPULSELE Ar DEM
H | puBtHERL Bs | core HR Ав | ЗСУ WHAIX8 WTX4 WHCX1
PE 83 [ony A9AG İ| SIMZIALE
su Mer TE
< O Tera
v [oc vi т едут WHOXS
Be İnci Ato | VPULSELC z EF
Dc [Rom se Jacuv 2 ju HEA A2 [oc
[pursuit BE | Same SEM
hi Dev Ak acesv
ae BS
e
(sikime
AM
"|
WHAIX4
7 [near
Е HEU<15VH δὲBB [οςSAMANLI
uv 1 an
shield
6 | ozvou Bo | Simic
Èh Stával7 80 [INDENBHE
f | SLSYOF-L INT
A |IMRECM-L WHA1X3
j | HRRCH-L 1 OUTZ
5 İkea WHA1X2
1
2 | shield
|ouTz
2 | shietd
3 AC220VF1
7 YjBs
了 WA nams CONTROL UNIT 2 | shield
2 | acsaevez
> 7 lpwRoln WHA1X5
= Tamez
E WAX2 WA1X2 WHATX6 2 | shield
=< т Гаем x TPWRSYRI
i 9 | 4622042 し PWRsYI2 1 [rem
n 8 |not used A [meno 2 | shield 2WM
1 | 65949 AL- -
$ | 2 | acsouve2 NM MON. RIGHT >
8 L PWRGND 1 IDSYHOH-L
m | 5. İ not used
ue ÈHo Lerma
[Asma WHAIX7 2wM10X1
OF
x [000 + [mown 1WM mon. - LEFT Liic
8 İtem WHATX5 2 he
Hit
€ MHRREH-L
し
ры
2 shield 1WM10X WHOX1 WHOX2
1 MOH-L 1 ACZZOVF1 1 ACZZ0VF1
| | ~ WA1X6
1° fra 2 [mete 3 | aczzovez
a
3 | acezovez
Ar | mou
Bt | :HROR
| 82 | IHROZ IWM60X7) 2
A3 1 0604
1 HHRBL >
2 | 0808
WA100 3 [mon WHOX3
WTX2 av
т | НАМ 3 HANSVI é oa 1 ACZZ0VF1
2 | mamsvz 2 |HAmsva 3 | Arz20VF2
| = a NA
т ГАО
| 2 ace Е
age
て | AG 2WMX1
$ | ом 1 Tacazovět
$7 | А
Aczover
8 | AIZZOVEZ 32 || mesaczeoves
9 MEA μίας
to | ACQZOVEI
WTX3 WATXS n |acizovez
ONLY IN E [pv + [uma ERRA
CASE OF PLUG IN ρη 2 [pco te | aczzover
STAND- DI UH 3 [prev 5 [ué
ALONE- У Türev
TROLLEY- κ μίαν
3
OPERATION 4 | acezover
WHA3 MEMORY ADAPTATION WHD MEMORY UNIT
deas | Bera
jamy
A
499
A | IDENT--1
| На о [WHA lam (EŞEN. ー
Fn 一q WHA A3XS
3 4 一十 十 вн | [ro fonte
â7 İmani 51 |ncov WHA3X6 「 1AUTOOH GFE SEL 127 ! AUTO GU OFF SEL 1 mtev
AB | LIVE 87 [ocov 서 [067900061066 |
| 128 | anta | 3 [pr
E İMLA RE ON E
АЗ | имеивн
Ato | Fig oo
BS |
Be
000%
|DCov
A2 [XRAY START2 |
AZ | STEP + RECORD
[hf iene
MEAD RESET UNE 3
| | I 7 ER[00
Am | momen 35 [uv A% (RUBL [Bê JMEAD RESET LHE (36 | noise gepuct on | KİR
am? | DUBLHEMH BE |MENZH LAB 1 ELOUT-L 1 | [Hen
AT | nECBS-H HU Pa _ e sur
RA SAR 上 一 一 一 一 一 一 十一 m nár
81 | acov 182 | REC 그 σπα. MAT,
sE {prov EN E | WHO DATA Uni |
還as [μεν
了№ EDEr2V om842 msDCGV 「
ira)1
Η
i Tima nus
12| » [56000 || [5 [uy
| 5 Kay stání?
X-RAY START 1 É5 GAHMA-2
57Be | |coremLe
gopyswm e!
818
Bye |бАННА--2 WHOX4
| | lo17 ieee 위
¡SUBA
i ass |ncov Bi Jaca VIDEO HARD 45 | 06020 L 1 | HEAD RESET LIME y ja37
προς
mio | DEB- 819 |0051… 개
520 İotav
82 | neon WAC GP a3 [roe — O [MAD RESET |] |}
WHA3XB
an | Jense
B3 | INFON=£
人 RE аа | осоу
| [HA
AV | SEGAMAL WHLX2
|
—4
u
k
π τον
n E ji OUT 1
la, Guo teo À
[ο | ow Ce ao
WHA vines routine 上 二 一一
15 HI 7 set
一一 =
WHAIX! WHA1X10 WTS vin. IN
0600 EXT x
år acov 2 shield 3 shield 2 shield
A3 ま BC<12V
Ak Ex12V
AS | BE-12V
12 WTX4 arya |]
s | sune
AY | Siam
[WHA1X8
EXT-R
|
VIA
т WHCX1
Тен
2 | aczzovez
WEÜXE KEYBOARD
Ato] VPULSELC shield 2. | she MEA Ат [АТА -
國
B3 |DC+12V
di [tes
AZ | COV
na [pre WHAIX4
85 | E-1
1 DUTY
86 |DC-12V
Ba | sonic ε.α
BO | SIMINLE IN
В10 | МОЕНОНС TN OUT } om
WHAT1X3
1 0072 1 OUT?
WHATX2 2 | shield 2 held
[me 2
=shield
7 Eshield
2 - 0072
re 一 一 一
WHATX5 e 1 MEME
INHEHZ
2 | shield
biel
WHA1X6 =
1 E
2 | shield 0071
Le n
2WM mon. RIGHT 4 2 hem
WHA1X7 2wM10X1
WHATX9
ES 1WM non LEFT à1 | Tron-
12 [roma
held [vox] WHOX1 WHOX2 WHOK1-
- 了 ALZ2OVFT 1 AEZ20VFE AEZ2DVFY
0 a. | aczzovez 3 | AE220VF2 ALZ20VF2
1WM60X7 NLEA ||
上 ||
) maat = |
2 |IMROR
3 | Ron WHOX3 WHOK1 À
5 [ie
E
52 | faune ACZZIVEI
aczzove2 AE220VE2
1WMX1
т | лем
2 |ШЕА
a | AE226VF2
2WMX1 MAINS
AC220V1 ACES
23 [| [rer
ACZZOVEZ
$
2
[ление
İmza WIRING DIAGRAM
L- TROLLEY
SEXE a DExs4V
SEXE У Eles Ly
5 KEY2# HP?
Z
Section
THRSCHHC 2 Bl | SLSTONHC dh a i s
seen | 4 SEAT p | RenocHet RON E Sem
HSQUEMHC | dé E è | RGUPEMHE | MRO--BE | в
1 HsUPEHE | > SENT m Lopenemsc |) TOFLATHC E | ema
BLKCH-HE® | < ЕВ | Е KEY9 IDFLHHHCX H +
"19 | sen
BV25
El 6 JOFLITHCA, J
ie TPR6--HC* |10 EXT
70 € 5 ROSTFLHE WERRESHE® |
TRDEÉMLE 0 SEX? #| ctxRsrdE || upramic |5
imune JE У RADON2HC ALARH-HC L SE19X2
НОСЫ İn 5E19X7 κ EVE SLMANHE は
SHIACH-L | Sex АХ [0100 manne |1
SHREEHHL | в šEoxa 10 DC +64 TORG-HE* 110
SHRROH-L | № GEREshte ln 56200
KEY 6 ИРИ Hr-10V# E SEM?
JORG--HC+ 10 SEZIZI
SE31 FILAMENT SUPPLY SE33 POWER CONTROL SE35_ RECTIFIER POWER SE37 INVERTER POWER 1 SE39 INVERTER POWER 2
FROM {X1/X2 IN OUT jxTixz TO FROM |X1}X2 IN OUT jX1]X2} TO FROM |X1/x2! IN OUT 1X1]X2| FROM |X11X? IN OUT |x1{X2| TO FROM ΙΧΤΙΧ2 IN OUT |X1|X2| το
も GENRESHC || FILLA2 Е 1 FISWEHL vues fa z | ocav PURGHDA c stima 2| 0600 HUT A κ ses SE30X2 JE PEBKEYU ACHVII-T | A 3
5a ИС
SLROKOHC || FILLAZ
|| FILSM2 sH Rs SLAGMOHL
ALRS--HC ||
|] FISMSFL
sous f#r 22 | 0615
ocov PwaGHO® £3 Edo
ЕС 1612 | 06004.
(808 EUR
CANTA 3B SES0L1
ποτ SEIO aт [TI
ру ACHVTI |E1] 56303
Sue
soo | 5 ALAS--HC || FILSMZ 7 56306 |u χνς 10505 κ 06015 e 3 Y| TRVTAVE avis u“ и; |* NET Ai | a 3
"yi y EXPREMHE
EVE || FILLAS
FILLAI 5/ SE30x1 vる Hvcon-uc
SERA || нибунс
ivato LYa 5E30X2 a ГЕ
al se 53 || витую
hwrmviz ||
| Ут
PORT 7n [SB | seso y1 -AVT
АИС РВК |5 SEAT
v MAC FILSMI K n BARONE て Wh y T © ope αχ. в | им HV1DV* π seyma İY GATEVIS
u 30HaHE pus м A |a | DV RAPR--HC 120 i 1 | 01803 PURE 16 x GATEV30
АА | 00% FILCOM т 2 | 2 1 0600 ROPULS 2 é Jou at LIEU FEakEY0 |5 SELEY z CATHYAD
zji lam FILCOM n т Yi oco Tüm” 5 W PWRGHO® 3 e SERİ ti FWRGND, ТАТА T рт D [Gateva
УЕ рем FERPEVI s com τα 1 ὅταν ας segna RECTAL i [a SOT E FEY cere fy £| cave
22) 22) prov FILAL-HE 5 8 {5 | 09.5% RECTALH E Ù DESCONE 3 > GATEVIC x 1| GATEVS
E | sega САН jr: ses? L | cativo
sema acy
PİE || 06050
| 2/2 sesoxa Efe 0005
2 2 | poc DESALH
DESCON 5a | SES ig 5 GATE 本 e я| EATEV3
CHC } oc-sv 3 13 | ae-Ev RECITR 了 | sEasx2 Pad C sens cane Е т| catHva
31 3 | 065 м | 06009 TNVTAVIO 9 5 GATEVE 了 У | GATEVÉ
x ょ | AEzkHwt ВАУ, t Гана ERTHAE к | 392 IL | Ам
qu 5 LAEZ4HWz TvTBY9 Py 3 GATEVI 5
sex a SEKİ TE POBKEVY INVIRVI3 R РЫБ Cam Catho 7
и 120042 EDS] a. ['ELDES. ITNVIRVI x 3 GATEVE v
# | OVIURAL INVIAVE n CATE м
sem u | uvrpv
v [ Pwestov ÉŞİ sema
E ema + SIGNAL HAS NORE CONNECTIONS
* SIGHAL HAS MORE CONNECTIONS
FROM SE30X1 TO FROM| SE30X2 TO FROM | SE30X3 TO FROM | SE30:…… TO FROM SE30L1 το
56300 |a {Fio SEJOXI (At | MAMEAST + ai i pas 56856 | 6] 00090 som | + | -vr
semi [в | ense sE30X1 | 2 AAHEAS2 , А | СБУ SEIS? | 2 | PwRGND è | ANTI SE39X2
て ME 56310 | АЗ PCBKEYT * A3 | HCV several SEJSX7 | PWROND
D | MAMEAST Aq | HHSWCHL SE33X1 + Ak | DE-5V pes SEISYZ Hm | PWRGND
sem | + | itcon as | FTSWCHL SEDX! x AS | Бу 85? | 5 | 2960
soma İk | ücev SE33X1| A6 | INVAL-HC ㆍ As | acum SEA ses | | мун
se (1 | 060 ! AT | GENRESHC sea + А? | ramv・ seme | п | 60002
SE35X2 |м | pwreno as | SYSLLELC SEK + "| ΠΕΝ susa ji ㆍ
sons | в | FILA A9 56300 : ALI 22 | acsocvet sus FROM SE30L2 TO
56340 |5 | FHULA2 as SE33X1 ㆍ AM | gr-2kv 11 | acsoevez 56350
ЗЕ? | т | 바드 MO | ЕХРАСНИЕ ЗЕ . Am | prov 2. | pwRsite
PWRSHe SESSXZ
SE37X2 sema 1|. || 개wr 버그 56352
U | HANEAS? SE30x7 An | RADDU-KC 56331 . an | στον several 人 |
A| HVCOHHE SERI + an | tov pas 56350 | 25 | PWRGNO _|
SESBXI [AR | мибунс + 81 | 06.5% SEBS?) 26 | PWREND
AM | ЗОНАНС seat ㆍ 82 | 065" sex? | 1 | PMROKD/NLEA
semi [ar mm . B3 | prrsv
B2 İnmez ΞΕΊΟΧΙ ‘ Bk | pr-sv
83 | Prmweyg 55390 * 85 | prasv
SEIIMI(BL | FISWSFL * 86 | ACZ4MW2 SERE FROM SE30L3 10
SE33X1| 65 | 50062 + si | oteov+
ols | Sar
SE33X1 (85 | 120087
: RIES
ㆍ
:
다가
By | Srey several ㆍ SIGNAL HAS HORE CONNECTION
ECTIONS em
53931 [| St A | 때
89 | SLAGHONC SENI + an | grav nos
89 | SLRGHOHC SERI ㆍ au | ocov
SEJIKT 510 | FILAL-HE ㆍ au | prov
ви | ave SEX
en | ave 5£33X1
Biz | Mac SENEKİ FROM SE30L4 TO
sE33X1 | B13 | ApR--H Tvn Gow
seke
SE37X2| lan
A7 || μη
HvTOV seer | & | АУ
* SEE SHEET 1
tS
>.
R3:3 (5 > 17
—
Ri io OF
— —
m , M3:+
つ
N
N
— —
삐
Ty
ell zaz
8
S+| — ここ
=
y
N orn =| 一 A
—
E x1 § 05 04 03 02 01/
—
4 \ ~
9
ーー ーー
98 07 96/ ~
Ur
* i + +
-| El y =
lim — — n ul
SHUTTER ROTATION
>=
E
5
m
LOWER PART
WIRING DIAGRAM
DIAPHRAGM LA
0238 a
SLIRLA-L {inox |
02A
L e FTSMLO y] Mos i ue Le, 5270
RA ni 0208 T sele 0110 브 n IDIRLANC BA |, w RISC yaş
- A
PERE
ASE PE 4 : OP be- nj: A
SLIRSM-L | © pio pit]! Loy es PEFC
대. HEFLO1S REFLOB ton JOCHP-HC ROLE 5 n P368 yaş
onek 4TE 4
12,64) 0206
Ro DA o IDFLATHO je ок ВИА | “SD,
νιBAWEZ HeFTswic> 一НЕСЯ le SY 上一 Et
= M Rob a 7
, DME © O3,508 με pt 4 ASA
maвк aa
as
w
國 YR R22D R260 3 0178 , 。 0178 , Rt RMA o ge
CHPCM--L o i {iso TI7 ilin г I 20K Ta ih rp ap ULHZIONE
9 T a REFLONE HEFLOIOS BAW62 T ce HEFA0106 wi
A D17C 6 Зв DMA , 2568 D24A
r 1 一 tes 1 2 #55
a, DI6C ju 1 Ve
MM 5 도 2 HEFLOSI R33A AV R33E Li,
+ Е > Е 一
SCBUSYLE 2 HEFLO106 zie
SEBUSYHC οὖν 9 ala(21 da tin
(25 Рот у
BAWEZ
HEFLOTOS HEF093 108
HEF4071 T T TOFLATHC
3 o 12,61} δε
πι.
D25B
R3 9 IDSUB-HC
SLSUB- L QE x3
同 geO, R2tE ş af PEy Le uDl p à meros nel
--. eme I'veMU pase
T HEF40106 win mek fore τὴ
r R4 ela[27 eo C26 SEO У
FAMILY
El 9 0264 Wa fn BAWE2
RE , Ezen T T y D25A i
SLFIX--L o KLAN fo,
100K I AKT = E 1 0 Les 1 ho,
vio
3 る 3
IDSUB2LC В eu TİME İş nt
1000 PT ela(23 ado (27 HEFLOZT vil
2 D9B T" T“ 4D27B BAW62
À À mA TE Е 4
HrFTSWLL テ ーー DUR
(AT HERO HÉFIDIOS Ebi Неа ali в n + s
25V г IP
é HEFL0106 。 D26E
HEFLO9I
a 10
L 자 MEFLOZI
SINMEMHC ох
89 0268 e αι
È 2
am a 0268
[+]
HEFLO106 E
。
DUBMEMHC | o "Г; р 2 MELON
HEF4GBI
IDELATHE a PIO
HEF40198
Ran
5
R20E we DISB ap
R29E DEE ah,
4し var R25E =
SLSRHB-L o- sil İşli Tr BE 더
T ALFLO1OS 피운 TOSRHOLE
Å Lc da 028 =
T" T“
4 PAGE 1
6
1 + 2 4 3 + 4 A 5 + 6 了 8 +
16
|
5
2 |
TMRSCM-L fe XLAK || XI TMRSCMHC 3 Di08
| FTSWEM-L | of Ela
ト HEFLDIDE HEFLOS!
ト RAB
1 προ 4 SVCHCMHC 54 , 5
E Ren GDF | q DR Ren pih
4 |
от cas в 4 i 21] ¿po A A a
TDSUB-HC pf BE,
ion hy 5 =k o
P28 0 | 1nsus—-L 55 5
IDSUB-LC m D12C Lİ |
3
m MEFLOTA
ERİ
R30E R35B ÉLUS
HEFLOOT
HSUPCH-L yuan
DE17 R23A RIA o
0130
|
jo ú a
aj ©
10 xt
© 1HSUPEHHE IDFLMNHC | oe" zk
R39E
2 De
RATE
PB o | IDFLHA-L
my [TE
Po meios |
egTy[lue
e |
A; a ; HE R30C 。 R35E o 9
BV25
IDFIX-LC
TOFLITHC | o Lod “ARE o | OFLIT-L
R3IC R37C NOTES:
CADACM-L 0.8% A FOSMFLHC ot zb に 3 в Li SY5 [IDSMFL-L INPUTS OF UNUSED GATES
CAUPCM-L | obi en o ICAUPCML RD 8370 ARE CONNECTED TO OV
TDSYgN-H x210 Xs B10 7 IDFLATHC ger To e Pe Pitt o | IDFLAT-L
Vus apn [LOST ON-H THRE SG sik Ἡ 1 CAPACITOR OF 22n FOR
4 IOSYØN-L ο-- o [IDSYGN-L UEH2603 EVERY Dil. PACKAGE
SLSYØF-L | omen 24 olsLSYeF-L IDFLATHC (047-068) EXCEPT FOR
SLSY@N-L ot Kar o |SLSYGN-L ΟΠΗ AVAZA3
LATIN TE
15
a BLKCM-HC X02X1B 5
~ V12 ー に DC+15V XZZXZB
5
84462 小 DZIA
, F 2 Хи
© | Е5УВЫНС АЗ
3 ri τν
220 De ov pom °
SVCHCMHC q area 0%
0218 R39A
SVCHCMHE GRU 2
A oPERCM-L foer г È Mo o [DPERCMHC mat 2 i
R39B RU
meros dis IDTKTP-HC IDTKTP-L
一一 (ker
RADPR-HC AT ES 3 TORAOPRL
a Lotto |Keym 9 ss
orti RADPR--L
|
PAGE 2 oli
o LJ
ULN2003N
+ 2 4 5 + 7 + 2 + + ー
ZA
OLA
LA
TA
BA
loL_koeTTTT
=,
mo | FTSWCHZL
=
sjejsje|s|e|a|
615\대 400] 02 2 sp e MM J eTSW--HE
=
EF
0EH
EL)
HERL0106 HEFLOSI
JED
|
ーーo | SLRG--HE D10A
Ep
FTSWSF-L | ot ной
nd
£10
220
=
HEF SOROS
+
ーーo | SLFLITHE wv
IX
La
1 BAW52 0194
pe
DIE 2
180
ssswcm | 02% nr p Mer Ио | sss
o [SLFLATHE Heras “ee
E ETSWLC
H+FTSWL
в 0120 Dior 3 ВС За. 39 хех
5 n 2] pe ーー の | H+FTSWLE
33
520
HEF4093 HEFkD106
—o | SLELMNHC D00
528
624
5EH
HDSWSF-L ot TEE XT o |HeFISWHC
HEFQOIOE D198
BD
6 ;
ATI
FLOBCMHC af e İsme
Sig
ce
一 一
2
Doc HEFLOBI
EX
аR
HOSWEM-L ox Lap
|
R
129
“i 천태 50106
—o | FLUPCMHC 4
Dos
ー o HHnswCM2L
02 브
SEY.
ley
BD
657
Ed
SHDECM-L ol AO ktH © ÎSHDECM-L
5
A2 SHINCM-L ολα ER o |SHINCM-L
9 SHRLCM-L olta XD o |SHRLCM- LOVÍ
Zo |SHRROM-L LOI GE
— | Raupciane SHRRCM-L oe
o IMRLCM-L ožEM KB o | IMRLCH-L
IMRRCM-L os mu o | IMARCM-L aa
as 回[E
R39D E
ISVCHCMHC 用
Rae a 1 5R
及
210
——o J MSOBCMHC TDSUB-HC
RUE 2 5
R36C ×3 672 5 .
1100 > mk ek IDSUB--L W er y TABLE OF
HEF4061 UHUSED GATES
ーー R30E R35B ha MERLONI s
TORG HC >= 11; + B Teo IDRG---L
712
HEF4071 > no7 leeaza
x
" 220 HEFL073 zin HEF 4027 1397
x
——o İMSUPOMAC ThELHNHr gili R39E
Lio} é 내 B37Epare
Ta o | LOFLMN-L Т + dera
a 8 80 a > 1009 | HEFL093 x
προς Е
στι 58
R30C n RISE 008 0 0 305 > 1109 | HEFLOS3 =š
x
120
IDFLITHC | o ок 기 REO | IOFLIT-L
ZX
RIC R3TC NOTES onu Е
Bla sonu) НЕБА
레기 LO]
----ο МАН Pe | LOSMFL-L 1 INPUTS OF UNUSED GATES SiS E LAI
Lo |CAUPCM-L RID R37D ARE CONNECTED TO OV E MEFSom
“o 4 1DFLATHC | es RES pi
Pepese | IDFLAT-L
ュー οἱ T як 2 1 CAPACITOR OF 22n FOR 3
2)
То | 105+ TO EVERY DAL. PACKAGE s
ーーo |sLSYeF-L IDFLATHE {C47-C68) EXCEPT FOR 5 5
——~a |SLSYGN-L 230070 A1A2,A3
(Legh (tad)
15, La]
XXL * ΧΙΒΙ co] lal5) laНея
<<<
DE «ISV ATADO „s +15, δι ο | DC+15V, 36
1
——o |SLSY@NHE >
A3 lo la ση
x an 220
nov dote o o5 x DC av. s ca AE
ee
Ζ
X2 14222 KB: ATT 029 9
X2 AX22 KAA 2る
i
ーーo | SVCHCMHC qo)
в
de 3
cr | us] [ca]
do JOPERCHHC
SVUMCMHC
Ras
pA]
m
? 1
R39A
a A
an R39B
——o |KEY10
IDTKTP-HC io Tek IDTKTP-t
CONSOLE & SEGMENT
R39C
ey RADPR-HC IDRADPRL INTERFACE 4522 107 96702
— [Kern
at RADPR--L
9807 620 1.01 HR (87.0)
i
αἱ
er 0.01 N
1
ULN2003N
+ R 2 в 3 a y 3 县 b R 2 a B 4. 9 +. 10
015
TANK TEMPERATURE 1. ΤΕΜΡΊ (5075 sv
DETECTOR El rio vert ALARM/ERRGR 1
2 DB SELECTOR
i - a an ne В asp DIZE SEBUSYHE
и s
E IDTKTPHC SCBUSY-L = ax L MIT pi DO | SCBUSYHC
HEFLOBI
D5 HEF «ODE
shhh, 1188) DPERENHCP— G DIZE
Ме (18€) DPALENHO n] 67 ilme le xw
ПЕМР 21761 42Hz gta 028 Dr - SINGMEML SINMEMHC
+ Ni AB ° Say eso
1,36) 12Hz e— fe 。|ipEmpPHr E T- MEFLOTOO
ar R27 R30C a P—i pk br Pre ae orc
> 5 ак 01,901 CASNØDHC
+ DEF W ( (2,94) 2 ve u s ROC av 6 зи
en MM MALLA GENRESHC 。 1 uo | ngne-a DUBLMEML| と “rum É SIT È ZE À DUBMEMHC
SUPI 15
AA 1718
(28 ~
RIL kw ane IDERS-HE T ons MEASURING FIELD
n Deza EFA DETECTOR
[EMP30sC è 06 a ogy
АЗА ° Den nas DPERENHC
o ici 0120 du 3
2 R28 R30B (a6) DPALENHC 62 KVC -- 23-0 R52 * 85 :
| s ое vk
es
| A amour
ーー +
コー a”
|>
+
AL beLe} ec} | MFsM--tc
4
THISE no i 、 we: | АСС pat A | IOER3-HC = did ro vi
(9 “yA m
Za | R p— CUTVROLE
RLA pr
2 x
| oem
RAS | :| Re
7 '
| Bans?
. <IR72 w D2A
XP
> R31 1 2 DIRG--LC
i
DIRD~-HC TOK DI DIE è li Sear MB
и. 了
CUTYRİLE | 215 ЕЕ HER KODE CUTVADLE Lu pr bz 2 ex SL ALRSCMHC
bo HEF 4001
# 8370 F RICK
TALAK | ok ао TA にHE p „a a
下 MEUAL--H | sz 讓 ei 5 ВИ al >! ー Hd >t
INVAL-HC
- of KER npR32E
100K 。 INVAL-HC a 21 B
HEFSONI HEF 2538
FILAL-HC X2:S s RIG, FILAL- HE HEF 60106 T
TT AT
7 z Rp
AZA HVGAL--H
HVGAL--H | EX τ F
i
R6 (sla go SE (Ac 2012 52013 Cie 2205 28016 22017 52018 -一 mon eme mue n m m m un mm mm 이
e 8 1 1 1 T T T T T T mm R38 va X29
e Dit ow te KIDSYØN-H — —
R40 U |
|
009 ーー ーーーー |
El 330n
CHXRSCHCÍ XE
x2n
0 - |
Ť we 一
cm SVCHCMHCÍ „EEK us tão
DPERCMHC | Az ALARM og
ov iL
TE 12300, мана = | = ||
ove er? KT 202 SLSYØNHE da)
RIGE πες БН ТЕ) |
3 |
L Tinsven-. — —4
ПКВ Х2:10
RIB ‘ av
: SKEYING
MCU+ISVH| SEZ PAGE 1 pe
LL... 一 mme ee em ma eine anne one mme de ee ee Le pani nue Dee ee mon ee ーー done ann SND mem mmm Δον
1 E 2 4 i + 4 4 5 4 6 8 7 4
— giri urne
—
p
ISA
FLUPCMHC | E =] R57 。 DISC
RGUPCMHC | o-XÉ 2) = ite 21 Ju 10:15
cl a © | UPMAN-HC
x
SCBUSYHC 2 Y
A š Aşşk ST HEFLOTI
ØSCILLATØR |
MANUAL @SciLLaraR
[kv manual
= DD
a
κιν ov 0
RE a DIA
SINMEMHE FLDØCMHE 1, 2% 5 e Στ | рок} κια
> zik 2
£ 2 & 上 | FMAN--HC
RGDOCMHC | 0-222 НЕО K
中 a 3 HEFQOTY a A6 Yi
ASV
픔 18546 Js| R54H
BSC.
1 +
DUBMEMHE R60 rs Ve {8515 3Ητ]
o A
D16A κ.
ROSTELHC | ES , DB
* 1
iDFLATHE Y
8
DBA > < xza
>| 12.56) REF LOOT 1 , > = 4- El TVSYNC1 ER og
0160 圖 T av ma U vš LL E lege
=
Section Z
MFSM--LE IOREZ-HE +
13
ars HEFGOTOS Baz Tie
ВАОВМ НС | oY z VEFIONI
HEFLOB1
„sv sy
ch
V4 Tan NESSS
D4B
= asso, T" ac à
E QE} QE} BoJ | HVCOM-HC
MNSYNC | EEE y 2 vE IN
R p— lo. mcr ーーー ーー
BAW62
“sv
ε = cie HEF LOW
T av +15V
ov dv 8
DIL „с ÉEIRE 、
1663069
sf Er é DITA a i 4
+ я ο ee
3300 HEFA0198 zl 5 DUB
>1 È “By
IO Xi18 5 0168 >
NTRD--HC TKTP2-HC 그 & 2 V21 B2 TABLE OF
[HH C40 R62 BAWEZ 本 Г SMX 12
xt 038 5| & UNUSED GATES
HeFTSWHC) © E HEF407T k 0
[s ET KOUT
L vig 100
š|R370
È
DI6C
o paco, Po MT lager (615059 踢
4 xts w & ーー LEA va 509 4.299 2 了
LOSMELHC | o ; 2 Tit P
V19
K) sas jn1012
— 2012 İHEFXO106) |
MEF4DBI
El R3TE R59 EHESS Baws R63 3012— 4912 İHEFLONDE
XY 6 5 oy
BLK600Hz T GENRESHC 303 4013 jHEFLONG|
İZA) pm —, ov TK
RIGE ov REF40106 02
x2:L av D40 HEF403 D4
ALARM-HC = IDFLATHC Bi DITE Hekto DI
Heros Dj
75 FAMILY
(2,56) аи DD
SLFLATHC | 224 R μαι 0198 Her cont DI
3 1 la 9 5
5
000四
HEFLOSI 21 lo »
R54B =
1 a
DGC HEFLO7I Vem c
“ x2F
ον > K
w ar of &
10. 9
à P_ o | IDFLATHC
| Dirr A HEFGOTI La (33.036 НЕТ: IDFLATHC
Bi İZ HEFe081 ‘On Te = (2,281(2,20) “be
DUB IDRG2-HC V25 ME
po
7 1:12.
„k wow feias ES Сы м DC+24V | © 一
10 6- 바 a
ALRSCMHC
SLRG--HC
μα. : Dam
1 100€ WOE | IDRG--H ву ya
e] e V27 +
HEF&OBI DİBA Bawez
= у к っ
R b—
>1 | ev Ka Drv6ev | SED
ΧτΏ
一
FO en fete SUMAN HC
fon ton DC+5V Resana
i i à Â 0208 НЕКー
oh mas
E
HiЗе
9 15 хан
Ho SLFLMNHC | o
ss | бык n
C 0V RARE
Lia 10 ОЕ wae
reFxe7 Tr DEV | e
Los 十 (38 SLFAG
ion Te
|, 000 wv ον Î HERIDOS IA
+ zi 8
al ~ D20A ov
xa
son semi
ove]
вЫ |
5 +
— | IDFLITHC
x 018( τς
SLFLITHC [2 η
>: Le “ve K 2
| R |ο-----
| δικο Le X19
T RL 039 HEFLOZT
|s NEFLOTI ttn tn
RS4E
1 woe PAGE 2
av
4 $ 5 4 è + 7 + a + 9 x 10
a _ mn n m , RK
ER pus Y Rie |
— - ARS |
s Eyっ
2d UPMAN-HC fio
Ve OS
sv В: GENRESHC τν AG TREST-
Helge
KV MANUAL BSCILLATOR 1 W1引 ? Haas
[680] THE
Ав EY
“08
ВЕ, „DMA GENRESHC Sb er vata
HK } У ха E = ea + 一 Vi5
8上 | FAN--HC vo
2 —E vz
A6 FE [nos] — vs
BSC. 一 C“ —
i] TE
RAR)
m [ES (SO
RAH Rs0 A4 o AS TE 上
IX
3 TvsYhc1 | どー va
TEL I Sit} —© | мнрн---А
1:20
aaa D
Tco Les
T -
so
av ФУ
012
σα]
«ПУ て 29
Vi 2 Te NESS c25 | ГЕ
NN Roe. 的 as
xh
au: LE dr e | HVCOM-HC INPUTS OF UNUSED GATES ARE
トー ーー ーー CONNECTED TO 0V y12
ce
- M- BY BY EV
GV a
öy
8 8 3 8
Gre a
we la м 650 da = (2απ İİ nev 1815]
o Gu
a 51% 4
2» 22n/25Y 4
ATEAS
1
A6 1
A7 國 a
im AZ q Dra
σι
ců tM1A58 NESS 20561
"ον ov ov AZA
ME LE. mu SV +154
ans E 이
o A n
w q
ov
UNUSED
»
GATES
1 % r
MEF
| KEY
一
TP
9
109 A Rã
via
AT são ro ESTECSO de ceo:ces L . ast Dia A
8348
ATER ISL L va
509
209
L299 220 本 7
Zen PR se
πι 1 E в (
Yaş 66153 10122012 [Her 46100] в —— | KEY9 -
R59 내 1658 Bawez Bl 3D12—&D12 |HEFLO1O6] a dig 图 R57
we ὃν 3013— &D13 [HEFLO1O6 s ὃν A I [nas |
RI&C av НЕРЫЛОВ 02 12/13 HEF4027 D19, 9 20 Cê
HEF4G3 DI ς MEFe019 DU5,6
BEN 010,15,17,/18 EEFa538 0 * [ol tes
0198 40705 DIM Bi a 020 lal Dio
HEF4081 O1,8,1 16
9 5
μας 5
wel
DVB-C
w ur an
Ra — ps jo Da
I я にー IDFLATHE Rig}
De Cake (36 ση ADELATHC se > 1 rt [RH {Ra} em) (RM
100 Wn " "
018
TX
IDRGZ-HC RS1A Rut, RSBA mu 06261 | ©314 fa, Da q pt El2 D7
uw DISA (2281.80
7 1 ーー 2 1
s | 00€ $ Lo
— — | 1DRG--Hr X1:28 대니 T59
me V27 SN eliz EE- ーー μπε
, 0208 BAW? R20 一 ,26v
re κ ?。
I ila b. >1 ww wu DC+64V | LL E er v7
tela 137 on リー SEMAN HE R21 Eve
"Te ore DEV | e La
wo“ 0208 do Le Lu des
e хан } 6 =
> S
avej; ー IDFLMNHC xi2zAz Te м ay Ti
“aw nc ov | oğuz; 5 ov ELE) Da c Bs E]
ES E м
工 mae lk 0136 V26 xt EM R22 £22 z
RS Bawez 8518 na pt-tsv | è 2.30
tol 35 le 38 A1
ton To Fer FRED 극 ゴー È Tua È ne JE oi SLFAG Be -15V . »
+ AUTO V28 Di EL » El SE 13
av ov Î 54006 Baez
,
0104 ;
å 4 e GENERAL & ERROR PROCESSING
over de IDFLITHC % NOTE: W2 ADDED
x τα 4522 107 96103
c
m „vaně | ;
ñ
Jato πω 9807 620 2.01E (881) 73-2
» Pp
wow PAGE 2 1..01 HR
0..01 N
2 3 4 5 6 1 6 9 ,
R2€ +15
BA ERR@R INDICATION
.sm————8 É DC+5V =
ας
XEAZ DIS
LER: oc 0% HEF 4901 RSE
° Ba
X3:B3
IDERDPHC — 1
Le a
xs
5 À 0С+15\ 12 RED
ge TE E1 HD fico ti
iùOy, — BEC OV -
IDER2-HC E REC
sit REC
A Xa At
xii17 5
IDER3-HC È © [시 Het DER X3:B17
R3 5 5 ЗЫ САБ
ls CAB mia CA de CAB
6 15 一 EE oF I T" T" T" T"
I cs 035
T" T" Qs Ds Ds 9s
055 Us IDERB-HC fe xx 5
6 RBB
HE R78
ee
X1:20 [it RBC RIC
008
JEFAG81 uefa
Mag TIMER
IDER9-HC É o
Ce 3
SURpa plant
Pac sd
D6
DA ak ud. 029 SVCHCMHC T" T"
3 E HEFLOB?
HEF 4040 12261
e py CH 07 13 à 一 0
s o
s
11 a TAR 1" ank 5 ュ m
DBA an 2) 8
10,
| HEF 4081 ds σοι 3
Lot
DEC D7
MEFLORI HEFLO20
16%3 He 3 5 IMER
ROSTFLHC
HEFLOIOS D9B
и 10 6 ση
ds
T" aa
İk JOni & 3 η X2:T
Å 9 15 mt 12 HERES 34
Dá O INTEGRAL FLUO TIMER
Ds Bisa
Os rs
150Hz Whos
12,3F1 2 RD
1534 Hz jcp
1 Г D25A,B,C
FAMILY
o ae 8136 RI6C sm
HEF.
хе D26A
KEY B NOTES: q Sali R170 RUC KLAN
KEY8 X3:A21 1 HMPUTS DF UNUSEH GATES ARE CONNECTED TO 0Vjs (SEE TABLE) LEI 7LeoEfs cee Lee? gUooele
2. © CAPACITOR OF 22n FOR EVERY DIL PACKAGE [C6+C32, C78) STADIO, ly HEFGOIOG 5:58 mcs #568 css
KEY9 | SÉ в T T I T
x2:821 σι Di8B,A,D 05 os dg Gg
KEYS 15“GENS u
Ors! 952 8 НЕ 6150 8140
SEE 4
На
2. ХЕ?
Dov; | TELI | ap 22
68
05 dıs ds
a
2079 зы HEFLOSE X-OR--LC |
mi us +15 +15
12471
+5 +5 12029
DC+15V - [la lea," 2510 4D10 | HEF 6030
C3 24
a
8818-10010 HEF 0030
KET, XbA Au a 20 24
X2 1 XDA PN 22n HEF 40371 Zin HEF 4534 22n HEF 4050 220 825181 128 1811010] HEF 6030
DCOvis “ıs 10 D23 σι D24 T , τσ D13,14 ES 4012| HEr 4001
SPIE
06 88180018 | HEP 2093 PAGE4
Os dış 85 05
R2E +55
Ba ERROR ΙΝΩΙΟΑΤΙΟΝ
・S ppーーーーーーーーーーーo 上 DC+5V
X3:A2 D15
a5
23:82 OC OV 5 HEF 4001
ga IDERDPHC 3 10 RSE Xo, LCDERR-L
1 3 ET E Ae
DERIO Ys E "περ"
yar 13) =1 LE
“RED
SE
> ERES DI
LCDERI-L
0一 8 DCOV15 - ALU I 51 3μὲ RSC R6C = ХЗ: 416 HEF 4019
IDER2-HC de {od [ KV/TIME
TIME SELECTION]
SELECTION Gi
LCDER2-L
IDER3 . -HC 21:17 |al5 sl ば 858
{tele ROB
ne) ,
AEB, LCDER3-L
hy Cad ode C42 Less leu KVBIT2HC
т T" T" τη
TMi-~HC
KVBIT3HC
D16 05 95 95 Ds
HEF400t TM2--HC
-
IDER4-HC 12val 21 bY RB8E
liste; RIE
Te KEAN KVBiT4HC
LCDER&-L
xe (sl R8D TM] --HC
IDERS-HC 3] 21 po ve ОЕ B, KYBITSHC
LCDERS-L
_
IDER6-HC
xi 5
İzi bi
RSA
{ioe Ho
RIOA x3 418 TM4 ——HC
LCDERG-L
.
IDER7-HC À © XLS A
mee RIE
Line); R108
ese KCDER7-L D2
HER 409
т. | m CAS Lets 047 al CAB 3
T" T" T" τη Sis er
T°
62
aves o
(35
2
1
ὃς IDER8-HC 그 i Reg a EE LCDERS-L
4 3 KYBIT6HC 1
1ΏΕπ9 :Ης ᾗ οἳ 1 RIC 13.620 LCBERS -L
TM5 --HC 1
wets 121 USE o KVBIT7HC 2
uf, crate 10 min. TIMER) Lces Lcso 30MA--HC ¥
1 c D29 SVCHCMHC dns “fana
Di «ЕР 12261
στι 7 = 05 05 KVBITBHC
p 2 。
T ah let о ID10MFHC SLPR2-HC
ση SL 3 |
Lab; 4
5 TIMER
D27F 027A
HEF 40105 HEF40106
6 RU
1 m
06 IDRG--HC f
100 3 10 X2:T
T Si pe nf a E 105MFLHC
ds me m
150Hz SLPR1-HC
123F)
1634 Hz
0254,B,C
HEF40106
R13C RIGC
we C39 £037 038 Im [BE ice ayan LCDDA8-L
w0p “ficar “Pioop 3 , ROB “RIGB μα
ds
15 0, 15 ο 15 05 Zeno o в sir jí é Et o ue 4
35813.
LCDDA9
LCDDAA -L
- し
a
я
Di4
LCDER7-E 02 НВ? 518+ RIE
Section
HEF 4019
3 E
Gİ
62 E
2 D3A,C
HEF4050
-CDER8-L XEM 2
KVBIT6HC 1
TMS --HC
ВВ a st
-CDERS -L
KVBIT7HC pi 7 T"
< 30MA- -HC
Daa
HEF4OSO
i KVBITBHC XiP
1 41 k
1D10MFHC SLPR2-HC
D23
HEF 40373
ME: ЧЕН
D27A D4F,E,B,CD ICLØCK mA CONTROL nje
HEF 40106 HEF40108 HEF4050
1 i 2 why bs a
di IDRG--HC ope Dg
JDSMFLHC n 12
1
5
+
SLPR1-HC
D22
HEF 4042
6
BV 22 FAMILY
0278 afc
3 É (CLOCK DP) 5
-CODAB-L 5
HEF 40106 Boa RISC
“ CODA9 -L
-CDDAA-し
TIMING CIRCUIT
„CODAB-L 600 Hz DS pn
HEFLOLO HEF£028
dg uf R cres 99.10 gg
12:20 ©
600Hz
{CLOCK RAD TIMER)
£DCL2-L RIS cas бо 2 SUZ (CLOCK RAD TIMER}
op TED
D25F 0
SVCHCMHC HEF 40106 12 RISD RIGO LEE
* NOTE
tac LCDFL--L
LCDTST-L
PP
SVCHCMHC
c64 上 ce *
ος ὃς
3 5 $ 6 5 7 4 A 『 9 + 10
|
287-067 D12C
ュ , perto! D270 D25E
21 LCD100-L
8 P
013 019
2 HB2SI8 ti HEF4104 05
1
EE;
D3EBED CE; RUD RI2D as
HEF4050 Ap > ona SET LCODAD-L
4 15 601 AI RUE
1 요바 i 5 LCDDAI-L
4 Døz a o виа
м på E} ESS À LCDDA2-L
12 BOF
AS 6e RUC ХЗ: АЕ
46 5 LCDDA3-L x
€51 52 1.053 L 056 一
ATАВ 020 an3 Tina “Tani 303
AB HEF AION T T T
06 05 ος ος
DIL EN RSE
NB2 Stain RIDE X3B7
호 τ 5 DE, LCDDAL-L
TE RIA RIZA a
대 106 LCDDAS-L
D3A,C AQ 3 Rec RIOC X3:88
HEF4OSO AI = 4 5 LCDDA6-L
aj os Aa42 00o R9D
100€
RI0D
190E LCDDAT-L
AL by 55 上 LC56 1.057 LC58 м
dy AS ος 3n3 303 303 303 Мм
AG
D4A A7 05 ος Qs 05
HEFLOSO да 07 TMDATOHC
3 067 9 Øg TMDATIHC
1 СЕ, TMDAT 2HC
TMDAT3HC
TMDAT4 HC
DATA PROCESSING TMDAT5 HC
TMDAT5 HC
533 TMDAT7HC
HEF40373 D25
TEN
D4F,E,B,CD (CLOCK mA CONTROL ис
НЕР4050 > wi
x Aog MABITOHC 기기
> 022 D18
5 ET À MABITIHC € © q q
ー =
5 MABIT2HC T TES Ta
MABIT3HC m RI? TI ER ( cs >
MABIT4HC [cm] >-
MABITSHC
MABIT7HC
D22
5 HEFLO42 A d >
HEF40106 13 Da
LCDDP1-L
ule ES D24 x
= LCDDP2-L n
CIRCUIT Po
ou os Hp
一 ὃς ps
HEF4078
D12
60006 ος 7
doll =
0, 15 {CLOCK RAD TIMER) XE TMADR2HC 026 dE 57 dis
poli SL? {CLOCK RAD TIMERI X2:4 a
2 πο TMADRIHC
o ¿PERLOD!
RSA RBA
! al er pro {CLOK КУ 28% | LEDCLO-L 08
2 4 ab !
; и a] 21 be [CLOCK mAISH X3:49 LODOLI-L
ος
ani
т 5
303
К
=) [mo]
ーLC
13
RE 12
D25F.D
o ace KAN
X more 028-02-670-C80 ADDED TT
INDICATION PROCESSING
T (165) LCDFL--L
A, "RISE FRUE ou 4522 107 96203
x SE — [ise ο Å LCDTST-L
Less Less
το Г
HP
CAFLCHHC
gres
ΦΕΙΕΗΝΙ
nes
E TOFLHUHC
RUECHHCe一 |
nes
αν
вRESETALC o
PLUSENHE мазосанс
a Es 5ELAH
E Ri
CHXRSOIC med
Z
este
Section
CHXRSC-L ar CHxRGTLE
CHXRSCHC
nao)
가나다
σποτ
à
ит
DIE
BLKCH-HC αμ. al gr
ES
oe
IDFLATHE we dah
ROSTFLNE
s J τσ
CHARSCHE,
ma
ВА
ROSTFLLE
000 トヨ 2 Ê
S e "e ~ ο
nae
PER 타다 Am
FER
, 0
meFan 103
4 ni es
NTRO--HT jiFLUHC
tes
000
EXPRCHNC
FAMILY
IDRGHC
ἡ le ση EXPRCNHE
dão
tita
i
и EXPREMLE
BV25
HP
carene A πο COFLCHHC
πα y μα Fe
1 +
TOFLANAE ay 의
rm à ove
ese P FUSION poj
上 joms TV-DeLAYi war
は R22 FLUGCRHC
a) ADA VDSGCØHE | HE TRLi 2 RESETZLE
DISA — e 1.581 na
1 gs msn DER i
BIO T
mt CdXRSTLE
上TO HP? ne
σσ] ras
rm
THTERNITTEO FLU À
ROSTRLAC pat
POT ni
ve
| STA
RUSTELLE a
BRA e
ET DRE
FUTEHHC owe pre "At
(ue
ROSTELLE Tua 、
2461
gior pe? Hs ara 가비
2 w—
sv a RQSS--H
an
s a+ o
co HTELURC mo
nse
É um]
000 REO
C a EKPREMAC 4
FE HR
EXPREMLE
ση SLEXTAL
s s чи ram -
TO 16 OV GE amer 7 o
BIA i
mM
ag a PEKİ) ei ! TEM a
T es ROSTELLC
2 πει
" mr
τ a Be F PAGE 2
as ay
z >
0258 a PE [loe amen 10m ==.05 ]
RADGH-HC illo e
4 nal Bite
ит qna OPUS. nia
i
ri Ge
m spie
Sİ 0230
a 0204 、
. Ge
i 2 て RESET-HC
i не
MPS BiR He
tee Tee re
DIE 03 Г
Z
le OF
sh© se madance
Section
MPS Em PA
ns ーーーー vet = Lina
HPs ue,ue nes
Hp6
ae r ue HP THDATLHE 00 igh
"Ron TNDATSHC
te FRE HP7
eau uo mi HPT THDAT6HC
THOATIHC a HePri
0238
“RS
品
ov SS
mide ET a
Ceres Fy 可 «toco well a
o 밤 +
了 THOATOHE nu z am rom
TMDATIHE m aRdaft γη
TMOATZHC ci ax 机
meram TMDAr3HE
«E ur
m" Gi
я
a w
THABRZHC
erty
CUS LIVENBLC
„Dec
ET ποτ
TMADRINE
re sti v 070
=JRTFLUHE psu CE
sty μεν Gut M au
UPLEV-HE spa =“ MP2
hes a
ET
ROSS~-LC
MAR
BV25 FAMILY
나이
ο De
row ο Won
LØWLEVHE
Bari PTMM
HSUPCNHC
MSDOCMHE
an
RESET-HE
MP6 ALRSCHHC m i 0236 В
asa
Er una
GENRESHE
ye 13]
ROSTFLLC 30mA--HE
na zm
dari PC 4 i 4 4
0728
pese вое [a jese |sjase |sfasa Г. 30mA--HE
PAGE 2 + T LL a
nee
PT EDT sr
PAGE 3
1 | z 24 2 o
o os [€] ©)
ο 2 8
alal2 Gases] = 一
ESPRİ
EXPREM IT ee saran UPLEV-HC [3 BEE É
cercar a 11:61 30mA--HL o a a
MADAME CT El E)À
, rer
UPLEV-HC at HP? 도 a]
ň Е 3
て Tit
HS HE 88088 SNE хx
ε a PT { E do
F Е CO rm a e っ
CT LOWLEVNE ron =
029A ne «re 9 q ay “
HSUPCHHÉ > a al JA
HSDOCHNE >1 mr Mk “Ds
are no É
rar OTN
RESET-HC
asa) nn
ALRSCHHC
GEURESHE
30nA--HC va
adia DIA
2 tr
ποτ yruw mm πο
PAGE 3
SE17
FLUOROSCOPY & RADIOGRAPHY
PROCESSING 4522 107 96252
ura
下 Hat
EMA HE
ROSTELAC peu
ater Hels
DED DBA
vi
때
rapes vr
Pz
vi Vi RI ares CM
E
a peter
DRFLDFPA ae Taran
Job vs ABA
var зам | CF
me are
Ae i aur nuttet
tet? AGSAB
| a μας TERE
στ
AJE
casa a SE DE
ΝΓΡΗΤΗ.
μάς R ση
ROSTFLHE
tesi 0025 КУ
Peña
ROSTFLHC | oč >
Lettasa verem
ENMACQHE
- ony
a
ALARM AAC
GENRESHC i vosoco DELAY |
NY
Bet Ati
κ.
1 amo VEgNTR
ğ user
a + sgCeHC
eV NE, RL i
1 Em
av
RM
| 02 ls ae (OM (1066 00060 00009] 2e
wee 2 pa.
HABITTHC | FE11 + зв ! AB
Peeee || Sa 3i A FE 1" μαςEz
MABITGHE a {a=
Scare τα mei πα
MARTI LE E 4 guenti on v
i , Aug Rá um мо | мл
已 | ED ur €
ve) Fas
o Rae
vie E
ENMACOHE K
BALLA DEI düm?
mantas= T n 5 By E é 8
l I. Es
4 ma REP
gl aso anuze =
Glo reg sw an
FR mo
Jansy 0807
T
P HE o 1 3]
mantas + 8985 ov
a回B |” a 06
È
si Dj a à
Lo | avenone
iu |kvemu
BIT
St
ео келье
THE
Bee | KVBITGHE
人
KVBHEHC
AD+AB 4
ATB
[> AVE
σπα
AVE
disci
ET
DE. sy
riso
ac ov
DE-15V
Ξ E HaiHPS АЕ mos
us DWF
> 7 기 Pe
> AA ΠΕ} VESGCOHE
Fr περασε
て
30mA--HC
=
PLM fer
n ise
ne MAC
FF
ΙΣΒΕΝΓΗ ΗΦΠΗΙ 박사
sv
XE KEY 6
ait KEY 了
, gene
tDag--ne Jo
>77
com mpi o | мрт
ama MP2 Loupe
1,68 MPI | мрз
tapa mmm bs | pů mps
ps lo po, αρ
damme [Le | МРТ
(1,461). MAREF = 31 È MAREF tr
s
pl
HT
Hire
RER
ar eş
EE
AAA
“a
e
EE |" c
am
CO
TES
eee
四
x
ET
slew
ey
Ds
Da
ne
pe
CH
πα
merma
neces
Tx Fass]
D7
5
pe da |
FRELSER!
x1
SE19
X-RAY CONTROL
4522 107 96303
*15V
IRINCMHC RIG
: geo DIA
品
hid 034
一 一 一
. R12 Ed)
TRINCMLC Υ.Κ] 1. 1. ρὲ ma
«sv G 그 sv MA 027€
Zip πο
3 1
018
ma : as 056 053 tæt ES ie πρ]
+ T - De ZEZR gr 一 [La 一LEE
DCOVAF mr二
T
+ 上
Elen ov я 一 È È FLUWF md
BEE & 023 а
XIV 813 3 =1 me
(2d) ed a fo E 5 se RIS
IROECMLE | © [ik] u T rp 2 CEA---L 기 fade pa av KU] ur
tbe IRINCMHC = up
г ES
m apis fe pe W
2
3 Pz 1 sy Ela to 0 [一
Le PORE 1» 3
站 元
D13 D14 wm ,
028 Ww LAF 1
na]
aros 각서 8044 P29 Ao MERS = << a PORF 130
κ. (sal
ama 2
a 1150)
BITSA tia 07 BEES RIT 0030
2 5 a es
, BITZA P Az BITGA media, 80582 2 El
E av а
5
he 0270
15 M
ВИЗА > Аз BITTA meta TRINCHHC = à |1 Per me
arc “ao TRINCMHC Uso de ud | a0 É a 5 ní DCOVRF
a)
12: i ni ia : ps Gti LE sf 1 , da
" SMF mol
4
“la, Em DU, rv am
πι
= 을
9
5 SB ro me 20309
・SV Lars es] 5 is
с le Aral 도 Ho sin | pře CEA ile aw R82 0278
Des Med yon HEFCOTE
vem wa mons PORE {n} RB3 > e © 14
HÉFLSES HEFASES EROS av eu dl 5 M 4 5
LMGSE SMF pia
no
0,29)
- 230) 9630
qu
~ 12,85}
nou
5
IDFL--HE
ROC nc >
ER TA
[κα D21 B22 D20 PT)
sc 回
em . 10
RG. HC 1 D28A de, Lr ae task ADI FE
d TE :ve 2 ve? Sa, sv Sm 33Hz 4», 85Hz „LA e sr E
3 va
PAY
a «sy (i P IRDECHAC 이 q 00 a Ww!
i Hp, Ha “e OSE Dee na İz b
κ. je- PLH 2 al,
wy av Dic 010)
da al PE egli
9 2 때o τε 5 % 1 5 av $ à#2 5 4 1 2 πμ.
v HEFLON v Lf
GENRESHC | o” 4 1 bí 1 м 2 15 wv m—İle, sona 2) ee - 0280
BV 25 FAMILY
e
Key 6 | E "BY
Key 5 | SE
LIE:
I
anv
DC + vf La oc. iy
+ INPUTS @F UNUSED GATES
ARE CONNECTED TG OV
LUH1458
ΧΙ
é00Hz 0—— 60042 TABLE OF
_ UNUSED GATES TYPE Rés
XIZB 302
X2:2B 402 — м HEFLO2I
DC + 15V1 e DC SV “sy
+
cu ga ・ AB —— ana | seren DCOVRE
22n
a a th 16 305 205 | HEFLOLY
0650 3 J 405 MES à
Erli Als AL 2 028 Heston
DE - Vİ) GEZE -| DC -15V sw Lena mt > Dt2 eo μον 38 | ns
26309 ik Dİ Merko 013,034,018
τ 도 5 7 026 heras y HEFLSOS
ec c Ls DIR Metan
i 020+ 022
5
T 100p a Zn
erk de ar | duse
oc ov DC 0V -Bv
oo
ὃν
는
8 ς
. 2 3
1 + + + |
++ 3
i 5 1 6, L | 7 , 8 È 9 。 10
+ + + + +
«ΤΝ.
SHIN-HC
: ia
21)
DI9F a
dia 030
R16
K Ho | нра SHINCH-L oe E
R20 HEPA OOS DIL
E at п MPI
sv 14 Bic a ‚Ав 7 ОЕ maca) a 00 :
am 656 RSI CF OL | | мE 1 Le 8 . 12dEB--L 2 85Hz
Lidi |
比
I XF
E
je DCOVRF dd ue» P o | IRREF SHDECM-L -|
[Lo p-
ea petti
к SHW Hrej
LASSA (2,23) P
BEE 023 (1199) Te gg HEFROIO º PLH mL] PL o
RIS
1 DC309
В >
b bn
τν à
we も R a
o PB) ve PORF E Lier a
2 τι W Pa
vi R262 ov İNHR т
而 s o je AB DCOVRF 015 D16
E 027A —
BITOB selli ag BITAB m1 Ao Mise
sv pi 19 一 PŮRF Pa oj asa BT la m BIT5B Ат
ua A Lar mld 18728 2 Fetes mia
<= = PORF 138 BIT3B pid BIT7B = Аз ,
5 5 E
E É
av
1
。 s
06307
0270
see
paa
ila
ila
1
| miele1157 ーー "le
si
PORE Epaof Ha a 는 Ba D4A 5
me δν Ln Pa Laon
르 5 o BCOVRF [tl ias cam É El an Sag 2 4 bi» cel
1 3 SMF. BO c avait Ias ig pl 2-8 (2,30)
é R81 00
HEFADA9
Si nen Setas HEFLSOS HEFLSOS
D278
DAC-08€ 1
m 4 5
sv
06309 SHRL--HC
Gad
0190 (te) DIC
*5Y Ze ;
SHRLEM-L bř
022 D20 (26h) а "LR 028
12,46)
He5 4
條 na
E Dzec
n =P È pe
ir; 33Hz ÍA 1 Pa 85Hz 2 2
i
<a 00
kel pee v Po DEE
IRDECMHC
вам
pr] sl o e SHE
z) da 0195 DEL HOEY
HC 4 sh.5 Œ
PP 一 SHRRCH-L 1 hs 9 CEC- må Biz 그
= >ep τε μὲ sa bsi y [4 иpz 5 mi 1 be mo
пл “ $ - L pan HER, 023 SHRL--HCm | oe
ET & fom FLUOF ca persone TELİ ST ml İri 5
0.0) =
p; 6004z He 0280 5 it - 4 S
18 HEFLOAT 10 HEFLOLS 12)
| cer sv η τετ 和 HEF4023
四 12 è
Y cio wv 3
cep aj + po Lar 3
I ανa πι enV IRNCHHE
(12a nm] “cn no) 5 D288 D17 DB 0 3 7
MEFGOISI ЕР sf & SM+LAFHC > BITOC "ia ВАС = HEF4516
トー HEF4066
HEF4049 .
HEF4023
; 1 ,+ 2 ,
+ | 3 ,+ a 」
+ 00 +, 6 ,
+ 7 + a ,
i
10
SY
SHIN-HC
(2,13)
|= 102.25)
Ras R37 DUE 030
до
03D
WA
κιν”.
MPB SHINCM-L | ocx Tür — -2 此 pz 2
#15V *15V
R20 27 HEF40106 DIC :
я
Pit ton я 1 МР a
= 08 E E E] 91 REZ
ale E 28
E E AÈ mo R39 D24 EA
АВ D19E IDFL_-HCe 到 g pm
1129) slo
am
8 -
a5 Thi 一 Emsa a
RF D15 0216 nv se НЯ su] lo bi DEL Hd
R47 5 |. za
BITOB 27 so BITAB m2 Ap MEFLSTE (22) PURE PB] | à a PORF HEFA066
am (278 PA BITSB sella, D9 5 A 88 Rue ERS
I
"enza ml № CS
St
prog pila, E EEES OCOVRE =- D26B
BIT3B peli M BIT7B we] A3 8502 péla ys COVRF EL
SHN--HC = By SHIN--HC ah SAN HEY up , ; + ali
Ba + di aa 1 B k lla 해 5 7 © ka|R46 5
Sİ
os
len Sag?
Elas
ょ 1 г
DA vidno位 ¿2
te :
İLİ HsB
I“ È HEFL OGE
op CEB-L 3 9 İ
"v Le TA ή 3 A 143 Sab 3 1
ao Ta Pam Stia Gan EM M DAC-OBE -SV DCOVRF | IDRG--HC
avm AR 010
HEF4Q49
HEFA5B5 HEF&585 man
sv
SHRL--HC
El
hal
目 R49 0190 Ge pac
R51 Bel
SHRLCM-L
LCM-L | of 7006 24 т1 ps A
v 03200 >
ce o 1 D2B MP4 HI
則 ws T n =1 i mo DEE Hus R57 858
Ed as? W DISC pedi) «İz slr EGER - D25
(DIA
a n Bla
上 SHARCM-L | ον Maj 1 65 5 때 시 ae 一 fg] vic
‘ т wa HEFROZI gp e | 뽀 g 2 4
rd
5
& p- FLUØF
DE TS VEFLORO E pres sn п в =
RA 1
때 „sv = Ka 분 PORF -
HEFLOZ3
ov 3 내 1658
MEFLOGE
HEF4D8S ©
HEFLOZE
1
-| + Sl + 5 + 4 8
| 4 4 10
κ хххххххи XXX XXX 二 可 |
| X X X X
R X X X X XXX XXX
8
Β
XX ση
*
|
TERETE ir | |
Я . i
8
хххххккх кххххжккх |" Jİ |. * | !
mn _FSéκ
fs Ras x] × 645 M E TE+
x Mé κ KKR KE PETE :
„БУ
12481 - xx 1064
Rae =a E Я ||
ERA ES yl
= = A Ral Ra2 x Réz = XX X XX XX хххххххх |
EBB ERE
aa Rio Elas οι Te i. a ARA
wm 一 [ek vue A2B = i 53 지모 |"
하구 2è к. i
| 12 158 n så : ххиххххх usa xx To | i
Ls で ="
fæ EEE
SEE DVR не
jt vezν E 同 hm ||
x Rie =
xxx
보
È
x KX XK
ila % DCOVRF u R31 x].
10
| = Rs xlR
|
min Sth
| a la DCOVRF ! xx K RR
KX RY
4 {Pa ape
7É 3
T Ent 00 g E
ICE: -
a Zir, aziz 5 мзв | i
i RE we E
. 5 3 2 DAC-9BE -15V i xix κ R34 mix
roe | Rx KR KK XXX KE
HEFAS16 | R .
XKXXXXA ххкххххх х
i [xxx x × 61? ala Rez xl
上 Ho Pda] la
B 8883 Le
X CICR κ.κ x
> sto
ト FOLREF i a x TRE = x
} KKKA als
ix x κ
Ge)
| DIAPHRAGM CONTROL 1
4522 107 96802
i
9807 620 2..01E (87.1) Z3-6
| 1.. 01HR
| 0..01N
i
4 + t e É £ b a
2 1 roe Je
ва АНИ
( o REF Rn
[EJ è
Cu] w
(ror
seere
fe FSOTFU
En R67 Tran
"wow
FSOTRG
asıltag 2 本 vas
Lan
“
{가 -
Уз У
FSPO vi Pipi
Te sei | armeno moon SWOTRG
πλω va tan
“ us ER Lo
beaver
fre “ TV
me | 5, v26 u
N RIS “e
3
25 Ei
ие EŞİ
3à B27Ry
SLREF
Pf na thea
“NOR SMeLAPHC | HH
HP?
Haar .
028 FSOTE
Ti tun
mi 133 vů
RR 4
x 5006 и
ve
3 に
w
R39 PT
CI sai
Ras
06
LE Ru s
SLUREF
gönle
FSOTAG σος
ram
HP3os | an
faso
Raz am
Es VE va
SAPO Fo
vateme porn
vu 6
pr -
> * а
ÀК ar av
=
= à
<
ov
a
n
ον
( }| m之 FØRER
120] È st 了 開
7
A k pavia
vz = 。
Lar? + var vas prot
Fero vs +P m v
tg
metem
vn MP
Drava OH
8 미시
8 sv
ite T
INPUTS QF UNUSED GATES ARE К узо
CONNECTED 16 OY. i QU FA
oon
at at 때
DLOVRF | o DCOVAF ve ν
E E 매어
zt
am mr mm pst
2102
SEDP-Lİ 0 PL m ' SPDP-L τε ты
as m" jenu , dan ar
A mal era cn rm
i dn
Dreisy CIEL
ky
se зву moi
m , rit 1
CR 18, 18, 18, 20 wot
a 22, 24, 26, 26,30 mm & om veros
32, 34, 36, 50 !
w A CA, 39, 40, m— m re
TRIAL “ “ — Ai + =sh? ras vas versene
τη, 15, 7, LE mm 一 mm serena
. 23, 25, 11. 開
33, 35, 37, TA a ust
06-15 sw ov A
mrG--He | ο” 1
He E 回 2 E a
ㅣ |i a | i Ea
"ER
an
vzs
λα
tmve SWOTRG
Han
Я
내비
Tera
ER
193
ES É
É
gw
É
El
È
ol i
SH*LAFNC | 074%
ETS
"ax
να.
eta]
内
ars
ΣΣ]
nan στη
ja!
回
由
mln
RARE A Sis
κ]κ]κ]κ]κ]κ]κ]
に
mp1 Ро | mpi
x
Mero | nez TES
ll y
HPI eo | mp3 я
Fa Fe
Memo | ML
B BB El i
MP5 čo | MPS
> 則
==
Mpg melo | ups
x
bore
Hp lo | mes
i:
xy,
TT EE)
kva na Py mE | tne : = E
Ee
Mg nem =
FSOTRG
同
天
|
или
o | ker 5
aaa]
HA qe
mz
TR
> + RE x x 21 κ
PRIE a]
i
[mm x)
ERR É ajz se
tts]
ix
Av
seua
に 8 国 SİNİ
ロロ ロロ
生 la
SA
과Ni
κ
a
기
pio
i
2
TT
ñas
DA
κ
K var w
FPBT
А лы
da 一 3 ro | mos ト (0
TT
an
1
4 qa”
и
| SE23
in | DIAPHRAGM CONTROL 2
3 SPINP-L
vis
| 4522 107 96853
9807 620 so
(88.0) 73-7
ern
Des ev
ms
5
삐 pA, вр en
Ta I
06201
DIA
3 1 2 FILAL- HE
HEFEOLY
Section Z
DSA
0 i и
1pRe 一 cr一 回
ISLAGMOHE)
RADIOGRAPHY, n
5 | m
MAC era Fe FLUBRESCORY
Op [0,52 mA).
ya >
--H86 İİ
10 e
ISLRGMOHC)
56201
058
3 RY
EXPREMHC Qu ” :
А
R45 HEFZOS
R43
KVC 056
3 g
8
Rag "7 그 | rs
PIC 9 Blast
o
— 8 lo
30MAHC
cont PSD o HONBUOGATIOR
FAMILY
WL GENRESKE HEFA081
GENRES
RSS al a
5 erme RASO
0
BV25
1200HZ 120042
ALRSCMHC ALRSEM HC
{ALRS—HG1 TALAS HG)
320042
MP3
LE Г De
TORRENT
E MI LIMITA5TIONy, 5
SLLFSVLC 4 C15 よ ит
ISVSLLFLC1 2
HEFZOZO HER On i 本l ci RÉFLOCO
E k
İzi =1 1
Tm
018 :
1 HEFTOB ПЕРСИ
DRG--HC 내
1SLRGMHC1 mes
IDRO- HC REFIDE
ISLAGMOHCI
м
四
°
s ——
X1 2.8
DE SV
X2 2,
a5
Аз
σα
Shu oie
prov
xt 2.42
X21.22.A?
i Gc-15v
|
La : F 2 u 1 u , n , a , 。
MPS ! Mer
RIB | V2 |i Г zk BŽ" ATOK
BELİZ 一 ye TT | msn5
{058
DESE
vok MBA E PLAT
i 19
n
7 1
4
1200Η7»----Ἡ
f= e
XK FILSM?
ze
RF FRLAZ
le ups
zx
RZ) R22 R. L
ESB İK [gres [ree
>
6820 | .A2A upa
ti +
&
v9
BCÝSS JM
-me (EE : La
[> oan
A. L vig
R2 beleve] l 66 R27 vs , É GR ©
ly DESE ie 80437 E =
oc}
rigİĞ
à à a
-R26
E
gra
同
=
ma
Qu
©
o B RLY
a
FILCOM
RI? 다 8
。 o x
-
X1
DID FILAL-HC mmーーーーーーーーーで FILAL- HE
—| mem AA MPI CRER | "=
са Е τι o
MP2 A 22 MP2 (re fr ERES “my
a EEE 개
i HEF coe! XLR
"5 MPI À jp
MPL ἱ---
KEH
MPL ra и sone
gs MPE _
X1
0
MPE = AS
zz
5 > MPB
| D2 [ | | ] MPB
le, НЕРЫИЗ i 16, he a alo ly ¿Ade MPO AUX upg
> CD 22n
D3
HEF4081
DI
{HEF «D9
Dé
İHEFLOLO
D6
HEFL330
A2,A3
Е
A
06207 |Γη회 MPO >
μή | vpn Е"
Cn +
7 D5 F E] 7 7 Tp THIZSE men N ww pe © a
HEFLOGE | | 028 MP5 o> MPS
DEE
9
=5 i 해 20,1 | ро
=> pr
x
R56 E
HEF201.
3 | реек? erer
Г | река x ň |
RARE
+ meMPG | e빠트
ALD x
15] x2 10 | DF
DGz0r HMP や
MPL
テニーーーー ちち
xh요 |
MPG
MP 7 LA iH
DE MP, MPI
CURRENT
| maras y asset] Ww ALC pi
MP8 で
=ーーーーーーーーー MP19
vs TALAS HE) DIC ee
T 可 BEFLOLO HEFLOCO SET fu dm A
© GENRESHE T ek, à Men HEP LOR
DIE 96201
9 Ths | HEFLOBİ
っ
HEF LOLS
SE31
FILAMENT SUPPLY
4522 107 78512
1.
25
0..
3o
DiB
si
col [ut
ans KE oo
M ae Diet — +К]
“5
sen |
n RIO
GE saver o
RIS Ri
R16
| Быri
peri
Tiki テ 1 ト1 PR66Hzhc 17
v3 C2 DIA n tr] E2 ER
RE, st u |2
RIL
SÆR
onki 3 =7 384KHz sla 120082 0 Sin DSA
BK} “itn =1
Ž aj É SST r Гы с ュー ビ D7A
ACZ4MW2 vA ERS
| FOE c3
won] ыы > 2 ют ЧЁ 1
Pia 12 5 tt HEFz06 &
0 0 2
ΙΕ]
a yer 20 n 1 HEFIOS
a zo tt MP3
HEFz520 HEF7520 бонг п
m LBKHz 5 FEF TOW
reskere | FE
Pcp era | SE | gre
vem sese |
m RK T D78
Dé 5
Z
24 esa
D68 6 =K
Section
0 cz
an) 1 İs REF 151
c
HEF ZOO! 410
2120 DISCOM H
12D
lo TS
Sho
到 5 RE
1 R25 0 HEF CO’
1 SK
ΕΤΗ
R21
в i «8 +6 | mes
LEH kHz
2502 ERA ερ gres
7 Be RM
ovcuna. | SE 150 — I 1 mi 50Hz = PREDHZHE DBA
fici
Tee FEF COTO La G Mors Pi z
$ x Le 1 HEFz65 ema
ja TIVAL THE
[ = (74,96)
x R73 +6 098 RECTTR
ALRS uc] SS [QUE E DSB
Ri Lu 1 as osc R34 3
T“ πα 6 5216
0 0000 HEFLOSS Bia zn
도
6 5 s | ae
FEFLOG DISAL-H >
980 ㅁ276
<
R 3 Inf; вв weMP2 xm
E 37 I οἱ &
lo HVBN-- HC MP 3 » XEM у
au R36 242 cz
most [oz (B I fera (sí tok MPL »— B
nes 2h
RECTAL-H X28, RECTAL-H
MP7 x
FAMILY
Gök) MP Xu
Hen xtW
AB
BV25
xv R40 s > 2 MP 12
i, PWRSMDV A + Е cs sm] 4 {6 МР 13 xa?
ma THESE pgç T dün iie 때요 x2
SLRGMGHC i = 5 μμ 1 xw
19 8 B À
+0 oe DSAL-H an
RU HEFLOSE RnpuLs w | ROPULS
o [26 패 \ — 8 TNVAL-HC
R42 „АА 1 HpswsFtw | HDSWSFL
oi ph R63| R62 R61 Е
R53 1 FTSWSFLO | FTSWSFL
| 0 EE ER MEŞ n (0x1 narra apro
TMS8 A2B | 860 |, AJA . R54 caz IT .az
| CE mer | > o VREF 200Hz ーーージ [ 1200н:
+ o + ogia E нь
kvc οκ LMUSE R59 nse THESE Meio
game ΜΝΣΥΝΕΟ m0 | HH SYNC
0
0128
= B
L s
[一 |
η Si
55
し „ří er, DE Rsa
o Ei $ n
、 RBB R115
HVCeM-HE | tv DEKİ sl
agi
R60
que]
8 MP18
EE
i
L2 2x 58NF
si Chu Cia
220pH
5
вуз
come ©
그o -
Z
1 720p <
Cores
PEO pra]
af na
rpg Àl
HEF 4023
| HYBNF-HC 1120)
1120) 15 INVTRV3
VISA
BAX12
,s Xi
VON HC HVØNE DHC
156] o αρ
pet + © ne czol a 8
ALRS--HE MPI CL13 lil
1531 84 oč 5
cr 250 >
=
R71 D108 Erg
520p |D16A al 2? Fee HEF4023
Ty 8 tj THVTRVE
+ HYTDV Bus 60 us al, V17 +
F Hs; z o
R LHSB cw538 538 HEFLD3 US 3
ero „DIA cal A
15 cus 2g
te PBH si に
76,8KH2 sre »—İ Г
IROL
HER 4012
an HEFLO2I 」 INVTRVO
누 19 @
Г м BAX 12
„5
ena 。 „D17B çel A a
HVENE HE pi culi 22
Pr MOSWSFL
Ÿ V27 128 图 Ri08 DBE
tan al
DRA pon ii]
Fran
à
MOSWEMZL parer Ve T R107 R106 V26 ー 3 12 a
twosweney | ALS σος (O0 as "4 1 fu 1 BAW 62 À © R97
ir n 而SRIOS i 025 TEFLON
FAMILY
REFLOBt LUVTRVID
UVTAVI | dic
15 (27 C26 CA6 HEF 2016 回 Zion
T 220р RAPR-- HT
220 T 22n
0 o o 日 a
> kIR109 +15
T cas] A 0
pe FTSWSFL DIBA
Bv25
平V29 canm İİ 2 22
ETSWEM2L Pavo? YD.cr D12c 8
018 PBOt7)
Front
(F TSWCMLI K 896 8
п 8 3 070 = R100 = 2=
2 R 30 2 HEFLOT? x2R
可 4 D Y а 3 | inviava
DE + 104‘ OM I tri o HEF 4075 7
HEFLOBI Е
HEFLO1
HeHFDHC
πο η]
Hi Le V238
aes
° 5 sos
г DE + ・15v х1:28
SE...
SIDE |T toea . 15 a D188 220p
C24 a ト
, (curati!
C30 „s er &
pc pv 190p 0 회 HEF 4046. 04 ul HEF£066.05 06 al rs >—
AZLA, = 4520.02 ㆍ 081.07012 2
ge © 4018, 03,04 ・ 20105.08 Ate AS R103
C31 τα 22n -_40193.Di3. DIL » 4023. DIS PMP HEFLDIZ € x
x
a
L2
2x BuF
+15 Ci GİB
22044
Vi
BZX79 よ
45 Cove p 5
TE
aged
D15B
Sel Ch
21 & lo
νε
R86 p A
E
Ee
PEO pe) =
FFM 3
HEF 4023
89
32% | invtava
VIa 488
BAX12 B
+5 -15
co? tyи
DBC
col A 6
Poo A a &
σσ
ero li
` HEF623
INVTRVB
D17A
ate R
PR mi
y esa u
МР? Peon
HEFION
LHVTRVS
e
cas
2 HEFTOM
22 INVIRVIO
[28 RAPR--HE
0
cuna]
PEO)
FFON ea
07D
9 HEFLOW R
INVIRVO
80006 El w & Bo
10H HEFIOR
10
a
02188
criamos]
poor) E
ERA li
Aad HEFLON XE 和 ry
SE33
POWER CONTROL
4522 107 78558
HOTE HOLDER FOR HK-STIEREE PEMOVEO
1. 1 HR
0. 1 N
の
RECTTR
= に τε
5
R11 しx
T2
4 R12 し
ο Νο 810 8
= sl is |
BE. T 75Ε
AC594VF1 6 3 BAX2A
X15
ΑΟΡΘάΝΕΊ
CI eb RI C3 els RS VI + V3
04717" E 2200 E C6 R6 BYX39 & X BTW92 -1000RM
TI 33n = — PWR
AXA? X2:E PWR
MY °
G7 EF"
C2 ~ R2 CA ote R4 " T V2 A V4
0474 =P E 220n'T E evo Y A BTW92 -1000RM
Xen C8 T ar —1000
ACSS4VF2
AC594VF2 BUM À V7
BYX39
-1000
1 B2 = X2:R ο
PWRSM oX2:18 ELDIS-L
Re Rio RY € no —一時
io
R22 C2VW 23 > A XX
ARIS [100Е [5181 4N25 MP1 Bo MP1
я
0-В
|| — = МР! R20 o や Mp2 XMS MP2
er PCB KEY9
x2:5 R13 一 1 R21
DISCOMH = 825E DI PCB KEY 10
i Bi 5 xV8 +
DC 0V-A
DC 0V-B
PWR
Ria
R16
Ris
PWR
Ri7
R23
Ree
Vis
VS
VS
Ras
Rio
RS
A V7
BYX39
-1000
R13
Te
X2:R
ELDIS-L
X2:K
MP1
X2:11 22
X2
MP2
X1:5
PCB KEY9
XE
一一 一5 PCB KEY 10
MP3
PWRGND
PWRGND
»
KK
LX Sey a
z
a [x x и
4 x x Pal lela
w
x u n a < u“ SET
a xz я
>il +
* la y
x x |x
x
x x
x я
# EI x # +3 x
x1
a EH x a tu x
x = x я
х x x m
G jel 8 Jel ὃ Je] 8 [2
a x и х
a x x x
22
x
al
过
я
x |
x teu ni
aя |
E
m
x 028 ®
gi
>|
# = ΕΤΗ x
X2
= E24 x
x ety и х х х х
x B * x B x
κ a κ a
. a τη κ κ em a
10
14 년
M iN
| 2XBYw96D
PWRSM FLA SOY X1.9 + HVT
x2:1 4 2 [q 42 [жк
PWRSM +HVT
ň É
CN
Re V7 Eno
my
nfl Y
R2 <5a
RS AAAA JZ
+ BYW {96D ον
ER
mi
dis ο PCB KEY 10
> PWRSMDV (— > HVTDV K V5
8752/6008 TI we
he 7 х2 1, OVCURRL
R15
INVTRV3 A i $ bo GENES | бАТЕУЗ
"i CATHV3
1 R sy
INVTRV6 : SE | GATEVO
V9
T3 13
BAX 12
ХМ | caTHV6
INVTRVI oil i 5 GATEV9
i 1 CATHV9
INVTRV10 č 5 GATEV10
LE 1 CATHV10
INVTRV3 AAA 6 GATEV13
E 1 CATHV13
INVTRV14 ox26 | 5 GATEV14
1222
DCOV gel | "i CATHV14
※ x #
x x x aa |
= x 3 x C4 Ἡ m
_ M © = Va x © Ξ | İr
ке os e | . $
Až] Г v7 x
хх х
니| 7 x x m
= = o 더 x m - — [U BIN x
um x pe ом || x a x ©
7 i | i
°
о ο mama E dul ul x κ ©
T4 wn} lo TS 钙||一 PZ
= |> zs (©
5 κ κ E 9 = ve x ©) x R14 ml |x R13 = )
E x x
A 7 A
Z
22 X2 1 22 X1
SE37
INVERTER POWER 1
4522 107 78703
cn 720004 2 ga
|LALA ACH VI
VI Ve C5 R2 V7 R3 B vit
BYW96D-| BY229 두 Wa = Yeywoep Un = X dywoso
C6 A C12 _L2
RI x Hi PONS ni NN
κ Bon 7 364H 2 【 180n 7 36uH 2
V2 V5 wv V8 ху \12
Byws6p 平 81229 Y T Brws6D T BYW96D LZ (285 | Αεηνι
|А
ARSEN: ACHVI
σσ Papa mİ LA1ES。 | PCBKE
1 .
IN
1
Kiya
1°
İN
1
Xivo
153901MF
|i 本 iv
153901MF
MESS | Peke
G2 = L J C8 = 4 Clá = 1 1
n Chek = " Cl n ce
上~ 十 一-
10n 10n 1009
_HVT -1 XLR T_ y
6X2: W 8X2:X 8x1: X 8x1:Z 6X1:V X1:T
23-15
INVERTER POWER 2
4522 107 78751
x x
n コ x x
a n a
x x
a x
x
x a
x Ht x x
x 5
x x
x
3 3
>
x a x
x a
(87.0)
x
x X
= 8 κ
τι
κ ST OK
X1
1..01HR
9807 620 2..01E
0..01N
o
i å x Y a
о
x
E
x
mμὴ
ω
a
u
a
a
я
о
х
x
a
«p—
x 8 5 MIX 9 M
x
= E x
X2
x
.
x
ПН
a 7
# x
x m
wt x я
x LA
a
я
х я
α Y x
y sg
x ni
x
« R 5 |x yy x
22
+ ai 5 ++ 6 i$ | 1 i를 в +1 2
1 + 2 3 +z
“by = „5 „BV
RIS SWITCH 반투
- 3
E ISOLATION CHECK DURING KZ Rqt SWØNI
AL, BA STANDBY {VI-V2} Corman Bese
| DIRIA “— E 1 21 | SLSYO-L |
92063 à
cr +
Ts
A sv HEFZUIZ
[ALARM DETECTOR)
L В16 DB *15V +15V DEV
1
DTRIB XV AL s AZ
回 1 ve
21|,
>
R6 VIS MEUAL--H var Ki
M S B2XT9/9V1 one
Ta"
ca ULNZ003 T ο TH2503 ULH2003 va
Er Za SLSY@N-t |e Ky va | KI
ov ον BAXIZ 7
bl ΒΑΧΗ
SWONCM-L
хам
SURBN-L| "一一一一 —
4 tay
Z
en HEFLO106 wi,
Section
AAT
T OTR2A 61185.
| K
TE tig BO cav PROTECTION. DAPPINDRESIA
DURING STANDBY
TOR
2 ναι<| s E
HEFLOSI To? ČTETE
14200: vo
É Möakız
A3B
ε
OT R2B X 85 2 K 15. DBA MEFLOBI 때
DTR3B,
52 ULN2003 AIG в
7
ou ov K |
DE
FAMILY
ον
HORT CIRCUIT,T
(SHORT DETECTION
a DIA 03C 030 ,
-pk Чт} Tm 7
BV25
„sV
e
EF LOS HEFLO106 HEF.0106
Elas1
6868 R49 apiA&C 020 w
ACISVI] --
LEE mp pio dI
8
a 。 VI [고 0618 wen V25 do, ass „P ΑΛΑ
B
4
5 - aati,
== 1 A ,
хз 2 to Tes Be ve id 게타 6 > È
T anayı | SÉ LZ る1 È P 5 Tpr.mv vii
a on L I 1 に ACI5V2| Bedi A à m UNIE HEFEORE HEFLOM
BAXIZ av Gava
È {8 C7 SIR37 ov ys z prov A
5880 ago qe `
- ace | #2 T DI #5 I pcov „sv al y
via LM 32% A2,A3
x53 Baez ULN2003
i ve Te cé qeC5 PE 6 1511038 DC-18V м -- 上 ca E
Ve “6 M o DE 5161
te = o | DC-18V HAGE ROTATION
IMAGE ROTATION CON
CONTROL R73 sv Wyte T Br 7 7
V26 ¿ BAWE2
TVSYNCI
R7
038 pi SB,
ВА? e Y
RÉ vx o sv ov
시 | & Cab8 X75 | PWRSYN)
1MRRE 3 4 2 Em 30€ + Fi 上 一o | IMRZL
M-L ー n 5 RIS |.
中 AC28V2 | 6x32 RB κι Y Avr
LA PWRSYN2 ma ETC28 HUF40106 HEFCOIOS MEFet66 +15 BAYEZ
HEFLOBI sa el à
W Т
878 хьва
as Ales aps, TT Re
„sv [+] ZKv29
AC24V1 3 bm ba HEFLOGÓ 3 «15 Bae
sl VAS ov
di di coroa RBO x6:81
NLEA τος R40 Te o ES IMRØR
ns5 o]ры IMRLCM-L- Е Li NEA a ohh
AE24V2 HEFA0106 HER 40106 ov
ov
„БУ
15V]
sEQY24B JE SWONCH-L 7
Ras Y
SLSYAF-L 中+
R66 i
一 -上
一
FTRi~2
154
{ALARM DETECTOR
DIR ・15V
12
nl 21 R64 vig v 는 MCUAL--H R72
E B zal <
À ca sacs RS Fa απ es VB T C2
zu SLSY9N-L È
HEFA072 av BAXİZ 608 KEY 11
ON 4% A
vo MP2
小 BAX12 的
A2B トー
ーーーーーーーーーご 3 |ipsY9N-L
Te ULN2003
Lin
Ton
ον
R62 CONTROL V3
ALB, AZE y R71 MAT
CF 9 |FTR3
R70
(DE μα
AMI
+. ULH 2003
一 一 NMM μασ, R70
> =
ULR2603 [cha real E XA} | MCU+ISVH
[RSS]
(R30}
ον ασε
Ds
02
07
ov MCU+15VH
Va,
V0
ev eーーーー |pcov
Es
XD BED
トーー? EDEOV
св
=
ら
+
Le] nov 는
zg Lit,
ele-E
Ela
a „| еее
2 E < |TTTTT
088
Е 8
ULB 2663
HEFLOSZ
av
+ SY
0.0.
E Sn
0.0
Or 9 0.0
ェ 9 ὃς ἵ
È RSI
Е 4 ALC ov
D R54
Sk ye 3 E 3 АА SIC DIA AGD
VIS
ER MİZE vız HEF40106 Lz}, > 1
LI
А HEFLOG6 HER CP
[RE
U
©
o
BAW62 A
R58 F-
sv “SV „jv 51 HEF 4066
— R80|
EZ A2,A3 D7 HE 4071
©
5
©
L ULN 2003 14 €310 DI mera
LES JED
Rik X6.A1 z DU
IMRØN (39 Bsr
sv = 220 2 fá
IMAGE ROTATION CONTROL] E 7 8 Were
B
038 ov ον w μα.
2 060 £ IMRØL
3
T HEF0196 HERG 016 Heron
MAINS CONTROL 1
4522 107 96504
av
DEA i IMRØZ
RI .
Re
ACTV3 3 Ευ ΜΟΝΗ | o XL Ač
а ВИА 812
ooputs CAZA
W5061 | Pap 二 ха po JZ- top
vý 一 > À e | GTRIB ms L ash tas ast. İm
ACIYA | e 292 | à a ums RS 2 AYMa
qui
L Xe | ACTRVI
El rat
vas vas Lo 一
Bzx75C2V1 N7 AN 87x7502v1
1 BBB fi
Ses
zl p
B78 +
b ACIV1 (Y) G =
AY Ms,
Z
I 4nz5 |? 1 05 上
Section
2235 | GTRIA s
+ AC7V2 keV
KV E
Elm
2, | +-TRV1 MEC
4425 は
©
RM an -
ACIYI) Ti 00 q
ls
ir) 1 Y
65
V15:V18 tou
1 BOARI? V20
ee dost 답7 E μα Kan > GTR3B ‘
+ val G
ACTIVA] x12
1 =
21 10125 яв Т 66033А ВАХ FT le
#62, | ACTRV3 FIRI2 | BL
п ETRE | |
5 & XI86, | ACISVI
-d
| V43
87X75 сли МИ ДА 82875 6201 Nest XVBE, DCOV
,B98
ACIVI ALZA TV5510
し コー
FAMILY
ME we TS A
хо | GTR3A
KIV28 に
Ee
BV25
AL7V10
Mito | ТВУЗ
e
+ AC7V7
Mio | GTR2B
1 AL7V8 pES
ME | ACTRV2
is] ras
vas V50
gzxosczw Y A 82X75C2V1
JL 7 1 828 à
ACTVS
R29 2) Ga
CA
Len 7 asti
680д
va
rt 80645
(개 I ХЗ. GTR2A
El
RU
LEE | 01038
HAL, | DTRIA
v27
©
HO
р
a
DTRIA
XU
-@- G
ö
В
DTRB
LE.!
Lix7
я
©
O
© G
d
С
an
m
©
©
D
—e—
а
B
—
85
Ge)
Je.
キー
RK
ARI
v20F
a
У
o
E
—
KE
=,
Es
= R28
—R29
ОЕ
B
Cys
“EE
[2
A
©
D q
3
Oxa
+
(> 10
JO
JO
tr
[2]
|
OG
R23
vas
—
BA
5, É (6
via
$
я
o©
я
č
D
©
P,
©
©
5
自
o
NE
E
No
=
>
MAINS CONTROL 2
4522 107 96553
2
— 060
№ [12]
El R 1
R13 roma fr
HEFLORI
< VK5-6
bl A 186} | st
回 87139 R52 χι v
var vi 022 Doa 7 AL220Vi2 DA
Section
1 ov
RU
Ei Во ms DIA
CAUPCM-L| BESZ TR TIR MT fa
| 1541 (3 HEFLOWE
«sy PULSE-H
(50,5866)
Ἶ CAUPCH-L "δν Т 534 ;
+ VT R25 ni È
ov 10 |S
Oba
НЕ Е arc RA 018 2 BAWEZ
ENOSWUPL| 5
X2:A1
see πμ+ al cr le gl 개
1 L (21 HEFGOBI væv
1 ch0,334 HEF46108 《13 T ton R32
8
T HEFLOSZ リロ
ον CAUP-H ov 14
136, 56,90} ov
«on RD, RAD oe ov ὃν ;
TABUP--H HET 2 Th D2F
L cs HEF&0106 ware ву ov
中 a
ον T HEFT OG
FAMILY
ov „by
028
RG JE 4 3
visi R2E RAE Do + ULH2003 È a tr
CADOCM-L | à ir HT | i HEPCO10
BV25
с []= o
el İsa, Ll C6 JEF40106 ey
CADBCM-L ey T 0334
i À À
ὃν DLB RB 5
RIA 3 3] AB UNUSED GATES
bo R2A| RÍA
DE η 1
в2], D 四 1 A2C AZE
ENDSWDØL | S283 Kaş FA af orlo nl È mi caz HET tå AK]
Ra c won E
T 033.0 MM EF4082 Î RBA R33 ULNZ003 2003 ULNZ003
ov
ov ov
D2C 020 DZE
7 W R3E RSE Dr
中 TABDB--H| = TE BIT Le „sv 15] ° E°
HEFL0106 HEF4D106 HEFL0106 1
RBH |= {8 HEFL0106 av
T 0,33
DV ov vos 「
JE 1381
μα VG:
DC+24V M TT ・24V
X6:A2 = nVGS-6
138}
E1 s 60
хм D2A
DE+15V 1 | о ・5V CAUP-H 니다 2 BSS51
X8:A1
8 © a μα Bo HEFLOT06 HEFLOGI πρ
XUAL 圖 R34
DC ov EE p oV
X6:A4
X1A3
DE-15V STZ -BV
a 1 4 6 8 7 4 8 E 9 $ 10
| NEA
51 mes | KEY 2
ェーーーo | AC220VH1
[一 | aczzovm
+
der
CAUPEM-L 4 MPZ as
MI AC220VM1 no
3, | aczzovei KEY 3
“sv
ΑΝ
CABBEM-L 8 Vak
se ZİN Baxız
4425 th
Z | aczzovmz ua
トーーーーーーーーー マ BC+24V
ХЗ
ACZ20VM2 4 ve
HEFKO106 А msog as
e HEFZORI
(0 BRAKE--L
R45 V16
R31 [AUP-H
Go)
Lux]
Rus
MA
A2B s
v N nn
La R40
JSE VGI
Ra)
[
во =
VK1-2
tal
] V12
85551 |=
Ὃ „sv 뜨 223 |
(13 an n HEF4081 £20 så E — ei a EL
la T REB [E] pa?
M HEF4O106 = — ru
v ov [24-C29 nefna1 επι
oy
av ov 22n HEF4082 一
7 u lei o m Ea
a a
SEÑA ву
“sv αν _
523 ver [그 x
n væ LN20 3 E 1
ULH200: Γη (23 LM324 EL 630 LF353
2270 220 bal u
È I à E 8 5 a | Je - 9
0"
Ka à à à in
o
UNUSEN GATES
ЕЕ ВА
o Lain
AZA/G o
w A2F
HERE
o 1
R33 ULH2003 LL N2003 ULN2093 ULNZ003 ULN 200: 下 ssssa| ox less es el ie - -
ELA
y 03203 HEFLOTO6 HEFLO106 HP40106 HEFL081
am
ov
al q on N
1 021
ce PEPET H2 te Es + [e seras Hi
ve do 妝
, aye
м m= |
elo, 。 3i
Tet
i
aE Do:
yi Tr
‘Ee Tha
DES LA a MEr 7
LEDOAG-L
E
B
sm Th,
or
E
Ta
E
EDE
000
SAi Edoeleo
sar
品
BE
E
>Xİ
E
D16 一 一 一 022 一一 一 一
bå reparL トー テーー
ST arte] EM
TT = De morto | mea κ
ーー
1
o ip
wef
m s, > A ma | m ыы г dE 器 ビー oats |,
E ze? te 器 For E E + Eni,
LEDDA2-L EMİN fo 까사 に 내 ete E 버티 E |
Pt 니퍼 E т Е а a E rift 可 È
s ETT le afé Era σας E Era 브 se];
E kept Tes ーー Yoon -
: LCODAL=L 019 國 圖 圖 023 El]
ae il ae |, - a Bet |, am al Ta
es sm m esi, P 이오 ma E
全 jo "mE ME
ae m E ti we т
Z
«| Lennas-L n 기마 m ne m Zoe E ma q
A Ei nrtaE É計 一
Section
don 1 E E E E
LEDDA6- 上 sena Zİ à CIO x ans adn x E >
pres „+ ou atar A eve
020 ーー、 차 과 _
Luo No NZ
tu LE παρεις | αι Lf anse | 品
ーー
(CDDAB- τς
«Td,이번 EE
EE con
一 一 a
i or ‘ee
et 003 3
A os
ie TB T 0 n т E nio т
oF 더머 i om z i E E ao
ae, 하느 a παω x 06 E “
da
στη FE 一 一| 一 | TE am E
ВАА 해나 im Е | | | me 器 Е =
ae ug
OBA DIDA
Tet に
一 一 pes Tg
D98 ВИА
ERE = a EML,
a ュー e — ο ερ = —— 一 一
3 maven 1 = | um san E 1 A bum a em
ΕΞ
στσ
me | 」R2hRH
LepnptL À ee - 개나 = σσ = pe sr= n gr
uk mat
bar MD... M.ÇDEB 0108 mer Den DnB
= ATA : 上 5 = sa 5
| sone eo amas é 1 en tras 3 + = hk mm sv m
P JA TT E πεςrem rt “rca
ve μηpet
Leo non fR2ddf Ч RT : レー «ini
し _R3d* Dec 090
(Roe oa. пы A DIOC oy sE BHC
АВ ε На: Ble + 1 E
LEDCLO-L mm
Rg! E ká = a ERC SUKA 가. si
, = 9 LES 2
品
usara | ΤΗ ORE recon
Гы nee m
に et
Ra
RM
RB
-一 sarp MİT
0100 보트 Luna
ntD 4 EN L
er | nee u mn
L
АЙ öce
sR8C
RBi
m a =1 dn 0001
ves
mt a = м
000 im a
Suoi | ак N anne 20 Pre z
3 N
FAMILY
UD
P- D4A ES я
080 DAF
Е
ΜΕ...È + è amt 2
Tp & in gr been
2 iso
Ye
BV25
nos] AE
ÆT
i x КАК,
x
В
no fia Em
ex
περα
ESTES
E
a
EZ
026
x
HORS
“tif, ©
a
x
ks
«ris
ΕΕΣ
Pex KhSii]
ーー
νε
RAR
B27
RD
ET
EEK
P
je
Porc
z
ex
pao
vey mo
mar
— oo
—
EE
TN v“ rue :
конки fn
OO
ERNIA
So
むれ
CO] =
DO |"
0120
=
For | B
DBA i | je
a Figli 155
2 xn me
EH ne
rae žil li | DIC
ία
0138 al
x! Uk
г
i =
= xu
xl lk
rx
€ io a.2 Bir
1
wa ši | É N
013 ㄷ 주비 Ing
‘ post SAI
A i ila
+ ! 1 Β
È
нам
Е 7
D130
Bi
ET
DIGA
=
Fn
D48
나그
o
Due
ュー
, HSER
~ ad |
0160 Sia x
|
(51 + C62 = A
am
ym D16 us S B 2
ar 017 = 077 DISA
el som -
ση
LCD CONTROL
4522 107 96401
1
+ D7 2] 012 ay DIS
E Y
{87.1} 73-16
| 9807 620 2.01
fe V 17
915792343
VIBS
Z
Section
Es у
FAMILY
RE =R30
=
ar È 010
яв] V224 7 1 ca
ey в っ P p a à
uv25
esa TM R34 31 = B t
5 3 ct Е
По RC 2] HERO
01 1" я
ze ερ apr 2
IR155 HEFASTE
INDENBHC >A“ Bü
«12 D1B
nel 回 UP
T HEF GGG
019
σα. e A2
gm 一 十 WE
Zin
C20 Pl
RILL ces
| y Qs ms
Ris7 剛 A ze OK
z „4D
2 me RE Cc 해
;
ef HER 4578
a
İNDE
69 vg
о Дет
хз
“61
;
«32
ØUT 2
> > INMEM 1 z
X6 4
e a
sei , Pour:
BLANK »—
4
wi
xs 1
INMEM 2 s
도도 고
SIL INLOÈ SA
SIMINLCÍ 로브 —
STMZINLOÎ 52
S2M2INLC | EE
È R25
„12 .
3 A DID
SİRİ
255
derワートに |2 p>E 1 be
ar ++ rm τ a R3 C64
3633
D3A
= ΠΕΡ ΕΟΦ 8
5 DIC
M = | D2A Al cp sz 1
Эро ее T FEF TON
cel İş HEF&049
zoo sp 一 8 o | DIA
R155 TERE |. a DI
quinD3B
sl 2 pm
n RÉF CON lc.
Ls НЕЕ 40:
1] HEF CON
2 DIB 5
sto k πο
R156 | 8
HER 2049
os | MEET
T A2
qe 4 Lat
2n = a
C20 ET 1
2
R157|2 A
212 RIUS с +2
nk Tete BM? 5 4
nti HEF 2528 ως. n
7в DSB 2208
RUES 二
Báje RE “a
sizes
HEFTS38
1 pl 2 4 3 표 $ a 5
し
a Ys
SIL LE
V63
8576
S1M1 中 6
52M1
b
V7!
So 8108
51M1 [xs|
S1M1LC
8106
frase}
中 x]}R103 R107 V71
2 100K 8575
ves
BCY59 0
2
、} 82x704
VO vas
ре TX a279cava -
S1M2 ε
52M2
sei R100
51M2 σαι
Lei
S1M2LC
1 R98
{ison}
ES 899 HA
πι FI
리리 DE HEF40175
i deli
vgs 4
tol SIL LC
of SIMILC 3 hor da
το, ον 51M2LC А,
1310.
0 apa
S2M2LC 7
1 9
1173 +12. “12
en
Es
대
уз Ti,
es
4
αἱ Dia1 > BAWB2
52041
85478 R132
1165}
ký > 1 ーー
FTE τῷ
FN R130
S2M2LC é
9 2 V75
Rist レ Bsvia
XI AD
o | VPULSELC fox)
、 回 W2A 2134 pas
ibe
В5\ "8
Е V76
[23135
- coma R133
. BBV 78 LESS
77
1
5 078 IND~LC
8
5 「
HEF 4003
sy pra
È.È Vİ EEE I I +12 n
px L οι C4.6:8,10+14,16,17, 21+23,26,28,33,36,38,41,44. 3 028
T
FEF E535
T
A
xi ara? 032,37,
& pe 一 OV ev 때 Ise
; 3
elo EF loty Toso 24,25,2729+31,34,35,40,43. > |
Zn |
ME T T DE | ||
RV Messe -12 |
PAGE 1 sl
x 7 x
A arte
TEE e hl |p ER
ER = E-İş)
ERE コレ ー z hi), E [k AT als|ERÊ ee
~ [al[x #7 Tae
= RMS ah κα EEE E IN
x veo ὃν ρα] = Sa no EF
R118 png aly | DI #8 Fall MEM
× 6112 ㅁ Ja Ple cs =] GRiea]* “SEUI * 5
이피 UR. Šuk + Xa 1
e È ala | E RIZR яр | 日
히피 회 로 Ε «μπι |=
지지 E hi
Hon=L x(x] [xf =? =| Pea È DE
고 = ES
Bİ (a s age
08 . >
EE
© 원 <
xi È に| 回
EXT-L a sj ly
LH
7
Xx RESİu
× 61538
u RiSZx
я 6%
пех ЕЕ, ная
3 < =
2 8 =|è irma
BR cava V17
CCA
κ
則3 I κ prada
calx
vm [asl
8 x
~ olx g 브 2 = ES C
MON-R =e] A
< o. ia af xxxx cher]
alto fs ari x
EXT - Serra RARE
" a < Bl e
一 ei q E E
×10|× κ Е «Ч a 이지 в , À
EXT-R 。 g a ーー ニニ ニー Ar ーー α
pani5, ia
R 146 미피 x vB x Rissш| κ
9
a È SPETTO spot CRE a]
x Eo» Β le lu
R144 TR | su"Ех
à u x x PORRETTA
lxlxlx
* cea το x X
PAGE 2
VIDEO ROUTING
D1, HEF 4028 D2,D5. 4014538 03. HEF 451 At
D4. HEFLOLG 07 HEF 2093 내 34 4522 107 91904
DS HEFIONE
2
εν.
1 an ae 3 F
trema sE tivenan
“ сз
T"
Rig 5
de ця wa ae
Rit 되 리 해이
none aο
2 sta mel
ES
mn οσα
WI TE
3
5
neeT een
Section Z
3
sens |
B2
" se è E) sona
거미 EE
dle coms
maea“ | own-
2
ато
ECBS an
1833
22 36 ромен-н
s
了 aid
Ê ot cn D1
R25 R26. 1 Tün T Le am
ο na fin] x+ i 1F п e TS
Lew IT aye πιο sla vi
Е Hi oa
T" TONE 20106. El CCT CTE
s 5
=
BV25 FAMILY
821
DI
sh cones EEA© E BZ
ME Pa
A UT:
oP mes
0° | corssun Sims sumen
7 qa ος
o
Ric
D!
wai R23 R2L 7 2207
| pane dex) T 2 db mann
τα T? でme
5
pra
E Di
e R28 R23 war DUBLMENL
ta tan “ee {ar}
BYE Gr sl ㅠ ba > ETES unre
TS me
5
a u az carie
|. i
01-04 £7010
ме
Chernco T mn
«2 manuel ona
" WE ARAL EDa Bt scmuY-t
し È Ds s semuse-n
。 man) ον
WHA2
μα ο TNM
ТЕК DI πο
| a
q> 9 4505
EE en-av
дз Г] т $ Е
fo
4 ass r TŘ vaste nisi 3 azn vue
SCOPOFIX CONTROL
πα nue 円
ev sat
K «2
pm unes
4522 107 91951
r La aca
ac ον un
fh
À EstBy Tron
23-18
9807 620 1..01 HR (87.0)
0..07 N
ad nay
oc -v «Pa
Taye
1 + 2 $ 3 $ 4 + 3 | 4 £
DELON2-L
SNSH-H
l DUB | 060 DWF D2A ALA
LIVENB H и в 1 Ra На LH
ol a | FI Les È
HEFLOBY HEFLOIOS
ne HEFA671 DIA HEFLOBI 1112003
JB 2 508 DB ALB
RECON s ar , 。
DIA
oud Home DBA | PA
ED, LARGE,
EH
ER
DELON e È ile À = zl у ав НЕРВ ULi2063
2-L MEFA081 HEFLOBI
RESET pra NEFLOTI У HEFSD30 HEADS DISA
Due Ἡ vi 10 51 |, FBE XRAYSTARTI
ELON
aa pa ae
1 sSawer
ame? À dh 2) = [3
S% XRAYSTARTZ
bi — KEFLOTI
ЕЕ НЕРА. 030 T as ーー 本 DC +12V
3
XRS INPON-H
D78 mec 03 =
Z
5 220
Section
5 & ET zi po
BAM»q ov
ee v7 HEFGOGT HE
BAWSZ uv RIC
vs
замы (А
ΜΕΡΟΟΒ1
{αυ M
. uk
ipsug 8
-LC
DEL
„te FIX-PULSE
de DIZA
HEF4030 나 1 ka DBA
더 a | copy.
FIX 1 トー
とH-PULSE
HEFA6106
ASA D38 HEFLOAY 3
| POWAN-H O, DİB o
BV25
sl v RECM 21 Ju DELÓNZ-L
XRSe -了 L DIC
my НЕС DISC а |
LHR8C “2 TV milu 5 RECBS-DS2
ALG vir Re"SÅ BAM HE
ea BUSY 2k kg 十 + HEF4071 .
ND τα ke HKT sans La =a val DIGA
可 τὸ 0168 ry BAW62 1 NE
GND PE 2209 uaa È 2 = |, DI RUC DELON2 2 » É DS2BS-H
cav
ov BUSY |!
5 ene” raz
que HEFGOTS 090 AZA
>” 1 E sexo
DELONZ
HEFK093 HEFL93 2003
HEFLONE ov
$ + 1 7 , 8 | 4 9 キー 10
・12V
By
1 1
Aso 目 ka
mn R258 」 pr I nani-
ει |
s|R18
ULN2003
KLAN
” FIX-H 5 FIX
0 RESET
ER pi ALE
Te 。 RSD | 11041
lo ej SELECT
RECUM [es 了 REccM ПЕНЬ aj, fo | E suv Ba nam
„Bv L = Le ULH2003 3 [se von:
DEN? E ον ЯВА
XRAYSTARTI : 2 티나 Aur MON?
XRAYSTART2 COPYSW-H ΠΧ ΜΗ SELECT
HEF4093 FRAME
DE +12V Rosse- ULNZODI SELMBNZ |
27
DP-HR,DPM-HR 4522 107 96762
ov
R19 220n 4
SITR
Α2Ε EI
n και
N=16
-12V met
х185 7
τν
i 01 H HR (87.0)
9807 620 1.01 23-19
Puan * C11:(12;(32,C33; 0.01 N
1112003 (37,038.
σι
M 018
- RGSSP--L > bi a SEEN Le i out
> 5
Z
R22 3 2 5
Section
RI RSA 的 MEMOFFL [ae I P
cu “EC
ww Dcov
MODEI ru
41,53)
12 DS . 008 D20 рр
È pf e È 2 FIGHT og Lo Le é FOG
MEFCOHI MODE? ーー НЕРОН SINMEM-H 2 HEP LOOT È
190 НЕРОН 130) HEFZORI HEF TES
, Dro
FAMILY
vz?
Baws:
pa
вы up be
BV25
51 »—
(164)
8 ou
(šel ART
RBUT
11,28)
+ BUSY---H
COPYSW-H di
але Caz | na
Tae (Z]R30 EZ
b Bayaz meon =| >
ct
HEF COG
ov ov
ov や
Az に コロ İs [~ — ——
AVG] ar Mm ーー
0818 e +
세 48059018
A0J8 : > 1 o ・
| 了 Sultan, 19 9х A020 SIA EX
[la yl 7240915 7
mea Eyi トーーー
了 Е
EI age ла
AO ΕΤΤΥΝΗΝΟ { τος ο gro | 3005/AS*
a?
! (Hoe 一一 一 AG
6707 ASH
8463334 1272)
NON 29908
圖 rs
H-ASNBIS
“am っ aie и] ЗВ (ora АХ τε
E 時
no Lo
L -
HASNAISÍ OTT == nan
< JE
5 и be
da
aa”
vz)
à H- 59334
Η:58138 [ος
mason |
AQ 5907 434
regra
ZAMVA çiz 6707424
EZA 69997 434} 18074 3Η 2 3 af て
H-MSAdOI
+ 23000
(라도 (다
su 30H«am
cel
(91 una
ge |
18921
soon a | "LS
я τα
00
a usa =
ERT33h EL ο 3
ezo οἱ ‚= 9
5η чм “
- 6621
1 ieee) 90 a
Ačt E JOOW u 7
ADO | OriTIT pus m
E
ャーRO4NI| prers
Gi 9
` 4
H-XH q
за 2207434
すき で y
s
LN © DEU
? fe] MINNIS TT
NOMOd BLG
+ + A+
o 8
1 È + - + 2 + + : 4 一一 一 一 4 2
РОМОМ fotte ny
, 28 ge ps CY 本 Ma
a FIX-H SINMEM-L | -a Pl ni Do R10€
mě] . Te
RC
000 1,30) al 8 n
FIX-H ο 1ο
, Lu
Zo fINFON--L [eles FLOR ТЕРЬ İN Baez
は “uv
do | ocs2v 20 に Me + ©
4 av E avos 06 0 Fila
Baez
3 7 6 10 3 4 R108; RUB 3
P I R a TP “Le
de o Lys
T Be MERLOJO HEFL DAY T we | oy g ДА Ване
BD
ь 829 Г.E a È e al 3 vo v
と z Lu
va » sr Da x pre Toa pat
10 9
Z
Bawá? は 8 in 12 2 1 5 bp A 10 9
& 5 ib <“ lo- Ter | EST
Section
HEPLO30 È L co MELO wa AY
Tü I
da [19 HEFLOBT 레야 SUB) HEF&ubr 小 BAWEZ
WW oy D
D6
+ ov p mo
L9 bl19 il5 Dk
Lva
À save
HEFLOLI
EFI a bs JP be 211006
RER: 一 2 Eк. !
COPYSW-H | o x 86 = HS L本 %
856 HEFLO9I à -
-o [INDENB-H ο Lisa COPYSW-H 07
MBE)
A 27 34 D Lu
R57 ον TEF
下
INTOFF-L テマ | > Bie
a,
Ea 90E
RE Lo a im Baas
-o | RECBS-H. T NB Egd É R26 ow
BV25
。 öv
ov Du, 05 rg an. À УВ -
1 be bl D> hr SoS See 그
RERO PO V
sy à
gi DS a Lva
ha 12 BAW6Z
o |scBUsY-H Ni
na —İ| 1 내 ul & Le RIO
ВЕТ 。LTL.
RBD
+
|
FATAL, av
i
Eliya
“av
|
iv | Pk一_, 10%
0 | GAMMA--1 Rv
a s司R28 8109
ae
T
Baws? 8110
a,
让
ope Hone —— Sv
o [Gamma | Luvi
피시. δεν 50 à
060 —
BIBI
Lo Ww
. 때 DE fy] D5 Ey AVE
33008. MODE 3 > 3 «| D> ks | Dio yy SE, pue o RUE
・ 2 € om — {or fee +
„| aj DC-12V X1 45,55 an semi] L
11307 HEE4681 03200 me Ces WG
Bawa?
m
PAGE2
6K 4/2 B
回
=
n
MDP/MSP:K4/4
MDP_K1/2-4/4
MDP/MSP
MSPsKI-174
GAMMA VHCU.
MON.
FTx/COPY
MOPS N=2
MDP:Ne&
4 MON.
2 MON.
GAMMA
OFF
OFF
SUB
23-20
nioP auP Fmo Рв FETE
WHA3
ON
αν
E213 Ea FÅ alado
{Ex]
aD
2 3 2 3
213 1 We lola! [le
jale)m
M3 Ha AB
« cs xl хр уз Paille VE Me va E eee | lee BEEdo -cs
(x „N22 on Fan κ] x VA Wx νο κ жж хх [хх
x Vé Fx v7 м x|xÍx
«να TR x 30
MDP,MDPM
ME: Lux xx x x x ихххххкх вххххххх
[20
τσι
EEE: СЯ Гххххяхх
[= 1
n
Cizjx a]
cu [xs]
э
a
а8
хикхх 1636 ххихххх хххяхххх |222 [я
Eh=
” ῃ 25 Β vě |
ххххх eX KKK XX wx XK XX 더
хх MOK KKK OX RRR eR JC i TREK RR ICA] x
(87.1)
024 Did 이 D10 È
хх RX XX KX xX ax KX X KK wx xxx x x OE
Cs1
BREE
i
Cas C37 KIXIX| ma
OW 58 D+7 κ
вых
alla
wx xX XK Kx ихххкххх HX KX HK
HR
0.01 N
MEM 2-H
STORE-H
ΜΕΜΊ-Η
SUBI-H
1.01
LIH-H
ER-H
NR2
NR3
AR1
620
X3:86 っ
AŞAN 一
3:B1L
X3:A5
EEESI
xa dio
31610
10
28Η
LA
一一一 一 一 一
9807
kwー kv+ más- mão Ж 9. 2
13 14 15 16 17 18 13 28 1
пля |
W m ud LAF 2149 XZ:AH el A x2:B45 x3:B3 x4:B3 od x AS Kt RS x1:54
0
© © A k $
2 за κο
8 ο
o oy,
wv ov
On,
SB3
2] 38 3) 32 33 34 35 36 2
Πυ σασί oo
Z
Section
KIA 군 A X2:A2 7 ALIAS A A A M2IAIZ KOs Bid X3:B4 κά BS κά 4 9 o
DV
25 86
©
-7 +8 9 10
o11 ©12
=
W .
?2)
2
ー ロー a. — D DL La == ーロー ュー ユー 537
[I TIT" IT TI TI TTT n
cal X1:A2 m m m m m XITAIE XI: AS X4:B3 X4:B4
쁘 1 TT
一號 一 o = k- = — ーー ーー
TÅ TT TY TE I"
XT: AZ KIA
Го nad А ХАЙ KT: A6 XI:AB
Г RCA Ху: 478. SB1
FAMILY
[№ $ È & Ж A
13 14 38 31 32 33 34 35 19 44: e Vai 21
1
КУ К К XU Yo Ve Ye Ve A | i Va
VS M
нее |
X2:B1 KE: Be X2:B7 x2'B6 XZ:BS XZ'B4 x2:B3 х2:в2 x2:Btz X2:B/3 X2:B16 AZIBIZ XZ: BH MZ BIO
+15V
S| < © fix sub cop
5 5 2 8 3 18 Il 12 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 23
хо У AVR ХУ КУ о М М AY Ya *Yx Vo Yo PE
i
KEBL XtBS た らら 7132 KBP X1:B8 なお 7 る IBIS X(:B10 XBL Χ/ 93 x1:32 Xe BF xt BIE BIZ Xxf:B12 XI BI
+15V
i
I
i [oi
1
[Е] SB1 Г]
i} Е 1. Г ala a ως
ke (em Je olo m зе 8]
1
し
TOP VIEW
Je ac?
ИЖ Age
ο
1
I
I
| -
| 一 (Ja 5 x2 3
(| LA
4133 noe
| SB1
!
ME
“REAR
VIEW 이 SB1
TOUCH CONTROL PANEL
4522 126 33174
a M
x
/^ 2896 X .
, ^ | 기
SL >. и | ax AC"
LL て
一
》
;D OURLUS
A LAI
x ea — V KK
> IA vo
| EE
. > に i ・ ・
1600
==
7 Pa
, RT
7 R
T τα < ©
Dimensions in mm
7
OS
τος. uk
Scale: 1:20
/ i
x M dloys.тезшечзан, - 95 ン ノン 7 NC
Rolo
x < ~
一
059L “
331004 Зоб" <
( 86.0)
9807620
4
a
05%
006
|
OL
,
О Por ne
、
+ 1 4 1 016 3
i . 4 ' . '
p
poten
+ 4
>、 a
A]
i + 1
vaut. di
4 ,
|
I
N
E 3 Hp N
に ココ
ET?ゴー
モニ
3
NAT
1
=
de
005 i OSL
2 4014585 Ánuwej 5278
BV 25 Family SectionZ
420 ーー 540
== -395. 310 一
fae
60
509
645 645
500
| 一
280,
630
745
Dimensions in mm
Scale 1:10
IPC: Best
0.5 (89.0)
1 (89.0)
2 (89.0)
3 (89.0)E
4 (89.0)Е
5 (89.0)E
6 (89.0)E
3 (89.0)G
4 (89.0)G
5 (89.0)G
6 (89.0)e
71-1 (b/89.1)
23-1 ( 89.1)
CONTENTS
1.1. PURPOSE 3
2. INSTALLATION 6
3. SETTING TO WORK 6
4. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 6
1.1. PURPOSE
The High Tension Converter Tank is a HT-tank with X-ray Tube and is intended
for use in the BV25 mobile surgical stand.
Temperature
- At 25°C ambient temperature, the tank housing (except the mounting plane)
without sterile cover will not exceed a temperature of 50°C within a time
of 1.5 hours of operation at max, ratings and specified duty cycle.
~ For emergency a thermal switch in the tank will interrupt power at 85°C +
59G oil temperature.
X-ray tube:
Fluoroscopy:
— Duty cycle at maximum ratings (105 kV ~ 3.1 mA):30 sec on, 120 sec off during
90 minutes, duty cycle 20%.
Maximum continuous "on" time: 105 sec, at 105 kV,
Radiography A:
“Repetition Rate: a: first two exposures: 1 exp. / min. (100 kV-20 mA).
b: wait for next two exposures: >213 sec. [=3.5 min.] (100 kV-20 mA),
-Radiation output: > 350 mR/sec (measured at 60 cm from focus at 100 kV-20 mA).
Radigraphy B:
Focus: 1.6 mm
Tube current: 30 má
Input voltage:
For the electrical interface of the tank, see the table below:
INTERFACE ON MNEMONIC
CONNECTOR
~ TEC 336
- IEC 407
~ IEC 601 Class I, type B, anaesthetic proof
~ IEC 601.2.7
- UL 187
— GSA C 22-2 No. O and 114
— DIN 6811
— DIN 6863
- RBntgenverordnung
- CISPR, 14
- The applicable UXW and XW standards
~ HHS Perf. stand. 21CFR subchapter para 1020.30,.31 and .32
- 150 - 3741-1975
~ VDE 0871, VDE 0875
ー COCIR
2. INSTALLATION
For installation of the tank, see the instructions in the BV25 System Manual.
3. SETTING TO WORK
For warm-up procedure of the tube, see the BV25 System Manual.
4. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
Due to legal prescriptions it is not allowed to exchange the tube in the tank.
Fit the type number and identification plates, additionally supplied, on the
central labeling place marked "I" of the Mobile Stand BV25.
NOTE
After replacement of a defective tank, use the package of the new tank again
for return shipment of defective tank per "Questionnaire" form, when tank is
defective within 1 year after installation.
INHALT
1,1, VERWENDUNGSZWECK 3
2. MONTAGE 6
3, INBETRIEBNAHME 6
4, KORRIGIERENDE WARTUNG 6
ZEICHNUNGEN 21-1
23-1
1.1. VERWENDUNGSZWECK
1.2.1. Leistungsdaten
Temperatur
- Betriebstemperatur: 0 °c<t< 40 %c
- Die Gehliusetemperatur des Tanks wird nicht hBher werden als 50°C
innerhalb eine Betriebszeit von 1.5 Stunde, ausgenommen in der
Montagefläche, unter folgende Bedingungen:
Bei einer Umgebungstemperatur von 25°C, bei spezifizierter Einschaltzeit
und maximale leistung, ohnesterile Abdeckungen.
RBntgenrUhre:
Durchleuchtung:
- Mittlere Kontinuleistung: 65 W
Dosisleistung: > 3.5 R/min. (gemessen auf 60 cm von Focus auf 100 kV-3mA).
Aufnahmen A:
-1.6 mm-Brennfleck
- Nennspannung: 40 — 105 kV
-Strahlungsausbeute: > 350 mR/sec (gemessen auf 60 cm von Focus auf 100kV-20mA).
Aufnahmen B:
Brennfleck: 1.6 mm
RBhrenspannung 100....105 kV
RBhrenstrom 30 mA
Klihlzeit: 20 s
Eingangsspannung:
Eingangsspannung, Heizung:
Elektrische Anpassung:
ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー 一 +
INTERFACE ON MNEMONIC DESCRIPTION
CONNECTOR
2, MONTAGE
Flr die Montage des Tanks, siehe die Anweisungen in der BV25-Systemanleitung
3. INBETRIEBNAHME
4. KORRIGIERENDE WARTUNG
Wenn der Tank defekt ist, muss er durch einen neuen ersetzt werden.
ANMERKUNG
Nach Ersatz von defekten Tank die Verpackung von neuen Tank wieder benutzen
fir RUcksendung von defekten Tank, mittels "Questionnaire"-Formular, wann
der Tank defekt ist innerhalb 1 Jahr nach Installation.
・ 5 x を
ΑΟΗΝΤΙ っ ーー vio E X7 Ré
A10 C037
x8 X1
xo
X10
。X1:20 X5 41
Z
ACHVT2
Section
=
PWR GND B
x8 X12
2 /
μα
x43
X14 m
X4
X45
-КУ
38
xs X16 644) 183) 42
23014
NLEA Bets
κ X4 RI トト ロリ ルン 15
MAMEAS 1
X1:12 Je TVS 510 x2 +
NLEA
MAMEAS2
хе LEA X3 x3
FILLA 1 m
- = X2:3 3
x18
18 X2:1
Tank
Xi :8 X17
FILCOM
Converter
X17
FILLA 2
„+ PWR GND =
LI МЕД
PWR GND
HT
NLEAB 2 |
FILSM 1 oli
x9 X19
x10}
HT- BOARD
CONNECT CIRCUIT x20 X2:5
FILSM 2
12 хи
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
111
T + FF
4
|À _ A
| m
Z
Section
一
【
o
HT Converter Tank
304 μα
Dimensions in mm
HT CONVERTER TANK BV 25
(Scale 1:2)
SERIAL NR:
Р-00 88.0
Issued by Nederlandse Philips Bedrijven B.V. Medical Systems Division | Technical Service | Eindhoven
HT cascade gen. for 15cm 11 Section P
SCHENE/
} ЗСНЕМЕ/ FINDEX ECODENUMBER
¿CODENUMBER DESCRIPTION
¡DESCRIPTION DATA
¡PAGE
ο
>
1BBX1-BBX2 512 101 48002 Ipinconnector housing 10p 2xi
Ci
τη
EN
CN
mi
ua
[hol
M
m
Mm
一
Cd
o
ro
>
>
o
μα
x
=
n
=
m
o
-а
a
一
一
一
一
o
=
w
>
a
に
u
a
a
a
=
m
一
μα
m
©
—
EN
u
CY
m
>
ra
Cd
+
=
ey
=
+
+
o
=
u
a
=
a
αι
u
u
rd
u
u
en
U
E
αι
L
m
a
に
.
IBGIAI 1
19334 443 70682 MIC volt ref. 1405814
ra
1
4
i
1
1562 14522 107 75902 iinterface 6" generator
ta
1
;i
1
1
1
i
'
4
1
i
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
E
t
1i
,
ㅣ
上
È
1
1
1
1
上1
i
1
1
1
;
4
1
4
1
i
!
i
1
1
1
PM369D |
μα
ci
г
>
o
c
m
©
一
οι
=
ci
o
+
>
o
+
—
Uri
w
<
4
=
o
5
a
a
a
=
a
に
in
a
>
一
t
1
1
icompact 6" cascade gen.
M
i
m
一
m
=
τα
=
n
CN
e
一
©
r
ο
st
<
εν
=
上
¡BG1A1 19334 643 70682 iIC volt ref. ¡AD58iJ
m
1
1
1
|
i
1
i
'
1
1
1
|
|
1
1
!
i
'
1
1
i
上
|
'
1
1
1
Application: This generator is suitable to supply the 6" 52 1.1. tube in the Bv25.
IPC: EINDHOVEN
(85.1)
Ne
(87.0)
(85.0)E
EL
(85.0)E
Lo Un Eloi
(85.0)Е
(85.0)6
(85.0)G
(85.0)G
(85.0)F
(85.0)F
(85.0)F
ban
(85.0)5
(85.0)8
(85.0)5
Un
25 (85.1)
26 (85.0)
21-1 (85.0)
22-1 (87.0)
29-1 (85.0)
1.1. PURPOSE
1. INTRODUCTION AND TECHNIGAL DATA
The 6" 1.1.Compact Generator has been developed to
1.1. PURPOSE supply the 6" 82 L.I. tubes.
ω
- anode voltage (earth potential)
1.5 . TECHNICAL DATA
や の いら
1.5 .1 . Dimensions and weights 1.2. VERSIONS
1.5 .2. Electrical data
よら
1.5 +3. Environmental data 9807 140 20301: For use with 6" I.I. tube in the BV25
4
1.5.4, Applicable Standards
な
1.3. ITEMS SUPPLIED
2.2. TOOLS AND TESTEQUIPMENT The type number plate is located on the generator
4. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
ILLUSTRATIONS
Cathode (adjustable) Ve -10 kV -25 kV Fit the unit with 4 screws M4 x 12 to the destinated
mounting plate in the BV25 stand, see also the BV25
Focusing (adjustable) VE -9.76 kV -24.B kv SYSTEM MANUAL.
This section contains general adjustment and test See the instructions in the BV25 System Manual.
data. For information relating to specific system
configurations refer to che BV25 SYSTEM- and IMAGE
Quality MANUAL.
3.2. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
standard toolset
- multimeter (Ri > 10 Mohm)
- X-Ray photometer
3.3. SETTING UP AND TESTING
Note :
Take measures for X-Ray protection before adjusting
the cathode voltage, See BV25 System manual, section
Corrective Maintenance,
1.1. VERWENDUNGSZWECK
1. EINLEITUNG & TECHNISCHE DATEN
Der 6" BV-Kompact Generator wurde fuer die Strom-
1.1. VERWENDUNGSZWECK versorgung der 6" 52 Bildverst8rkerrBrhren
entwickelt.
1.2. AUSFUEHRUNGEN
Dieser Hochspannung Kaskaden Generator liefert:
1.3. GELLEFERTE TELLE
~ einstellbare Kathodenspannung
1.4. KENNZELCHNUNG DES GERAETS - einstellbare Fokussierspannung
w
~ stUndige Lonenpumpen-Spannung
„5. TECHNISCHE DATEN ~ Anodenspannung (Erdpotential)
.5. 1. Abmessungen und Gewichte
peru
5. 2. Elektrische Daten 1,2. AUSFUEHRUNGEN
5. 3. Umgebungsbedingungea
5. 4. Diesbezligliche Normen 9807 140 20301:Fllr Anwendung mit 6" BV-RBhre im
BV25
3.4. SERVICE-INDIKATOREN
3.4.1, Fehlerindikator BGHI
4. KORREKTIVE WARTUNG
ILLUSTRATION
1.5.3. Umgebungsbedingungen
- normales Werkzeug
ー Vielfachmessgerit (Ri> 10 MOhm)
- RUntgenphotometer
Achtung :
WHhrend Kalibrierung Strahlenschutz beachten. Siehe
die BV25 System Anleitung unter "Korrektive Wartung",
3.4, SERVICE-INDIKATOREN
1.1.BUT
|. INTRODUCTION ET CARACTERISTIQUES TECHNIQUES
Le générateur compact de 6" A.L. doit assurer
1.1. BUT l'alimentation des tubes A.L.de 6" S2 .
ta
- la tension anodique (potentiel de terre).
t DONNEES TECHNIQUES
내 내 내 내 내
Uw
L . Dimensions et poids 1.2, VERSIONS
1. . Donnees electriques
Puno
1 Conditions ambiantes
PRE
9807 140 20301:Pour application avec le tube
1 . Normes applicables amplificateur de luminance de 6" de
BV25.
4. MAINTENANCE CORRECTIVE
ILLUSTRATIONS
Cathode (réglable) Ve -10 kv -25 kV Fixer la unité dans le support de BV25, à l’aide
Mise au point (réglable) VE ~-9,76kV ー24.8kV de 4 vis M4 x 12 sur la plaque de montage réservée
Misc au point de plage VÊ 160 V 400
Y à cet effet,voir aussi le MANUEL du SYSTEME de
Anade ον ον BV25.
Pompe à ions —2kV +154 —2kV -15%
2.3.2. Electrique
(3) Généralités
Eloigner les coquilles de les fiches de haute tension
Courant de charge de ta cathode te < 15 uA du générateur. Graisser les fiches de haute
Courant de charge de ta électrode tension avec graisse de silicone ,numèru du code
de concentration ТЕ < 15 чА 1312 501 48202 et connecter Les fiches au tube A.L.
Courant de charge de la pompe à ions Тр < 20 uA conforme Zl-l.
3.4. INTRODUCTLON
Voir les instructions du MANUEL de SYSTEME de BV25,
Remarque :
Penser aux protection du faisceau radiogéne pendant
i‘ajustage de la tension de focalasition. Voir les
instructions de la Système de BV25, Section
Maintenance Corrective.
1.1. FINALIDAD
1. ENTRODUGCION Y DATOS TECNICOS
El generador compacto dei tubo de 11 de 6" de ha sido
Т.Г. FINALIDAD desarrollada para alimentar el tubo de 6" de BV25,
ta
- tensión del ánodo (potencial de tierra)
1.5. DATOS TECNICOS
かよや らら
1.5.1. Dimensiones y Pesos 1,2. VERSIONES
1.5.2. Datos Electricos
1.5.3. Daros Ambientales 9807 140 20301: Para aplicación del tubo de 6"
1.5.4, Normas Aplicables de BV25.
4. MANTENIMIENTO DE CORRECCION
ILLUSTRACIONES
(1) Datos de entrada Este equipo puede instalarse con un juego de herra-
Tensión de alimentación: +15V+10%;-15V+10% mientas ordinario. El equipo necesario durante los
Consumo de corriente : < 250 mA ajuste subsiquientes y pruebas de functionamiento
están enumerados en la punto 3: PUESTA EN
{2) Datos de salida FUNCTIONAMIENTO.
Nota
Pensar en la protección del haz de rayos X durante
de adjuste de la tensión de focalización.
Consulte el manual para de la Sistema de BV25, ver
capitulo MANTENIMIENTO DE CORRECCION.
Ca:
X1
Bo1
X
SIDE VIEW COMPONENT SIDE
SERIAL NR:
P-00 88.0
issued by Nederlandse Philips Bedrijven B.V. | Medical Systems Division | Technical Service | Eindhoven
„V CASCADE o
1
PAS<
-
ME < -25kV
BM m sk CATHODE
Z
\ 4 CIRCUIT T τὸ VOLTAGE
ov
Section
BUFFER CATHODE
VOLTAGE OSCILLATOR
FOCUSSING +4
R2 HALE VOLTAGE < 240V
AT Veath= -10kV —® B0V < Vfoc-Vcatti
FOCUSSING WAVE STABILIZER 2 ÅHuvecn _ AT Veath- -25V + 200V= Vinr-Veath< 600V FOCUSSING
VOLTAGE RECTIFIER TT ae nm na === == T“ VOLTAGE
Generator
ov
wv
High Tension Cascade
HOLD
For 6” II Tube
+15V pas ον
Ov
+
wv
-一
一一 一-一一 +10V
REFERENCE
MP3
ov _1x1:43,83 ov avete
-15V
beat op sv
"
+8
6" COMPACT GENERATOR BV25
X1:A1 —p -15V
X1:A3.B3 —g» 0V
X1:A5 gm +15V
X1:B2 —+> HVGAL-H
X1:B4 — ALRSCMHC
HVPC II
HVFC Il
40 E CABINET
BG1:1
YWGN
187
i hy
LA Y
202
<
o vo
+
Dimensionsinmm
(Scale 1:2)
IPC: Best
0.5 (89.0)
1 (89.0)
2 (89.0)
3 (89.0)E
4 (89.0)E
5 (89.0)E
6 (89.0)E
25 (89.0)
26 (89.0)
29-1 (89.0)
CONTENTS
1.1. PURPOSE 3
2. INSTALLATION 5
2.1. INTRODUCTION 5
2.2. TOOLS 5
2.4. INSTRUCTIONS 6
3. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 6
Figure (a) 25
Figure (b) 25
Figure (c) 25
Figure (d) 26
Figure (e) 26
Figure (f) 26
Dimensions 29-1
1.1. PURPOSE
The numbers in the list refer to the items in figure (a) on page 25,
. Immersion oil.
BUD
The identification plates are located on the inner side of the camera cover
as indicated by the arrow in figure (b) on page 25.
Included are the following plates:
— Manufacturer plate.
- Type number plate with serial number of the 15 cm II tube assembly BV 25.
~ HHS certification label.
— HHS date of manufacture,
~ UL/CSA classification mark.
1.4.2. Protections
X-rays: The container, camera cover and other relevant parts are provide
with a lead lining to protect the environment against radiation of x-ray beams
which are projected perpendicular to the entrance screen.
~ Ratio 8
- Focus distance 90 cm
Lamellae 44 1/cm
Diameter 208 cm
- Service phantom plate: After removing of the grid a phantom plate can be
fitted in two positions (90° rotated) to the front of the container.
- VDE
- IEC
UL
CSA
ー HHS
2. INSTALLATION
2.1. INTRODUCTION
2.2. TOOLS
Coupling plate, spacers with washers: The coupling plate, the three spacers
and the three spring washers are used to couple the TV camera vidicon tube to
the output screen of the 15 cm fibre II tube.
Immersion oil: The oil is used for optical coupling between the output
screen of the II tube and the input screen of the vidicon tube.
Four screws: The four screws are used for mounting the grid to the front of
the container.
- Type number plate with serial number of the 15 cm II tube assembly BV 25.
- Type number plate with serial number of the 15 cm II tube,
HHS certification label.
HHS date of manufacture.
2.4. INSTRUCTIONS
- Base ring and pressure ring: See figure (d) on page 26. The base ring
and the pressure ring (items ] and 2) are assembled by means of four
adjusting screws with lock nuts (item 3). The base ring is fixed to the
container by means of eight screws M4 x 8 (item 4).
~ Implosion plate: See figure (f) on page 26. This plate (item 1) is fitted
with four screws M3 x 6 (item 2).
- Ornamental ring: See figure (e) on page 26. The ornamental ring (item 1)
is fitted with four screws M5 x 8 (item 2).
- Grid: See figure (c) on page 26. the grid is screwed to the front of the
container by means of four screws M4 x 8 (item 2).
— Camera cover: See figure (b) on page 25. the camera cover (item 1) is
fitted to the container by means of three earth washers, three spring washers
with three screws M4 x 35 (item 2) and two earth rings with two screws
M4 x 10 (item 3).
- Coupling plate, spacers with washers: The coupling plate, the three
spacers and the three spring washers are used to couple the TV camera vidicon
tube to the output screen of the 15 cm fibre II tube,
The instructions therefore are given in the system manual BV 25.
3. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
The replacement procedures for the 15 cm II tube has been described in the
system manual BV 25.
Figure (c)
Figure (e)
Figure (f)
9807 310 00001 (89.0) 26
SERVICE PARTSLIST UNIT
SERIAL NR:
P-00 89.0
P-1 89.0
PZ-1 89.0
issued by Nederlandse Philips Bedrijven 8.V. | Medical Systems Division | Technical Service | Eindhoven
P
IDATA >
Section
x
‘DATA
οι Z x KX M >
一 TT mora m a ーー
1
1
4
1 —
+ o —
т Eos! а
I я o
1 m — u
|
1 5 rá og
i u Е --
| as . a
「 + Lo om ow o ak ©
1 we a に нас e ae =
1 oem em e Gm mn a +
\ A < Me KL e に 一 ema ke
1 -ш ne a NE + a
1 aes 一 — un ou u
{DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
1 -a mz cos Los ©
1 am + B oz o omc Du
1 u. EU ZE La = “am E ck
E 3 m O0 U 나 ao tom U W a a
I MES Em o. a nu a
1 Ws» M umas E HER aw
1 b. cw uae Bem Ceo ac 3 0
1 LL L UO Ss O 2 Go 0 Za DL
1 O4 ov SZ m OU CAD U UM 2 U O
ii A mm
MR-
1
1 ина а O CM a I A
1 Jr © è DD Da reo o ul OSN A
I O B © © 05 (0 ο Neto D
}
1 DODİK RR トドう
1 站 一
{ 89.0
ICODENUMBER
1
i CODENUMBER
1 Dn mA A A
naaa tt 4
1 DOT DI DI DB DD IN du
i a
1
1 MMR NNN NON CN EN
i NAM Ὁ CN Ed CA EN CS O9 Οἱ CN CA EN EN 더 더
上 o Wa En M3 147 472 ta to 403 43 072 10 42 sr 43 62 Ww
1 течет で ST T rn tne et ne ma um mm
je DS DS co a no ua no oh no a a na
na na 20 nm 0a a no ua mm na nt
1
+
1
1
1
1
1
BV25
1
1
1
1
i
ASSY
ITNDEX
t
¡INDEX
!
00001
I
! A A SEA ή 34 i i n
M id i
TUBE
+
上
t
310
上
i8CHENE/
V
1.1. 上
E
9807
i
{PAGE
1 NON δα NS NO NOS NON NON ON A A
A. © U. O, © n cod La
Loana.
13
1 m
PZ-1
[ 89.0)
m
i
9807 310 00001
d U014335 SZ AG ASS SNL II MOGL
15 ст Т.Г. Tube Assy BV25 Section Z
_#158mm
|
Е
ЕЯ |
ås
a
ol ft
E
E 5
& 3
e
E
PA ©3)
mele)
E
$5
L
190mm 219mm
154mm
162mm j
Ci
E
i lo Е
q
© |
Dimensions in mm
{Scale 151
15 CM
and
materials Division
Electronic components
BE
55
as
FER
Tess
Bete
Caps
a 2
pers
İSE»
>See
2 E
2
ue
Es
Bg"
cece
2285
3423
Asca
eg Eč
33 š Е
τς
a8 Я
28 e5
88
SE 35È E5
cà 더 을a
58
=3
ЕВ κš
2 s5
ЗЕ 8 5
Zu 品
きら
BE
E £
E
33 5 E
こき 2 5
53 © 3
Es š 8
geoorloold.
8ge
= 2
3
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9807 200 12001
recall
[=]
1. CONTENTS
Page
c
5
22 1. Contents 1
a
= 2, Test data 2
29
co
ge 3. Guarantee 3
a
ul ・ ・
4, Handling Instructions 4-5
5. Accessories 6
ЗЕЯを
きき
¿de
Zee
2358
2125
işi
ES
SE
3327 E
Sii Ba
Bir?
대
22325
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9807 200 12001 i
一 一 ~ ; . 2
Conversion factor 06 > 50 Cd/m /mR/s
È *
E Mean value of , ke
a visual resolution Lo > 3,0 1p/mm
E on output screen ダレ
* 2 Central measurements.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9807 200 12001
3. Guarantee
Conditions
Bees
SER?
Site The tube must have been handled and stored according to the
İsip instructions and recommendations attached.
SESE
EEEE
25 The tube must have been operated according to the general
specification, and the specific instructions, recommendations and
ratings attached.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9807 200 12001
4. Handling Instructions
Warning
and
materials Division
Electronic components
4.1 Transport/Storage
. o
Long periods of storage at a temperature below -10 Cor
exceeding 35 € should be avoided.
san d
9 of mededeling
4.2 Magnetism.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 3807 200 12001
NNN
and
Electronic components
materials Division
M.LS.D.
Alt rights strictly reserved, Reproduction
of issue to thi parties in any form what-
4.3 Mounting
should be avoided.
The tube should be handled in subdued light, e.g. normal room
lightning or lower.
The glass surface of the output window should be kept clean
and free from dust particles.
Dust or fingerprints can be removed with lens paper.
Move the lens paper linearly over the output window,
do not make ratating movements.
Only if necessary use a little ethanol 967 (NLN-1322 501 33001)
to remove any grease. Never use other solvents.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9807 200 12001 4
š
AM rights strictly reserved. Heprodi:
5
-d parties in any form
三
Es
32
ES E
Es
Ex
きち
Е
gs
ge
a E>
5
몰 st
a
$3
aa Fig. 3 Image intensifier tube.
ges
ššEč
cesta
EE 나
35854
きき
5255こる 5.1 Documentation
deve
225
3592
PE
Paes Documentation with test-data and test-photograph.
Begs
きる こら
きら E ミ
ВЕБЕ
ЕВЕ
¿205
5355
LESSE 5.2 Supporting ring
Bass
5258
geoorloofd
Prog É
B 1f it is necessary to remove the tube temporarily from its
shield, it can be placed upon this supporting ring.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9807 200 12001
Plug Function
©
5 Pi Phatocathode (Vk)
25
aes
„BŽ P2 Focussing Electrode (Vg)
5
2uw
earth connexion
H:Contact area with
Ton- pump container (video earth)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9807 200 12001 4
ω
b.
to the tube earth, and the other is lead P3. The tube earth
is the mounting ring and the casing.
A high tension power supply must be used with its negative
output connected to P3 and its positive to earth.
The required voltage is - 2KV + 100V.
and
Note : Sometimes the ion pump does not start, and therefore
the pump current is zero. If this occurs, one has to
expose the II-tube for a few seconds to radiation
(X-ray) in order to start the pump.
CURRENT
ETER
Fig. 3b P3
POWER SUPPLY
11 TUBE
achten uitdrakkalýk voorbehouden.
YIG i
P3
=— POWER
CURRENT
SUPPLY — SD
II TUBE
id.
Fig. 3c METER !
o Y/G 1
+
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9807 200 12001
2ES - o
È Fig. 4d P3 ーーーーー- à
POWER SUPPLY iI TUBE}
53 1 i
a EŞ | 1
ve | |
25 T | j === 2
5 E > /ISOLATING \
5 CURRENT BLOCK
di METER
τοτε
Е
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9807 200 12001
Note:
on request.
materials Division
1.2 Description
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9807 200 12001
meli
ta
uu
γκρι = Vk ot AVk
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9807 200 12001 。
National Organisation/Dealer
Pos L LL VÍ | | | t
SERIAL NR:
P-00 (a/89.0)
P- 1 (a/89.0)
PZ-1 (84.0)
Issued by Nederiandse Philips Bedrijven B.V. | Medical Systems Division | Technical Service | Eindhoven
Cassette holder IEC Section P
| ЗСНЕМЕ/ i
¡PAGE i
i|
i
126 50731 icassetteholder assy right
!
Mm
づつで
OB
nN
ni
で
x
126 09303 ibracket
1
つつ
NOM
NI
+
で
xxx
126 56011 iguiding bush
δν
で
RION
890 00009 {hall bearing
9
x
NON
107 26181 {set screw
x=
N
δα
でつつ でつつ で
i
NON
хх
917 19832 tguiding bush, hexagonal
SOTTO
RI
ll
En
PO La. de,
x
上li
つつ
da
X
NNN
N
X
917 19911 {flange nut M4D12D1 20H8,5
AI
で
X
917 19921 iguiding ring
で
X
3
AN
NNR
XX
BAN
917 72641 iflange nut, M4D12D1 15H8,5
0 79
sa
o
τε
Tm
NNN
ート )
DO
D
トコ
x
2
File this sheet in the Service Documentation Set af 8V25 system, under
tab Accessories GV25.
Q-list 9807 600 90001 can be ordered separately.
IPC: Eindhoven
IPSC : Best
15838304
SERLAL NR:
(88.0)E
WN
(88.0)E
B-2 (88 OE (88.0)E
B-3 (88 .0)E (88.0)E
SOUP
BQO a
(88.0)E
cel (88. DE
c-2 (88. OE (88.0)E
c-3 (88. OE 21-1 (b88.0)
C-4 (88 .0)E 21-2 (b88.0)
c-5 (88. ME 21-3 (b88.0)
c-6 (88 .0)E 22-1 (b88.0)
c-7 (88. 0)E 22-2 (85.0)
c-8 (88 „OJE 22-3 (588.0)
c-9 (88 „IJE
c-10 (88. DE
cell (88. DE
F-1 (88. OE
F-2 (88. O)E
F-3 (88. 0)E
F-4 (88 „0)E
F-5 (88. OE
CONTENTS
1. PURPOSE A-1
4.1. DIMENSLONS A2
1. PURPOSE
The Medical Dual image Processor 9807 721 00101 1s a digital video image memory
for use in surgical X-Ray systems, IL has image processing capabilities and a
Winchester disk for storage of maximum 34 video images,
2. LTEMS SUPPLIED
- Front plate.
- Installation material:
4x screw M4 to mount the trontpanel.
4x screw M6 to mount the MDPM-rack in the BV 25 trolley.
3. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
4. TECHNICAL DATA
4.1. DIMENSIONS
Height: 300 mm
Width : 412 mm
Depth : 435 mm
Weight: 30 kg
~ Power Supply.
- Winchester Disk Drive,
- CUD Controller pcb,
- Noise Reducer pcb,
— Two Memory pcb's,
- Subtractor pub.
- Local Control pcb.
~ AD Converter pcb.
- Disk intertace pcb,
~ Disk Display pcb.
— Control Panel.
- Back Panel,
impedance : 75 Ohm
Bandwidth : 8 MHz
Video amplitude: L100 mV + 5%
Sync amplitude : 300 mV + 50 mV
| 49 4 04 O1
| 48 . 03 |
| 50 47 05 02 | rear vlew
INPUT OUTPUT
START 08 ident | 38
MEML 10 Ident 2 40
MEM2 11 ident 3 42
L1H 13 ldent 4 44
ER 14 ident 5 46
NR L 19 Ident 6 48
NR 2 20 Ident 7 50
NR 3 21 Ident 8 49
NR 4 22 BUSY 37
DISK STORE 02 DISK FULL 33
DISK FORW. 04 +5V/500 ohm 30,32
DISK REV. 06 SPARE 1 31
GAMMA 1 24 SPARE 2 35
GAMMA 2 25 ov 29,34,36,39,43,47
SUB I 27
SUB 2 28
ZOOM 16
INVERT 17
TRACE 12
reserved 41,45
ov 1,3,5,7,9,15,18,23,26
- UL 478.
— CSA 622.2 nr. 154.
- HHS certified,
— LEC 435,
- CLSPR İl and 11Α. '
- FCC rules CFR 47 part 2 and 15,
~ VDE 871 Level B.
Section B : INSTALLATION
CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION B-1
1. INTRODUCTION
3. PROGRAMMING FACILITLES
x3
ar
=
Яx
X4
la ーーー --]
o
20
ax
3
Switch WHD11:S1 gives the service engineer the possibility Lo use a videu Cest-
pattern,
s 32
DaM
Hati
M Factor
1
Le г SUB),
JAVCGT bel guna
i
st
-t
on
penoso Dr
OS
|
| 3
2 0.5
1
} 54.2 | open selection from $4.1
| closed selection from 53
|
|
|
0
ㄴ |
| black
i | ・ | grey level
53 | . step + 69 mV
| . 0 - 94 %
| | E
i F white
- Jumper WHD23:WÌ gives a possibility tor use of a Reduce Write Current signal
to the Disk Drive,
Depending upon the TV-Line system of the applied video the jumper WHD25:Wl has
to be set in the position 50 Hz (1-2) or 60 Hz (1-3).
Through 2 holes in the right cover of the unit the special locking screws
M4x25 at the side of the drive can be reached with a screw driver.
To unlock the shipping security, turn the 2 special serews fully c.c.w..
3) Set switches and jumpers in the for application required position (see
relevant Service Manual-System).
WHD25: Wl 1-2 50 Hz
一 一 一 一 一 二一 一二 一二 二 一 一 一一 平一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一 一一
WARNING
When the 220 V-supply cable (WHD-X1) has been connected,
some parts of the unit will have a 220 V tension (also when
the power switch is in the off position).
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION C-1
. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
4. ADJUSTMENT FACILITIES
1. INTRODUCTION
NOTE
2. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
- standard toolset
- Led WHDLI:HL is lighting when the PLi-oscillator is not locked with the
incoming video.
On the Local Control board (WHD20) commands can be given to select functions or
modes. Local commands are overruled by remote commands. Acceptance of a command
(both local or remote) 1s indicated by lighting of the appropriate LED on the
Local Control board (WHD20),
(1) DIGITAL BYPASS (video in - ADC = DAC ~ video out, without memory store)
de-activate all local commands (no LED’s on the Local Control board are
lighting),
(2) PROCESSING FUNCTIONS (applicable for both live and frozen images)
. Gamma correction
activate GAMMAI (curve 1) or GAMMA2 (curve 2)
. Subtraction
activate MEM] or MEM2, activate SUBl or SUB2
activate or de-activate LNVERT
NRL: K=1/2
NR2: K=1/4
NR3: K=movement defined ( K=1/4 -> 1/2 )
NRG: K=movement defined ( K=1/8 -> 1/4 )
. Electronic Radiography
select a memory, activate ER and START
select number of images for intégration:
. Trace
select a memory, activate TRACE and START (for live tracing and subsequently de-
activate START to treeze the image)
select white or black:
NRL: white
NR2: black
For the disk functions, 2 main modes can be selected. The selection of the
modes can be made on the Lucal Control board WHD20:
This is the normal operating mode in which images can be stored, erased or
retrieved to or trom the disk.
- FORMAT mode
In figure | the name of the keys on the Control Panel (at the tront of the
unit) 15 given.
The actua tunetion ot the Control Panel keys depends on the mode selection by
the keys on the Local Control board,
With the keys on the Control Panel the following commands can be given.
FORWARD
press once Displays next image.
REVERSE
press once Displays previous image.
For a more extensive explanation of commands in the NORMAL mode see section G.
Feature:
In this mode service personnel can look up the total number of currently bad
cylinders and their respective cylinder number.
The bad cylinders are kept together in a list starting with number 1 and
increasing cylinder number order. Cylinders 0 and | are not used for storage
purposes and therefore will never appear in the List.
| key | command
ーーーーーーーーーーーーーー bo 二 ~二 二 mama ma m
i Sets running number of bad cyl.
list to 0.
Sets LCD to zero.
FORWARD
press once Go to next cyl. of bad cyl. List.
REVERSE |
| Press once | Go to previous cyl. bad cyl. list,
|
pressing 1 Stepping backwards through bad cyl.
continuously | list while LCD displays running
number.
When released displays cyl. number,
Feature:
[а this mode service personnel can add one cylinder at the time to the bad
cylinder list, Entering of bad cylinders is only possible as long as the total
number of bad cylinders in the list 1s not more then 10. Any attempt to enter a
bad cylinder in the list while the list itselt contains already 10 or more
cylinders numbers will be ignored by the firmware without error message. As
cylinder numbers O and | are not used tor storage purposes they cannot be
entered into the list,
The noise reducer keys (NRL, NR2 and NR3) are used to enter a cylinder number.
NOTE
When adding a cylinder to the bad cylinder list, automatically a spare cylinder
will replace the listed one, On a read operation not the listed cylinder but
the spare one will be read back no matter what its contents is,
Feature:
in this mode service personal can analyse errors, format the entire drive or
pertorm a disk hardware test.
CAUTLON
| key | command
| ーーーーーーーーーーーー +ー ー ー -ーーーーー ニ ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー
ニーー
ZERO | Displays error type. See chapter
3.5. ERROR LIST IN FORMAT-MODE,
The LGD on the Control Panel 13 also used to indicate errors. There are two
types of indication,
(1) The left two digits of the LCD will alternately flash between 88 and blank
while the right two digits remain static (displaying the current image
number}. This Lasts for an unlimited duration,
This can only happen during a read operation when one or more corrupted
cylinders are detected by the sottware, On the monitor screen one or more bars
of 32 Lines are missing in those field to which the corrupted cylinder(s)
belongs. The bar(s) flicker with a repetion rate of 25 Hz. The LCD will remain
tlashing as long as this corrupted image is displayed. After retrieval of a new
picture or overwriting the corrupted image the display stops tlashing.
(2) The 1е two digits of the LCD will alternately flash between 88 and blank
while the right two digits remain static (displaying 00), This lasts for 10
seconds, after which the whole display is completely blanked.
This happens for all other errors which can be detected by the software. [n
this case a tatal error has occured, The MDPM will ignore disk commands. Only
MDP and FORMAT commands are possible.
Whenever a fatal error has occured it 1s possible to Look up the error type by
using the FORMAT.format mode and the command ZERO on the Control Panel.
When during the FORMAT.Format mode command ZERO is given the right two digits
trom the LCD on the Flat panel will display the error type of the last detected
error. The lett digit will display the error-group while the right digit will
display the error value.
in the next tigure the meaning of the different error types are given,
| error group |
and location |
+
4. ADJUSTMENT FACILLTIES
| |i
! |I
| |
! i
: POWER : i | μμρι MP
© SUPPLY |
i : | Ole i
; if Re mv | | i
| | „v | Î |
|
| | | besy
| |
;
; |
! | 1
Lopo | 10 20
NOTE*
1) Prior to power-on, check the correct settings of jumpers and switches, the
proper connection of cables and the unlock position of the shipping
security, such as described in section B.
- LED“s on Local Control board (WHD20) and Control Panel (WHD50) and display
on Disc Display board (WHD40).
After initialisation the display shows the last used image and the LED's on
the Local Control board (WHD20) are lighting according to the signals on the
remote connector WHD-X2.
It is possible that the MDPM-unit starts with an automatic format. In this case
the battery back-up RAM on the CCD Controller board (WHD25) is not used before
(e.g. after a replacement of board). All LED’s on Local Control board (WHD20)
stay on for about 8 min. On the display of the Disc Display board (WHD40) the
formatting procedure can be seen (see section F). After this procedure the
right two digits of the display are 00.
3) For test purpose 34 images are stored on the Winchester disc drive during
production. Therefore to check the drive perform the next test:
- Press shortly key FORWARD. The image number goes from 00 to 01 and after
about 2 sec. the first image will be displayed on the monitor screen.
- Again press shortly key FORWARD. Image number goes to 02 and after about 2
sec, the second image will be displayed. In this way check all 34 images
captured on disc.
- If an read error (a flickering horizontal bar, wide 1/9 of image) occurs the
disc has to be reformat. See Section F for procedure.
2 1
3
L FAN
MOP-M
WHDM1
Scopofix
X1:AC30 X1:AC30
」 +12V 和 X2:AC30 X2:AC30 X2:AC303
9X1:28. ον 7X1:BZ2 23-25 30 -30
9X1:30 X4:A13
, X1:AC29
„pv .
7X1B14 27 -v я| X2:AC29
C2 X2:AC29
5
X2:A1 2:81
19 κον fj X3:4 XT:A6 ΙΒ] ye Bİ
20 оу X3:3 ag
X1:B9 X2:A8 X2:
o ABBB
n a Xi:AI3 88 SUPPLY
©
22 ov 4 X3:2 X1: B11 WHD 50
WHD 30 WHD 40
9807 721 0 ,101 (b/88.0) 211
2 4 3
++ +
COUNTER
BYPASS, bize TEST 5
(ae) wo Enti BUFFER
ーー コ ADE LATCH
ov i4
κ + 태가
| +
MBY, LA ま
3 LAM ADE
0080 PAS vs A HORIZONTAL
SYNC &
z
ROH E BV25
FROM NY BYPASS
ps co 一 VERTICAL Pp
Section
nosoUR РИ
SEPERATOR BUFFER
SYNC
SEPARATOR
SYNC Pu
DETECTOR/
ae HAE OSULLATOR 。
me
49 | 1080 8
30 | 54500
32_| +5\/508
jpafix
4
ay tte be
LOCAL CONTROL
WHD 20
KLAN st x
sit
EL 3
LOCAL CONTROL
WHD 20
6 7 в 10 i
4 . 3
—- H-PULS RI
AME: a
GAMMA
SUB
BISCSTU
2
7
MIRI
Les
1 7
x
・
ma 그 =- Ξ
DISC FRV AZ
A
Pa 4
L cue Jeu [ou av 一 一 Sha = J
fusCREN,
Σ FEDI
= —o 9 BUFFER IMAGE SELECT >
= ΑΕ SELECT
53
SELECTOR
GREY
一人 一一 一 一 EDSCREV X4:B6 BUFFER
-一
—— LOSCFRW A
LSPARE 1 %3:87
LSPARE 2 AT EPA < MEMORY „BUS
BUSY 1589 5
FFE っ L
TEXT-R XS BIE
SCFULL 817 ?
18- TEE
IDENT 4 PH BUFFER SELECTOR
IDENI 2 A20
IDENT 3 an
IDENT é AZ
IDENT 5 A
IDENT 6 AR AB-BMT6 (kiev
IDENT 7 AIS
ma 號
IDENT O pos 12 A20-C20
8 3) azeen
LSTART s LOISCSPR X4 833 x 5
5-6 aale?
려 태니 + LEISCSTO 45
o | tuen-z LOISCFRW 85
LOISCREY Ah SS
olum LDISEZRD Be BUFFER + THE
19 ven SYNCHRONISATION
Unai LOISCERA AZ — o
3]
83
K-VALUE VALE
3] tum USTP/ERA 一 一
4] un EUR 23 X3:813 A13 hour o12] pece40 ADDER
HT unre LNR 43 BİL AK FA] AL
MULTIPLIER
E LGANHA 1 as n 5-8 AMEN
5 LGAMHA Z as a TA
5 LEAHRAT 1558 1 816
$ SELECTOR ον κ.
5] LGAMMAZ と ー PROM
LSUB 2 ATE
TPU EE 一
Mg legs
&4 |7 tum ς gi = E
sus?
2 和 thuvERr TSTART e = |
ΑΦΗ
wee
ο
m
—
SIGH
Le SELECT
1] LSPAREZ LHEH-1 A9 BUFFER B PE
4 , ve BLACK/
24 LTRACE LHEN-2 Bw
上 一 一 MESUT Dİ = a Bu FSEL WHITE RI
EUR AD LL 13 Peano + IFFER {108} —P| MAGE
LER aumm = 9 一一 一 es] SES BUFFER
LSPARE 3
OUVERT Biz ott seh
一 LTRACE An 8-9 18-019
7
MEMi/MEM2-4
toe)
BRAD Oe) 2:A7-E17
TT TE 2-3 ABC E а
< SELECTOR
EC | ace oram
pes
M
LEUR
一 p0-1 ХА ВТ АТ A20-C20
02-3
DIS
82BI ATA2
RE 2 DATA-BUS
RL 2 D6-7 BA AB |
s
spa [era | TIME
E SYNCHRONISATION
過 3 5 A5 123
a AL CUK
a Ab
RL & =al Е “AUS PA noe E
K-SELECT D7
a 回 5 ак
Е i, EONTROL-BES si τί
YBOARO/
[5
的
a
veu peus SELECTOR SUTPGT-SEL
ATEREAE | 一 一 5 WP ㄴ 거 fm FSEL {100}
a HHH Gi
fete IT -EN-N {1201
5 SELECTOR im 2-1
MEMIZMEÉMZ-H 190)
RESET QRIAZE
ar n
fem İşi, ва
CONTROLLER cep WHD 25 NOISE
АБ BUFFER
I Ne
BYPASS NAJ
J ーー + SV/GD0E 50/60Hz n
BYPASS [χο
WR- Ως
pP-AT ex
P-A6 Am DAL CONTROL (3684
ayn 626
KT22
323
123
2:A7-E7 DELAY CCD
18-018 SELECT/CONTROL Fy AND F2
AL MODULE. Mux
AZO-C20
20-02 자대 HOUT
AO
AGLI
HI
8REFRESHING SIGNAL FiFI
АН. СВ
ALN
MEM2-SEL AD
WIR-F7
Wi-Fi
GAT. REC —
GAT, FILL FELO + っ BUFFER
V-PULS ——
BLANK-H
COSYH-N en FIELD 2 3
一
cco. SELECTOR
MEMORY
BUFFER
5
A20 1 DAC
co 2 CONTROL VIBYPASS
— GAMMA (tas
+ 一-一 CORREC-
一 Tow
|.
Я BUT 1
SELECTOR
LIMITER BUFFER & BYPASS
7 SWITCH
a
SELECTOR
MEMORY1 WED 15
Ш
TRACTOR WHD 19
KLAN EK
415-15.
516-016
Ll HI X2
ANIZ
418-016
ИГ BUFFER am
li
MULTIPLEXER
SIMPLIFIED DIAGRAM
CCD MEMORY
IUCER WHD 13
EEK +
45-t5
46-6
ATCT
AB
Е BOS зу Kİ алин
1212 130)
2 nay
34 A10-C10
5-8 AMO
7-8 812-12
9 AD
3 | 2465-06
-5 At6-EH6
MEMORY BUS
1 АЗС
9 2218-18
Los pol
xt.A20-t20
ABLA
(2-2 9B) A22-C22
[YENES]
LÁTEK DY ENAB
Scopofix MDP-M
MODE
LATCH SELECT
pp AD 9-1 | XRAY
2-3 ACB
4-5 AU-E9
é -1 A20-C20
TRANSCEIVER
> SUFFER
1 | xzazioni L
203 A22-22
5 A23-F23
TL LL mERS
CHIP
SELECT [>
X2:A75
АЕ
225
tomem (26 CONTR
ren | 128
[+2 pata-conipor BUS
ax XZA4
BUS
H PULS Att
V PULS AB
OL
tm
171-2 BB)
{71-2 58}
av И
ХА XeiA1
„sw em [| —
ει e ALDI
xaas | Lazer | x2:A5
LOISKZRO | x1:D4 wow 85 |LAREV Bs
LOISKREV | X1:A& A6 |LAFOR AG
LDISKERWÈ X1:BS 86 |14510 | Bo | ms
LDISKSTO | ias
UDISKERA XT:AS ar |cabra | А te
A 一人
RS [xrar > xz83 | RL5 |= 83 て x
一 一一 RL EXEO àt | Bié a
=<
LT" > su su
L LOSCREV | хтвь
m
REV | X2:A2 So
=?
Sk 55
LOSCFRW | XTA FOR в? STORE ERASE
su | x1.012 su АЗ ALS até
sto furan sto Bi т 7
{ 52 | 53
EAB REVERSE FORWARD
“ xsH
2 00-1 | X1BI-At
BANK 5 x 3 02-3 B2-42
16K 2 6-5 | Ela?
06-7 | Bean
JS ュー WHU50 CONTROL PANEL
80-
L 4
BANK A
=x кб
ISK UNIT
9807 721 0.01 UNIT (b/88.0)
213
== 工
2 1
Z
Section
A 1
9X1 7х1 MI awe
\\ men Şi 。 и
Den
082
|リロ
|
10:23
|リロ
10:24
\ 98012 ἤ ŘJ se È 10:24
\ SA LH Fri 10-13 É
, X lit
\ ・
me
pete и
fus
Bİ sas
1017
트너 CRA
til
30
i q
71024
\ Ξ Iz 1 à ER 7x1 9X1
TA
INIZIO
1 730. 222
EN He
a 1184 fi M 7182 1
dii
\\ „A BA 1
MDP-M
A ram в İm Em | 30
\ О 8 Sum |* *
til
12 x3
een 28
få 7
TDI A rn til
Scopofix
\ »
|
x+ 5
taxa
BACK PANEL
|
lor, fees n
Ano, & 20
302
WHD
50
x
N
on!
sa
-|
Ť
|
|
|
|
|
|
51 |
oi | Bedroding: = 0.5mm?
| qem тов
| co
|
|
Ì
„I
σα| I
| 23X6 -
1
!
1
|
I
1
|
|
30; 30
En WIRING RACK +
) CONNECTOR LOCATIONS
e
o19
22
20
21
WHD25X5 WHD25X3 WHD25X4 WHOX6 WHO 40xX2 WHDX3 WHDX4 WHOXS WHD15X3
WHDIO:
WHO: 1
HHD10:
WHOIO:
WHD10:
WHD S$
EDİZ
ооо
51;4
51:5
Fua
sua
Z
Section
119
ΗΗΟΖ1:
YW/GH
MDP-M
SCOPOFIX
し / y) у ib İk
YH/GH
心
HDII
WHOSX1: 32
WHDSX1: 28
WHD9X1: 30
2414
MHD12
215
FLAT CABLE FLAT CABLE FLAT CABLE FLAT CABLE FLAT CABLE COAX COAX COAX COAX
INTERFACE BV25 CCD CONTROL - OF LOW VOLTAGE DISK CONTROL - DİSK CONTROL — CEO CONTAGL - LİNK CONN. ~ CONTAOL PANEL - INPUT ~ MEMORY 4 MEMORY 2 A/D CONV
LOCAL CONTROL LINK CONN. ~ BISK DISPLAY DISK DISPLAY A/D CONV. ~ OUTPUT ~ OUTPUT MEMORY 4
INTERNAL. CABLES
CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
2. EOULPMENT REOULRED
3. ADJUSTMENTS
4. REPLACEMENTS
5.1. INTRODUCTION
F-10
F-10
F-11
1. INTRODUCTION
2. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
- standard toolset
- multimeter ( Ri>10 Mohm )
- oscilloscope (dual channel)
3. ADJUSTMENTS
During the adjustments the outputs WHD:X4 and WHD:X5 of the unit should be
connected to either a 75 ohm impedance
or a monitor (75 ohm termination).
The remote control connector WHD-X2 should be disconnected.
It measuring point WHDI5/17:MP1 on the Memory boards causes to much noise in
the video-output signal, use the output connector (WHD:K4 or WHD:X5).
- 0,3Y | 0 J
Figure | : The generated test-pattern,
4. REPLACEMENTS
Sometimes inserting of the power supply unit in the glider entry causes
problems, It is possible to remove the front support (plate) of the power
supply unit first. Atter placing the power supply in the glider, the support
can be mounted again.
WARNING
Before removing the disk drive be sure that the 220 V-Supply
cable WHD-X1 1s disconnected from the mains voltage. Also
when the powerswitch is in the OFF-position.
A detected drive should be sent back in an original package. Use the package of
the new drive to be installed, In this case don’t forget to change the serial~
numbers on the package.
When a CCD Controller board (WHD25) contains a battery back-up RAM not being
used before, on starting up the MDPM-unit an automatic format wiil be
pertormed. After the format one has to re-enter again the bad cylinders numbers
from the label of the disk drive.
When a CCD Controller board (WHD25) has been replaced by a repaired one, it 1s
possible that no automatic tormat will be performed. In this case start the
format yourself (see section F paragraph 5.4.3.) and re-enter the bad cylinders.
5.1. INTRODUCTION
WARNING
GAUTLON
Betore inserting, connecting or disconnecting boards or
wiring always switch off the power supply.
NOTE
- Open the top cover of the unit (see WARNING, chapter 5.1 of this section).
Disconnect the flatcables WHD30:X1 and WHD30:X2 from the disk drive and
measure, When correct replace the cables else disconnect the drive power plug
WHD30:X3 and measure again, When correct the drive has to be replaced.
— In case of fault change successively the AD Converter board and power
supply. When no voltages present, the backpanel or wiring is detective.
— Switch the power off.
NOTE
5.3. MDP-FUNCTLON
Insert the CCD Controller-board (WHD25) and connect the Local Control-board
(WHD20).
— Switch the power on. ALL LED's on the Local Control-board are on for about
lOsec. After that time they should ALL be off.
— Lf this has not happened, change successively, atter the power has been
switched off, the AD-, CCD Controller- and Local Controller-board and the
flat-cable connection,
- Test again, If the problem is not solved, the backpanel is defective.
'
4
A
xi
INPUT eno} x x-
x-3 MEMORY 7 QUI
ob
MEMORY 1 OUT ©
х-5
MEMORY 2 OUT
<- 이] è
ve
Insert the Noise Reducer-board (WHD13), the second Memory board (WHDI7) and
connect the video-cables between Memory 2 (WHD17) and connector WHD:X5,
Switch the power on. Check again if all LED's on the Local Control-board
(WHD20) are on for about 10 sec., when not change the AD Converter board
(WHD11),
Video must be again present on connector WHD:X4 and because of the second
Memory also on connector WHD:X5. If the video is not present a Memory, AD
Converter or Noise reducer board can be defective.
-~ Switch with the switch WHDIlL:S1 on the AD Converter board the test generator
on. A stalrcase Video-signal is generated, resulting in two white-to-black
bar patterns on the monitor screen. If not the AD Converter board is
detective. -
5.3.6. Subtractor-board
ーー ニーーー ゴ val
xa
MEMORY 1 DUT
4-5,
MEMORY 2 DUT
Figure 4a
4b 4c 4d
— Repeat the subtract function, Instead of using LSUB | use the keys selections
of fig. 5.
— Switch the power off, pull out the Subtractor-board and exchange it when
something was incorrect eise reset the original switches settings and insert
the board.
XA
memory 1 DUT ©
x -5
MEMORY 2 OUT
Figure 6 : Subtraction.
5.4. MDPM-FUNCTLON
Use the test pattern in the following way to store images on the disk.
Switch the unit on and wait until the initiation period is over,
Use the FORWARD key Lo step to the first empty image,then step one image back
with the REVERSE key.
Switch on the test pattern on the AD panel. Switch WHDIIL:SL.
Select LMEMI and LLIH.
Press twice LSTART (the test pattern is frozen in Memory 1).
Press STORE.
Repeat pressing store until all possible 34 images on the disk are written,
Ef during a store procedure an error occurs check the error list. The code
should be 1 1 and the disk has to be retormatted.
5.4.3, Formatting
After formatting one has to check the contents of the bad cylinder list.
On the drive there is a label which held the serial-number of the drive and the
cylinder numbers of the defected cylinders.
Check it the cylinder numbers on the sticker are present in the bad cylinder
List, Lf necessary insert them by entering and check the list again. If the
number of cylinders is 10 or more it is not possible anymore to insert
cylinders.
For a new drive the numbers of bad cylinders must be Less then 10 (Rodime
guarantee).
Check if the number of the cylinders is not more then 20 else replace the drive
(see chapter "REPLACEMENTS" of this section). Repeat the store and read action
of previous chapters,
- Exceptions:
When the Disk Interface panel makes no good contact with the Back panel or IC
34 on this board is defect only MDP functions will be possible,
activate LMEMI and LLIH, LSPARE3 not active (selection NORMAL mode).
activate ZERO
The monitor is blanked and the right two digits of the LCD show image nummer 00,
Go to image number 04,
Activate ERASE and check if for about 2 sec. the monitor is blanked. Now image
05 must be displayed.
Activate REVERSE shortly and check if image number 04 is displayed and the
monitor is blanked.
Section G : EXPLANATLONS
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
AD—BOARD
NOISE REDUCER-BOARD
« MEMORY- BOARD
SUBTRACTOR-BOARD
CONTROLLER- BOARD
INTRODUCTIONS
. FUNCTIONS
1. LNTRODUCTLON
ln diagram Z1.2. 6 pcb's can be discerned (see also figure 1.), On the AD
Converter board the applied analog video-signal is converted into an 8 bit
digital signal and sent to the Noise Reducer, On the Noise Reducer some noise
reduction functions are possible, using the images coming from the AD Converter
board and from the selection of one of the two Memory boards. The image at the
output of the Noise Reducer is saved in the selected memory,
Each memory has a DAC, so the contents of each memory can be displayed on a
monitor,
Using the Subtractor and the DAC on one of the two memory boards, the contents
of the memories can be subtracted and displayed on a monitor, without effecting
the contents of the memories.
On the CCD Controller a microprocessor is used for the mode selection and
timing- and control-signals,
! 1 Output
Memory WHD-X4
Controller
Mem, DAL
UI
i
T
m
WHD-X3
MAD canvertar
Noise
Reducer
m Subtractor
Disk Disk
Ji interface [57] Orive
]
1
т Output
Memory 2 | WRO-XS
Hem: DAC
2. AD CONVERTER BOARD
The input video is connected to WHD:X3 and via bypass- switch and buffer sent
to the clamping circuit.
After clamping the video to 0 V, the video is converted into an 8 bit digital
signal and buftered (outputbus AD-out 0 to 7).
For test purpose a digital staircase 1s generated (WHD11:S1 on TEST) resulting
in two white-to-black bar patterns on the monitor,
The sync pulses from the video are separated into horizontal and vertical syne
pulses and buffered (output signals V-pulse and H-pulse).
The sync detector/oscillator detects if no sync pulses are present and then
generates X-tal controlled sync pulses.
The PLL-oscillator, locked by the horizontal sync, is running at a frequency of
about 40 MHz; after clipping, pulse stretching, dividing by two and buffering
we get signals CLOCK and CLOCK-N of 20 MHz.
The clock signals, sent to the processor and the memory boards, are
synchronised with the incoming video-syncs,
LIVE —»)
- ID «K + (>
PROM
MEM.OUT
The factor K:
a. Input-video of memory.
b. Output-video of CCD memory/Output-video of subtractor.
c. Gamma corrected signal as b.
5. SUBTRACTOR BOARD
st si
Wh us
πα,
>
L
sant г ト eyez
г
Set mem |
a
그
on
Mon Sell mer,
+
51 E
si
esate ity
$1 tonni
With the switches SI — S4 and the keys LMEM 1, LMEM 2, LSUB 1, LSUB 2 and
LINVERT on the Local control-board the next algorithm can be filled in.
Addition is filled in by the switches $4.1, 84.2 and 53. (See fig, 3),
After latching memory | and 2, one of the memory busses is inverted and added
to the other (non-inverted) memory bus resulting in : Memory | - Memory 2. The
subtracted digital video-signal is multiplied by a factor 1/2, 1, 2 or 4 and
added to a selected background. This selected background is one of the next
three possibilities:
The microprocessor on the cCD Controller board is driven by clock pulses, being
generated on the AD Converter board, Those pulses have been synchronised to the
horizontal and vertical sync pulses of the video-signal. When no video sync
pulses are present, then an internal generator on the AD Converter board
supplies the sync-pulses,
On-board timers generate internal and external timing signals, which are
transferred to the data control bus through output X2 Al5 : C27.
7.1. INTRODUCTION
To delete a cylinder from the list one has to reformat the drive. In this case
the list is cleared and 3 test patterns (0DBH,055H,00H) are written to all
cylinders. Lf a write or read operation for a particular cylinder fails it is
reinserted into the bad cylinder list.
7,2. FUNCTIONS
The image that is displayed on the monitor can be stored on disk. Depressing
the STORE-button will first increment the image number and then store the image
on disk. This sequence can be easily repeated when multiple images, generated
by BV25, need to be stored,
Keeping the STORE-button depressed will store only one image.
Note that the old contents of the next disk image are overwritten, so the store
function should be used with great care,
When the highest image number has been reached (the disk is full) the store
action will overwrite the current instead of the next disk image.
Depressing the button ZERO resets the image number to zero and a black image is
displayed.
An image can be removed trom disk when it has been read first, When the image
displayed corresponds with the disk image, depressing the button ERASE will
erase this image from disk, the image number is incremented and the next image
is read and displayed. This procedure can be repeated easily when subsequent
images need to be erased.
Keeping the ERASE-button depressed will erase only one image,
Note that the erase function destroys images, so it should be used with great
care,
On a data transport cycle between drive and Disk Interface board each time one
cylinder of 32K byte is read or written, For these 32K data the board has a
buffer memory. Because of the high transmission speed the memory is divided
into 2 banks and the information will be stored or read multiplexed.
Each bank concists of 4 groups of [C's. For that reason the adreslines 12 and
13 are decoded into 4 lines each one to enable a group.
The buffermemory can be accessed at three ways.
- The memory contents can be read multiplexed via busses DA and DB. After
multiplexing it is latched and available at the Min-bus.
- The memory can be filled via the input selector where the selection between
C.C.D.-Memory 1, -Memory 2, Subtraction or a uP-gate can be made. After
multiplexing the data, bank A (even bits) or bank B (odd bits) is filled via
busses DA and DB.
~ The third possibillity to fill or read the memory is through databus AD. This
bus is used by the Winchester drive, The uP uses this bus only for formatting
the drive,
The AD-bus has not only the function of memory access but 1t is also used by
the uP to set the adresscounter and to regulates the different selections such
as input selection and mode selection.
Also the programmable timers which generate the horizontal and vertical windows
are set by the uP via the AD-bus. These windows are used for the correct timing
in the data transport between disc controller and buffer memory.
The adress-bus uP-A is used for the timing on the Disk Interface panel.
A disk controller provides the controller signals and data transport for the
disk drive.
SERIAL NR:
P-00 (b/89.0)
P- 1 (a/88.0)
P- 2 (b/89.0)
PZ-1 (88.0)
ISCHEME/ INDEX
PAGE
Μο ο κο
> 5
Κα Κα PO
INHD10-MHD30X3 4 16145
BN
ihousing UMNL
INHD10-NHD30X3 103 73402 iconnectian cord E
επ
I WHDLIX3-WHD15X3 73462 coax cable B
ο CA
E
ta ta
ta ο
FI ρα ha ta
WHD 1M1
NN
MHD 181
Be NNN
1
1
!
i
|
|
i
un
5 b
e -= 5
un un
© a
Section 2 : DRAWLNGS
CONTENTS
SUPPLY 21-1